Omron Industrial Components Solution Selection Guide 2014 2015 104609 Catalog

43494-Catalog 43494-Catalog 43494-Catalog 006085 Batch12 unilog cesco-content

554467-Attachment 554467-Attachment 554467-Attachment 006085 Batch12 unilog cesco-content

57394-Attachment 57394-Attachment 57394-Attachment 006085 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

100303-Attachment 100303-Attachment 100303-Attachment 004124 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

309286-Catalog 309286-Catalog 309286-Catalog 006085 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

: Pdf 104609-Catalog 104609-Catalog 006085 Batch10 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 372

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

2014-2015

Industrial Components
Solution Selection Guide

Sensing
Co n t ro l Co m p o n e n t s
S w i t c h i n g Co m p o n e n t s
S a fe t y

Better machines
OMRON Automation and Safety is a leading global supplier of automation systems serving industrial
customers. Our comprehensive product lines and application expertise are delivered via a well-trained
distribution channel. They work with you to solve demanding automation challenges and apply the
advanced technology built into Omron products.
Our customers benefit from Omron’s long standing legacy of sensing and control technologies that
help deliver more capable and profitable machines in less time. We strive to be your trusted partner in
automation. Leverage our industry expertise and powerful yet simple solutions in your next project.

“We help customers build
superior automated machines
that are easy to use, install
and integrate.”

Omron Facts
•	 80 years in the automation and controls business,
founded in 1933
•	 $6.5 billion sales (USD, April 2013)
•	 40% of our sales come from industrial
automation. Electronic components, social
systems, automotive electronics and healthcare
make up the balance
•	 35,411 employees worldwide

Primary Industries Served
•	 Automotive
•	 Food/Beverage
•	 Semiconductor
•	 Electronics and Small Parts Assembly
•	 Pharmaceutical/Cosmetics

Automation Expertise
•	 Packaging & Material Handling
•	 Measurement & Gauging
•	 Inspection
•	 Track & Trace
•	 Quality Improvement

Section
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Products
Sensing
Photoelectric Sensors
Fiber-Optic Sensors
Proximity Sensors
Cordsets
Photomicrosensors
Limit and Basic Switches
Measurement Sensors
Rotary Encoders

I
J
K
L
M

Control Components
Temperature Controllers
Power Supplies
Timers and Counters
Digital Panel Meters
Monitoring Products

N
O

Switching Components
Electromechanical and Solid State Relays
Pushbutton and Indicators

P
Q
R
S
T

Safety
Light Curtains
Safety Mats, Safety Edges and Bumpers
Interlock Switches
Monitoring Relays
Emergency Stop & Rope Pull Switches

U

Index
Part Number Index, NEMA and IP Ratings

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

i

E

D
H

ii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I
J

Temperature
Controllers

M

P

Monitoring
Products

Q

Power
Supplies

R
K
L

Timers and
Counters

S

O
Digital Panel
Meters

T

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

iii

iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

v

vi

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Photoelectric Sensors
A

Contents
Selection Guide

A-ii

Photoelectric Sensors

E3S-CL

Distance-settable photoelectric
sensor in metal housing

A-13

E3G

Long distance photoelectric
sensor in plastic housing

A-13

E3JK

All voltage (AC/DC)
photoelectric sensor in plastic
housing

A-14

E3JM

All voltage (AC/DC)
photoelectric sensor, terminal
block connection

A-15

E3FA/
E3RA

All-application sensor in plastic
M18 housing

A-1

E3FB/
E3RB

All-application sensor in metal
M18 housing

A-2

E3Z

General purpose sensor in
compact plastic housing

A-3

E3Z-L9

LASER sensor in compact
plastic housing

A-4

E3G-M

A-15

E3ZM

Detergent-resistant
photoelectric sensor in
compact stainless steel
housing

A-5

Long distance all voltage (AC/
DC) photoelectric sensor

E3T

Photoelectric sensor in
miniature plastic housing

A-16

E3S-A

A-17

E3ZM-C

Oil-resistant photoelectric
sensor in compact stainless
steel housing

A-6

High performance small
DC sensors

E3K

A-17

E3ZM-V

Print mark detection
photoelectric sensor in
compact stainless steel
housing

A-7

Long Range Universal AC/
DC sensors for door control &
material handling

E3ZM-B

Transparent PET plastic bottle
detection sensor in compact
stainless steel housing

A-8

E3Z-B

Transparent bottle detection
photoelectric sensor in
compact plastic housing

A-9

E3Z-G

Photoelectric sensor in plastic
fork shape housing

A-9

E3Z-L

Narrow-beam sensor detects
small objects

A-10

E3Z-LS

Miniature distance-settable
sensors with built-in amplifiers

A-11

E3Z-K

Oil-resistant sensors

A-12

Special Application
E3NC

Laser position verification
sensors available with long
range or variable spot size

A-18

E3C-LDA

Variable laser beam sensors
with separate digital amplifiers

A-19

F3ET2

Discrete Output Light Grid

A-20

F3EM2

Analog Output Light Grid

A-21

E3S-C

Oil resistant, long distance
sensors

A-22

F3UV

UV power monitor for
sterilizing and curing
operations

A-23

Accessories
E39-L

Mounting brackets

A-24

E39-R

Reflectors

A-24

A-i

Photoelectric Sensors

For machines that never stop
Omron Automation and Safety’s photoelectric sensor range is designed and
tested to achieve the maximum levels of reliability and detection performance.
Leveraging the latest technology, our sensors ensure your machines never stop.

Through-beam

60 m

Retroreflective with MSR (Mirror Surface Rejection)

Compact square plastic housing
MSR (Mirror Surface Rejection) is a function of Retroreflective Photoelectric
Sensors to receive only the light reflected from the Retroreflector by using
the characteristics of the polarizing filter built into the Sensor and the
characteristics of the Retroreflector.

E3Z
•  Highest water resistance

Diffuse-reflective

•  Highest electromagnetic noise
immunity (e.g. from inverters)
•  Pulse synchronization for
reliable ambient light immunity

Distance-settable with background suppression

Special Applications

Precision
positioning
and detection

Detergent
resistant

Oil resistant,
metal housing

Oil resistant,
plastic housing

Print mark
detection

Transparent
material
detection

Transparent
bottle
detection

E3Z Laser

E3ZM

E3ZM-C,
E3S-C

E3Z

E3ZM-V

E3ZM-B

E3Z-B

General
transparent
materials or
PET optimized
models

Transparent
bottle
optimized
optical system

Small visible
light spot

A-ii

Detergent
resistant
stainless steel
housing

Oil resistance
in stainless
steel housing
(E3ZM-C) or
long distance
detection
(E3S-C)

Oil resistant in
plastic housing

Autoteach
button and 50
µs response
time

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A

E3T

E3T Cylindrical

E3FA/E3RA

E3FB/E3RB

E3G

E3Z-Laser

Miniature housing:

Cylindrical M18 housing:

Longer distance:

Special Applications

Fork sensor

Narrow beam
sensor

Distance
settable sensor

Multi‐voltage
power supply

High
performance,
small sensor

Long range
sensor

UV power
monitor

E3Z‐G

E3Z‐L

E3Z-LS

E3JK, E3JM,
E3G‐M

E3S-A

E3K

F3UV

Material
handling, door
control and
heavy duty
switching
applications

Monitor
ultraviolet light
(UV) intensity
or wavelength

Slot width
25 mm for
Registration
Mark and
Edge Control

Detects
0.1 mm
diameter
objects

Background/
foreground
suppression
sensor
(BGS/FGS)

AC/DC power
supply and
relay output

Timer, alarm,
turbo aiming
models

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-iii

Selection Table

E3FA/E3RA

Model
Product type

E3FB/E3RB

E3Z

E3Z-LASER

Cylindrical plastic

Cylindrical brass

General purpose

Laser

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse
•  Background suppression
•  Limited distance
•  Transparent detection

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse
•  Background suppression
•  Limited distance
•  Transparent detection

•  

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse
•  Distance-settable (BGS)

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Through-beam: 20 m
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•  Diffuse: 1 m
•  Background suppression: 200 mm
•  Limited distance: 50 mm
•  Transparent detection:
2m

•  

Through-beam: 20 m
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•  Diffuse: 1 m
•  Background suppression: 200 mm
•  Limited distance: 50 mm
•  Transparent detection:
2m

•  

•  

Through-beam: 30 m
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•  Diffuse: 1 m
•  Distance-settable: 200
mm

•  

•  

•  

•  

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

12-24 VDC

12-24 VDC

Output type

Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP 

NPN or PNP

Connections

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP69K

IP67

IP67

Sensor type

Maximum
sensing
distances

Supply
voltage

IP rating

E3Z-L

Model
Product type
Sensor type

Narrow beam
•  

*1 Lorem

Maximum
sensing
distances

Supply
voltage

•  

Diffuse Reflective

Diffuse reflective: 90 mm

E3Z-LS
Distance-settable
Distance-settable

•  

Distance-settable:
200 mm

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Distance-settable (BGS)

Through-beam: 60 m
Retro-reflective: 15 m
•  Distance-settable:
300 mm

E3Z-G
Grooved head

E3ZM
Stainless steel housing;
Wash down rated

Fixed distance
through-beam

•  

25 mm

•  

•  

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse
•  Background suppression
•  

Through-beam: 15 m
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•  Diffuse: 1 m
•  Background
suppression: 200 mm
•  

12-24 VDC

12-24 VDC

12-24 VDC

10-30 VDC

Output type

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Connections

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

IP67

IP67

IP64

IP67, IP69K

IP rating

A-iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Photoelectric Sensors
A

E3ZM-C

Model
Product type
Sensor type

E3ZM-V

Oil resistant

Print mark detection

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse
•  Background suppression

•  

Through-beam: 15 m
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•  Diffuse: 1 m
•  Background
suppression: 200 mm

E3ZM-B
PET bottle detection;
stainless steel housing

Diffuse reflective mark
sensor

•  

•  

Diffuse: 12 mm

10-30 VDC

Output type

E3Z-B
PET bottle detection;
plastic housing

Retro-reflective

•  

•  

Retro-reflective: 500 mm

•  

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Connections

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP69K

IP67

•  
•  

Maximum
sensing
distances

Supply
voltage

IP rating

•  

Sensor type

Retro-reflective: 2 m

•  

Model
Product type

Retro-reflective

E3S-CL
Distance-settable

E3JK

E3JM

All voltage

All voltage

•  

Retro-reflective
Distance-settable

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Retro-reflective: 10 m
Distance-settable: 2 m

•  

Through-beam: 5 m
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•  Diffuse: 300 mm

•  

•  

•  

•  

10-30 VDC

12-240 VDC
24-240 VAC

12-240 VDC
24-240 VAC

12-240 VDC
24-240 VAC

Output type

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP; Relay output

NPN or PNP

Relay or SSR

Connections

Pre-wired

Pre-wired

Pre-wired

Pre-wired, Terminal block

IP67

IP67 (with protective
cover)

IP64

IP64

Maximum
sensing
distances
Supply
voltage

IP rating

Distance-settable

E3G
Long distance

•  

500 mm

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse
Through-beam: 10 m
Retro-reflective: 4 m
•  Diffuse: 700 mm

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-v

Selection Table
Compact

Model
Product type
Sensor type

Maximum
sensing
distances

Supply
voltage

E3T
Model
Miniature
sadsaf

E3S-A
1111
Built-in amplifier

E3K
Long distance

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse
•  Convergent
reflective
•  Background
suppression

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse

•  

•  

•  

•  

Through-beam: 2 m
Retro-reflective:
200 mm
•  Diffuse: 30 mm
•  Convergent
reflective: 30 mm
•  Background
suppression: 30 mm

•  

Through-beam:
7m
•  Retro-reflective:
2m
•  Diffuse: 700 mm

12-24 VDC

•  
•  

F3UV
Ultraviolet intensity
detection
UV intensity

E3Z-K
Oil resistant

Retro-reflective
Diffuse

•  

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse

•  

Retro-reflective:
10 m
•  Diffuse: 2 m

•  

10-30 VDC

24-240 VDC
42-240 VAC

12-24 VDC

12-24 VDC

•  
•  

N/A

Through-beam:
15 m
•  Retro-reflective:
4m
•  Diffuse: 1 m
•  

Output type

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Analog

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Relay

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Connections

Pre-wired

Pre-wired,
Connector

Plated steel screw
terminals

Pre-wired

Pre-wired,
Connector

IP rating

IP65, IP67

IP67

IP67

IP30

IP67

E3S-C

F3ET2

Long distance metal
body detector

Discrete output light
grid

Through-beam
Retro-reflective
•  Diffuse

•  

Through-beam: 30 m
Retro-reflective: 3 m
•  Diffuse: 2 m

•  

10-30 VDC

24 VDC

Output type

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state
Connections

Model
Product type
Sensor type

•  

Through-beam

F3EM2
Analog output light
grid
•  

Through-beam

•  

*1 Lorem

Maximum
sensing
distances
Supply
voltage

IP rating

A-vi

•  

Through-beam: 3 m
or 15 m

Through-beam: 3 m
or 15 m

E3C-LDA

Laser

Laser beam sensor
with separate amplifier

E3NC-L variable
spot
•  E3NC-S CMOS

•  

•  

E3NC-L: 1200 mm
E3NC-S: 250 mm

Diffuse
Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse: 1 m
Retro-reflective: 7 m

•  

•  

•  

•  

24 VDC

10-30 VDC

12-24 VDC

Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable

NPN or PNP

Light-on/Dark-on
Selectable

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP
Selectable

0-10 VDC

Pre-wired, Connector

M12 5-pin

M12 5-pin

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

IP67

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP40 head; IP50 amp

•  

•  

E3NC

NPN or PNP,
1-5 VDC

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3FA/E3RA	 Photoelectric Sensors

B278

A

New All-Application Sensors in Plastic
M18 Housing
The E3FA/E3RA family provides a wide range of
high quality sensors, with models designed for
standard or special applications.
•	 Compact size with flush mounting option
•	 IP67, IP69K for wash down resistance
•	 Straight or Radial models in cylindrical M18
plastic housing
•	 Background suppression, Limited Distance and
Transparent detection models

Sensor Type
Setup

Straight

Sensor type

PNP

NPN

Pre-wired (2
m)

M12
connector

Pre-wired (2 m)

M12
connector

Through-beam *1

20 m

E3FA-TP11 2M

E3FA-TP21

E3FA-TN11 2M

E3FA-TN21

Retro-reflective *2

0.1 to 4 m*

E3FA-RP11 2M

E3FA-RP21

E3FA-RN11 2M

E3FA-RN21

Retro-reflective
(coaxial) *2

0 to 500 mm*

E3FA-RP12 2M

E3FA-RP22

E3FA-RN12 2M

E3FA-RN22

Diffuse-reflective

100 mm

E3FA-DP11 2M

E3FA-DP21

E3FA-DN11 2M

E3FA-DN21

BGS (Background
suppression)

Radial

Sensing
distance

300 mm

E3FA-DP12 2M

E3FA-DP22

E3FA-DN12 2M

E3FA-DN22

1m

E3FA-DP13 2M

E3FA-DP23

E3FA-DN13 2M

E3FA-DN23

100 mm

E3FA-LP11 2M

E3FA-LP21

E3FA-LN11 2M

E3FA-LN21

200 mm

E3FA-LP12 2M

E3FA-LP22

E3FA-LN12 2M

E3FA-LN22

Limited distance
reflective

10 to 50 mm

E3FA-VP11 2M

E3FA-VP21

E3FA-VN11 2M

E3FA-VN21

Transparent
detection *2

100 to 500 mm**

E3FA-BP11 2M

E3FA-BP21

E3FA-BN11 2M

E3FA-BN21

0.1 to 2 m**

E3FA-BP12 2M

E3FA-BP22

E3FA-BN12 2M

E3FA-BN22

Through-beam *1

15 m

E3RA-TP11 2M

E3RA-TP21

E3RA-TN11 2M

E3RA-TN21

Retro-reflective *2

0.1 to 3 m*

E3RA-RP11 2M

E3RA-RP21

E3RA-RN11 2M

E3RA-RN21

Diffuse-reflective

100 mm

E3RA-DP11 2M

E3RA-DP21

E3RA-DN11 2M

E3RA-DN21

300 mm

E3RA-DP12 2M

E3RA-DP22

E3RA-DN12 2M

E3RA-DN22

700 mm

E3RA-DP13 2M

E3RA-DP23

E3RA-DN13 2M

E3RA-DN23

*Measured with reflector E39-R1S. **Measured with reflector E39-RP1
*1 The set type includes the emitter and receiver. *2 The reflector is sold separately.
Note: All sensors are 10-30 VDC. Light-On/Dark-On selectable by wiring.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-1

E3FB/E3RB	 Photoelectric Sensors

B293

New All-Application Sensors in
Brass M18 Housing
The E3FB/E3RN family provides a wide
range of high quality sensors, with
models designed for standard or special
applications.
•	 Compact size with flush mounting option
•	 IP67, IP69K for wash down resistance
•	 Straight or Radial models in cylindrical
M18 brass housing
•	 Background suppression, Limited
Distance and Transparent detection
models

Sensor Type
Setup

Straight

Sensor type

PNP

NPN

Pre-wired
(2 m)

M12
connector

Pre-wired
(2 m)

M12
connector

Through-beam *1

20 m

E3FB-TP11 2M

E3FB-TP21

E3FB-TN11 2M

E3FB-TN21

Retro-reflective *2

0.1 to 4 m*

E3FB-RP11 2M

E3FB-RP21

E3FB-RN11 2M

E3FB-RN21

Retro-reflective
(coaxial) *2

0 to 500 mm*

E3FB-RP12 2M

E3FB-RP22

E3FB-RN12 2M

E3FB-RN22

Diffuse-reflective

BGS (Background
suppression)
Limited distance
reflective
Transparent
detection *2
Radial

Sensing
distance

100 mm

E3FB-DP11 2M

E3FB-DP21

E3FB-DN11 2M

E3FB-DN21

300 mm

E3FB-DP12 2M

E3FB-DP22

E3FB-DN12 2M

E3FB-DN22

1m

E3FB-DP13 2M

E3FB-DP23

E3FB-DN13 2M

E3FB-DN23

100 mm

E3FB-LP11 2M

E3FB-LP21

E3FB-LN11 2M

E3FB-LN21

200 mm

E3FB-LP12 2M

E3FB-LP22

E3FB-LN12 2M

E3FB-LN22

10 to 50 mm

E3FB-VP11 2M

E3FB-VP21

E3FB-VN11 2M

E3FB-VN21

100 to 500 mm**

E3FB-BP11 2M

E3FB-BP21

E3FB-BN11 2M

E3FB-BN21

0.1 to 2 m**

E3FB-BP12 2M

E3FB-BP22

E3FB-BN12 2M

E3FB-BN22

Through-beam *1

15 m

E3RB-TP11 2M

E3RB-TP21

E3RB-TN11 2M

E3RB-TN21

Retro-reflective *2

0.1 to 3 m*

E3RB-RP11 2M

E3RB-RP21

E3RB-RN11 2M

E3RB-RN21

Diffuse-reflective

100 mm

E3RB-DP11 2M

E3RB-DP21

E3RB-DN11 2M

E3RB-DN21

300 mm

E3RB-DP12 2M

E3RB-DP22

E3RB-DN12 2M

E3RB-DN22

700 mm

E3RB-DP13 2M

E3RB-DP23

E3RB-DN13 2M

E3RB-DN23

*Measured with reflector E39-R1S. **Measured with reflector E39-RP1
*1 The set type includes the emitter and receiver. *2 The reflector is sold separately.
Note: All sensors are 10-30 VDC. Light-On/Dark-On selectable by wiring.

A-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3Z	 Photoelectric Sensors

B222

A

General Purpose Sensor in
Compact Plastic Housing
Compact housing size and high-power LED
for excellent performance-size ratio and
best value-performance ratio for standard
applications.
•	 Minimal optical axis deviation for easy
alignment
•	 IP67 and IP69K for highest water
resistance
•	 Intensive shielding for highest noise
immunity (EMC)
•	 Multiple molding housing for high
mechanical resistance
Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection
Method

Model

M8
—

2m

E3Z-T62

E3Z-T82

5

—

E3Z-T67

E3Z-T87

10 m
(Red light)

—

2m

E3Z-T61A

E3Z-T81A

5

—

E3Z-T66A

E3Z-T86A

Retro-reflective
with M.S.R

0.1 to 4 m (with E39-R15) (Red light)

—

2m

E3Z-R61

E3Z-R81

5

—

E3Z-R66

E3Z-R86

Retro-reflective without
M.S.R

0.1 to 5 m (with E39-R15)
(Infrared light)

—

2m

E3Z-R61-4

E3Z-R81-4

5

—

E3Z-R66-4

E3Z-R86-4

Diffuse-reflective

1 m (adjustable)
(Infrared light)

—

2m

E3Z-D62

E3Z-D82

5

—

E3Z-D67

E3Z-D87

100 mm (adjustable)
(Infrared light)

—

2m

E3Z-D61

E3Z-D81

5

—

E3Z-D66

E3Z-D86

—

2m

E3Z-LS63

E3Z-LS83

5

—

E3Z-LS68

E3Z-LS88

—

2m

E3ZLS61*2

E3Z-LS81*2

5

—

E3ZLS66*2

E3Z-LS86*2

Diffuse-reflective wide
beam

Distancesettable
(background
suppression)*2

Small
spot
(Red light)

2 mm

80 mm

20 mm

BGS (set to minimum)

BGS (set to maximum)

Standard
(Red light)
(note 1)

20 mm
BGS (at min. setting)

40 mm

200 mm

BGS (at max. setting)

Incident
light level
threshold (fixed)

FGS (at min. setting)
FGS (at max. setting)

*2

PNP
output

30 m
(Infrared light)

Through-beam

*1

NPN
output

Infrared light models available
To order with 30 cm long pigtail with M12, M8 3-pin or 4-pin connector please contact your OMRON representative.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-3

E3Z-L9	 Laser Photoelectric Sensors

B265

LASER Sensor in Compact Plastic
Housing
The E3Z LASER sensor in compact
plastic housing features visible Laser light
for precision positioning and detection
applications.
•	 Visible LASER light for precision
positioning and small object detection
•	 High power laser diode for long range
precision
•	 Class 1 LASER (JIS, IEC) Class 2 (FDA)
LASER
•	 Precise background suppression and low
black/white error for accurate detection

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Response time

Connection
Method

Model
NPN output

PNP output

E3Z-LT61 2M

E3Z-LT81 2M

E3Z-LT66

E3Z-LT86

E3Z-LR61 2M

E3Z-LR81 2M

E3Z-LR66

E3Z-LR86

E3Z-LL61 2M

E3Z-LL81 2M

E3Z-LL66

E3Z-LL86

E3Z-LL63 2M

E3Z-LL83 2M

E3Z-LL68

E3Z-LL88

M8
Through-beam

60 m

1 ms

Retro-reflective with
M.S.R

0.3 to 15 m (with E39-R15)

Distance-settable
(background suppression)

20 to 300 mm
25 to 300 mm

0.5 ms

—

2m

5

—

—

2m

5

—

—

2m

5

—

—

2m

5

—

Note: To order with 30 cm long pigtail with M12, M8 3-pin or M8 4-pin connector please contact your OMRON representative.

Detect the sides of large tiles

A-4

Map glass sides

Detect protruding straws

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Count bottles

E3ZM	 Photoelectric Sensors

B223

A

Detergent-Resistant Photoelectric
Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel
Housing
Compact housing size and high power LED
for excellent performance-size ratio in a
rugged, detergent-resistant stainless steel
housing for demanding environments.
•	 High grade stainless steel housing
(SUS316L)
•	 IP67 and IP69K for highest water
resistance
•	 ECOLAB tested and certified detergent
resistance
Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection Method

Model
NPN output

PNP output

E3ZM-T61 2M

E3ZM-T81 2M

E3ZM-T66

E3ZM-T86

E3ZM-T63 2M

E3ZM-T83 2M

E3ZM-T68

E3ZM-T88

E3ZM-R61 2M

E3ZM-R81 2M

E3ZM-R66

E3ZM-R86

E3ZM-D62 2M

E3ZM-D82 2M

E3ZM-D67

E3ZM-D87

—

2m

5

—

0.8 m with built
in slit

—

2m

5

—

Retro-reflective with
M.S.R

0.1 to 4 m (with
E39-R1S)

—

2m

5

—

Diffuse-reflective

1 m (adjustable)

—

2m

5

—

10 to 100 mm
(fixed)

—

2m

5

—

10 to 200 mm
(fixed)

—

2m

5

—

Through-beam

Diffuse-reflective
(background
suppression)

15 m

*1 For ordering pigtail versions replace ‘2M’ of the cable types with:
- S1J: for M12 stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable
- S3J: for M8 4-pin stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable
- S5J: for M8 3-pin stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable (except for
background suppression types)
- M1J: for M12 brass plug with 30 cm cable
- M3J: for M8 4-pin brass plug with 30 cm cable
- M5J: for M8 3-pin brass plug with 30 cm cable (except for
background suppression types)

M8

E3ZM-LS61X 2M*2

E3ZM-LS81X 2M*2

E3ZM-LS66X

E3ZM-LS86X*2

E3ZM-LS64X 2M*2

E3ZM-LS84X 2M*2

E3ZM-LS69X*2

E3ZM-LS89X*2

*2

*2
E3ZM-LS_X are fixed LIGHT-ON models. For Fixed DARK-ON models order E3ZM-LS_Y and for L-NO/D-NO selectable by wire
please order E3ZM-LS_H.

Robust construction

Tight housing

Detergent resistant

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-5

E3ZM-C	Photoelectric Sensors

B267

Oil-Resistant Photoelectric
Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel
Housing
The oil-resistant compact photoelectric
sensor in a robust stainless steel housing
features reliable object detection in dirty and
mechanically demanding environments such
as automotive assembly lines.
•	 Oil-resistant stainless steel housing
•	 IP67 and IP69K for highest water
resistance
•	 High visibility orange LED in throughbeam model for easy alignment
Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection Method

M8
Through-beam

15 m
(infrared light)

20 m
(Orange light)

Retro-reflective with
M.S.R

Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective
(background
suppression)

0.1 to 4 m (with E39-R1S)

1 m (adjustable)

10 to 100 mm (fixed)

10 to 200 mm (fixed)

Model
NPN output

PNP output

M12

—

2m

—

E3ZM-CT61 2M

E3ZM-CT81 2M

—

—

5

E3ZM-CT61-M1TJ

E3ZM-CT81-M1TJ

5

—

—

E3ZM-CT66

E3ZM-CT86

—

2m

—

E3ZM-CT62B 2M

E3ZM-CT82B 2M

—

—

5

E3ZM-CT62B-M1TJ

E3ZM-CT82B-M1TJ

5

—

—

E3ZM-CT67B

E3ZM-CT87B

—

2m

—

E3ZM-CR61 2M

E3ZM-CR81 2M

—

—

5

E3ZM-CR61-M1TJ

E3ZM-CR81-M1TJ

5

—

—

E3ZM-CR66

E3ZM-CR86

—

2m

—

E3ZM-CD62 2M

E3ZM-CD82 2M

—

—

5

E3ZM-CD62-M1TJ

E3ZM-CD82-M1TJ

5

—

—

E3ZM-CD67

E3ZM-CD87

—

2m

—

E3ZM-CL61H 2M

E3ZM-CL81H 2M

—

—

5

E3ZM-CL61H-M1TJ

E3ZM-CL81H-M1TJ

5

—

—

E3ZM-CL66H

E3ZM-CL86H

—

2m

—

E3ZM-CL64H 2M

E3ZM-CL84H 2M

—

—

5

E3ZM-CL64H-M1TJ

E3ZM-CL84H-M1TJ

5

—

—

E3ZM-CL69H

E3ZM-CL89H

Note: M12 connector types use Omron Automation and Safety’s XS5 Series “Twist & Click” M12 connector cordsets, 30 cm standard length.

A-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3ZM-V	 Photoelectric Sensors

B274

A

Print Mark Detection Photoelectric
Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel
Housing
The detergent resistant photoelectric sensor
in a robust stainless steel housing provides
reliable detection of all common print marks
in food packaging applications.
•	 White LED for stable detection of
differently colored or black print marks
•	 SUS 316L stainless steel housing
•	 Easy-to-use teach-in button or remote
teach
•	 Fast response time of 50 μs
Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection Method

Model
NPN output

PNP output

E3ZM-V61 2M

E3ZM-V81 2M

E3ZM-V66

E3ZM-V86

M8
Mark sensor

12±2 mm

—

2m

5

—

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-7

E3ZM-B	Photoelectric Sensors

B266

Transparent Object Detection Sensor in
Compact Stainless Steel Housing
The E3ZM-B family provides models for general
transparent material detection and specialized
models providing highest stability for the detection
of PET bottles.
•	 Detergent resistant compact SUS316L housing
•	 Includes Bi-refringent, P-opaquing sensing
technology to provide the margin necessary to
overcome the challenges in geometry, color and
contents of PET bottle detection which standard
retro-reflective sensors can not perform
•	 Simple push button teach operation
•	 Unique AC3 technology compensates for lens
contamination to maintain expected sensor output
•	 IP69K (DIN 40050-9) compliant
•	 316L stainless steel body resists detergents and
disinfectants
•	 High noise immunity against interference from
inverters and other inductive loads
Sensor type

Sensing distance

Special reflector

Connection
Method

Model
NPN output

PNP output

E3ZM-B61 2M

E3ZM-B81 2M

E3ZM-B66

E3ZM-B86
E3ZM-B81-C 2M

M8
Retroreflective with
M.S.R

Optimized for
PET
bottles and
trays

100 to 500 mm
(teachable)

Retroreflective with
M.S.R

For all
transparent
media (glass,
PET, foils)

100 to 500 mm
(potentiometer
adjustment)*3

Order separately

—

2m

5

—

E39-RP1 included

—

2m

E3ZM-B61-C
2M

5

—

E3ZM-B66-C

E3ZM-B86-C

Order separately*3

—

2m

E3ZM-B61T 2M

E3ZM-B81T 2M

5

—

E3ZM-B66T

E3ZM-B86T

*1

For higher signal stability using circular polarization functionality for PET bottles, order special reflector E39-RP1 separately.
Teachable all-transparent-media types are available. Contact your Omron Automation and Safety representative.
*3
Order reflector separately: Use E39-RP1 for 500 mm sensing distance; E39-RP37 or E39-RSP1 for 250 mm sensing distance.
*1
*2

A-8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3Z-B	 Photoelectric Sensors

B271

A

Transparent Bottle Detection
Photoelectric Sensor in Compact
Plastic Housing
The E3Z-B provides easy adjustment for
the detection of a large variety of standard
transparent objects.
•	 Detects a wide range of bottles from
single bottles to sets of stocked bottles
•	 IP67/IP69K tested for highest water
resistance
Sensor type

Sensing distance
(with E39-R1S reflector)

Connection Method

Model
NPN output

PNP output

E3Z-B61 2M

E3Z-B81 2M

E3Z-B66

E3Z-B86

E3Z-B62 2M

E3Z-B82 2M

E3Z-B67

E3Z-B87

M8
Retro-reflective without M.S.R.

80 to 500 mm (adjustable)
0.5 to 2 m (adjustable)

—

2m

5

—

—

2m

5

—

E3Z-G	Photoelectric Sensors

B268

Photoelectric Sensor in Plastic Fork
Shape Housing
The forked shape optical through-beam
sensors combine simple installation with
reliable passage detection of objects, machine
parts or transportation elements such as
hanging carriers.
•	 Slotted head eliminates the need for optical
axis adjustment
•	 1 or 2 axis models
Sensor type

Through-beam

Sensing distance

25 mm
(Infrared light)

Number of
optical axes

Connection Method

1

2m

—

—

5 M8 4-pin

2

2m

—

—

5 M8 4-pin

Model
NPN output

PNP output

E3Z-G61

E3Z-G81

E3Z-G61-M3J

E3Z-G81-M3J

E3Z-G62

E3Z-G82

E3Z-G62-M3J

E3Z-G82-M3J

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-9

E3Z-L	 General Purpose Photoelectric Sensors

B263

Narrow-Beam Sensor Detects
Small Objects
•	 Small 2.5 mm beam diameter at 90 mm
sensing distance enables detection
through small holes or gaps
•	 Detect objects as small as 0.1 mm
diameter
•	 Adjustable distance setting of 90 ± 30 mm
•	 Visible red light beam simplifies alignment
for visual checking of sensing spot
position
•	 Integrated circuit design with advanced
LED assures long sensing distances
•	 High noise immunity against interference
from inverters and other inductive loads
•	 Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi
washdown
•	 Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON
operation

Narrow-Beam Sensors
Sensor
type
Diffuse
reflective

A-10

Setup

Features
Detects
0.1 mm dia.
objects

Light
source
Red
(650 nm)

Sensing
distance
90 ±30 mm

Connection
method

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired

E3Z-L61

E3Z-L81

4-pin M8
Connector

E3Z-L66

E3Z-L86

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3Z-LS	

B269

Background/Foreground Suppression Sensors

A

Miniature Distance-Settable Sensors
with Built-In Amplifiers
•	 Detect glossy/uneven surfaces with foreground
suppression
•	 Ignore objects beyond the set distance such
as a conveyor belt or rail using background
suppression
•	 Web/edge position detection sensors
(E3Z-LS63/-LS83) with 2 mm spot eliminate
background influences in printing, converting
and packaging
•	 Detect presence of strip and sheet materials
and non-woven fabric edges with 2% max.
differential travel to compensate for vibration
(E3Z-LS63/-LS83)
•	 Integrated circuit design with advanced LED
assures long sensing distances
•	 High noise immunity against interference from
inverters and other inductive loads
•	 Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi washdown
•	 Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON operation

Background/Foreground Suppression Sensors
BGS (Background Suppression)

Objects beyond the set
ON (incident)
distance, such as the
conveyor, will not be
detected. The hysteresis is
Distance
10% or less, so at a set
threshold
distance of 40 mm, steps
with a thickness of 4 mm
can be detected on objects.
OFF (interrupted)

Selectable by
Changing Cable
Connection

FGS (Foreground Suppression)

ON (interrupted)

Conveyor (background)

(for Light-ON setting)

Distance threshold
OFF
Light level
(incident)
threshold (fixed)

Conveyor
(background)

Glossy, uneven objects are
reliably detected because
the OFF (incident) status
occurs only when the
conveyor is detected, and
ON (interrupted) status
occurs only when an object
exists or when reflected light
is not returned to the
Sensor. (Depending on the
shape of the object, an OFFdelay timer may be
required.)

ON (interrupted)
(for Dark-ON setting)

Sensor
type
Distance
settable

Setup

Features

Light
source

Sensing distance

Resists interference
from fluorescent
lighting

Red
(680 nm)

Background setting
20 to 200 mm
Foreground setting
40 to 200+ mm

Web/edge position
detector

Red
(650 nm)

Background setting
2 to 80 mm

Connection
method

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired

E3Z-LS61

E3Z-LS81

4-pin M8
Connector

E3Z-LS66

E3Z-LS86

Pre-wired

E3Z-LS63

E3Z-LS83

4-pin M8
Connector

E3Z-LS68

E3Z-LS88

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-11

E3Z-K	 Oil-Resistant Photoelectric Sensors

B264

Oil-Resistant Sensors with Built-In
Amplifiers
•	 Sensor housing includes special coating
to resist effects in environments subject to
high pH oil mists, coolants and medium pH
detergents that aggressively attach sensors
•	 Long distance sensing: 15 m through-beam
models; 3 m retro-reflective; 1 m diffusereflective
•	 High noise immunity against interference from
inverters and other inductive loads
•	 Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi washdown
•	 Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON operation

Sensor Type
Sensor
type

Setup

Features

Throughbeam

—

Retroreflective

Diffuse
reflective

Sensing
distance

Connection
method

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Infrared
(870 nm)

15 m

Polarized;
Order
reflector
separately

Red
(660 nm)

0.1 to 4 m with
E39-R1S
reflector
0.1 to 3 m with
E39-R1 reflector

Pre-wired

E3Z-R61K

E3Z-R81K

Pigtail,
4-pin M8

E3Z-R61K-M3J 0.3M

E3Z-R81K-M3J 0.3M

Wide view

Infrared
(860 nm)

5 to 100 mm

Pre-wired

E3Z-D61K

E3Z-D81K

Pigtail,
4-pin M8

E3Z-D61K-M3J 0.3M

E3Z-D81K-M3J 0.3M

Pre-wired

E3Z-D62K

E3Z-D82K

Pigtail,
4-pin M8

E3Z-D62K-M3J 0.3M

E3Z-D82K-M3J 0.3M

Standard

A-12

Light
source

1m

Pre-wired

E3Z-T61K

E3Z-T81K

Pigtail,
4-pin M8

E3Z-T61K-M3J 0.3M

E3Z-T81K-M3J 0.3M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3S-CL	 Photoelectric Sensors

B249

A

Distance-Settable Sensor in Metal Housing
•	 Minimal black/white error for highest
reliability detecting differently colored objects
•	 Setting distance up to 500 mm with reliable
background suppression
•	 Stable detection regardless of the target
workpiece color, material or size
•	 Simple to set distance with 6-turn adjustor and indicator
Sensor
type

Light
source

Distancesettable
(background
suppression)

Red
(700 mm)

Sensing distance

5

Min. setting

Connection method

40mm

Setting range

2m

—

—

5 M12

40 to 200 mm
Max. setting

5

Detecting range

Model

E3S-CL1
E3S-CL1-M1J

200mm

5 to 200 mm

Infrared
(860 mm)

5

Min. setting

50mm

5

Setting range
50 to 500 mm
Max. setting
Detecting range
5 to 500 mm

2m

—

—

5 M12

E3S-CL2
E3S-CL2-M1J

500mm

E3G	 Photoelectric Sensors

B228

Long Distance Sensor in Plastic Housing
Long distance retro-reflective and teachable
distance-settable sensors in plastic housing.
•	 Distance-settable model with 1.2 m maximum
setting distance
•	 Light-On/Dark-On operation, NPN/PNP output
switch selectable
Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection method

Model

M12
Retro-reflective with M.S.R.

Distance-settable (background
suppression)

0.5 to 10 m
measured with
E39-R2

—

2m

5

—

E3G-R17-G

0.2 to 2 m
(0.2 to 1.2 m distance-settable)

—

2m

E3G-L73 2M

5

—

E3G-R13-G 2M

E3G-L77

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-13

E3JK	 Photoelectric Sensors

B227

All Voltage (AC/DC) Photoelectric
Sensor in Plastic Housing
The square sized E3JK family uses 12 to
240 VDC and 24 to 240 VAC supply voltage
•	 Retro-reflective models accurately detect
shiny objects
•	 Relay outputs with long life expectancy
and high switching capacity (3 A, 250 VAC)
•	 cUL recognized

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Through-beam

5 m (Infrared light)

Retro-reflective with M.S.R.

Connection
method

2 m measured with E39-R1
(Red light)

Operation mode

Model

Light ON

E3JK-5M1-N-US

Dark ON

E3JK-5M2-N-US

Light ON

E3JK-R2M1-US

Dark ON

E3JK-R2M2-US

2m
Retro-reflective without M.S.R.

Diffuse-reflective

4 m (adjustable) measured
with E39-R1
(Red light)
300 mm (adjustable)
(Infrared light)

Light ON

E3JK-R4M1-US

Dark ON

E3JK-R4M2-US

Light ON

E3JK-DS30M1-US

Dark ON

E3JK-DS30M2-US

Note: All part numbers include mounting hardware, Retro-reflective models include E39-R1 reflector.

A-14

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3JM Photoelectric Sensors

B226

A

All Voltage (AC/DC) Photoelectric
Sensor in Plastic Housing
The square sized E3JM family uses 12 to 240
VDC and 24 to 240 VAC supply voltage, an
enhanced sensing distance and a timer function.
•	 Easy to wire terminal block speeds installation
and servicing
•	 Relay or solid state relay output
•	 Timer function models available
•	 Mounting hardware and terminal protection
cover included
Sensor type

Sensing
distance

Connection
method

Operation mode

Model
Relay output

Through-beam

10 m
(Infrared
light)

Terminal
block (with
PG 13.5
conduit
opening)

Retro-reflective
with M.S.R.

4 m with
E39-R1
reflector
(Red light)

Diffusereflective

700 mm
(adjustable)
(Infrared
light)

DC SSR output
NPN Output

PNP Output

—

E3JM-10M4-US

E3JM-10S4-US
OMS

E3JM-10R4-US

ON or OFF delay 0.1 s
to 5 s (adjustable)

F3JM-10M4T-US

F3JM-10S4T-US

E3JM-10R4T-US

—

E3JM-R4M4-US

E3JM-R4S4-US

E3JM-R4R4-US

ON or OFF delay 0.1 s
to 5 s (adjustable)

E3JM-R4M4T-US

E3JM-R4S4T-US

E3JM-R4R4T-US

—

E3JM-DS70M4-US

E3JM-DS70S4-US

E3JM-DS70R4-US

ON or OFF delay 0.1 s
to 5 s (adjustable)

E3JM-DS70M4TUS

E3JM-DS70S4TUS

E3JM-DS70R4TUS

E3G-M	 Photoelectric Sensors

B228

Long Distance All Voltage (AC/DC)
Photoelectric Sensor
The E3G-M series offers the long sensing
distance of the E3G family for all voltage
(AC/DC) installations.
•	 12 to 240 VDC and 24 to 240 VAC
•	 Terminal block connection
Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection method

Timer Function

Model

Retro-reflective with
M.S.R.

0.5 to 10 m with E39-R2
reflector (Red light)

Terminal block

Distance-settable
(background detection)

0.2 to 2 m (0.2 to 1.2 m
distance-settable)
(Infrared light)

Relay output

—

E3G-MR19-G

ON or OFF delay 0 to 5 s
(adjustable)

E3G-MR19T-G

­—

E3G-ML79-G

ON or OFF delay 0 to 5 s
(adjustable)

E3G-ML79T-G

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-15

E3T	 Photoelectric Sensors

B224

Photoelectric Sensor in Miniature
Plastic Housing
Small sized photoelectric sensors in flat, side
view and M5 cylindrical shapes for demanding
mounting conditions.
•	 Small size with precision pinpoint LED
•	 3.5 mm flat model with reliable background
suppression and small black/white error
•	 Unique optical alignment technology
ensuring minimal deviation of optical axis
•	 High EMC and ambient light immunity
Sensor type

Sensing distance

Through-beam

Connection Method

1m

Through-beam

500 mm

300 mm

Through-beam, M5

1m

Through-beam, M5

500 m

Retro-reflective

30 to 200 mm on
reflectors/ 10 to 100
mm on reflective foils
(note 2)

(note 3)
Diffuse-reflective

5 to 30 mm

Diffuse-reflective (with adjuster), M6

3-50 mm

Limited-reflective

5 to 15 mm

5 to 30 mm

Diffuse-reflective
(background
suppression)

1 to 15 mm

1 to 30 mm

2m

To order pigtail connector versions, replace “2M” for cable types if present, then add a suffix:
- M1TJ 0.3M: M12 with 30 cm cable
- M3J 0.3M: M8 4-pin with 30 cm cable

300 mm

Operation
mode

Model (note 1)
NPN output

PNP output

Light- ON

E3T-ST11

E3T-ST13

Dark-ON

E3T-ST12

E3T-ST14

Light- ON

E3T-ST21

E3T-ST23

Dark-ON

E3T-ST22

E3T-ST24

Light- ON

E3T-FT11

E3T-FT13

Dark-ON

E3T-FT12

E3T-FT14

Light- ON

E3T-FT21

E3T-FT23

Dark-ON

E3T-FT22

E3T-FT24

Dark-ON

E3T-CT12

E3T-CT14

Dark-ON

E3T-CT22S

E3T-CT24S

Light- ON

E3T-SR41-C

E3T-SR43-C

Dark-ON

E3T-SR42-C

E3T-SR44-C

Light- ON

E3T-FD11

E3T-FD13

Dark-ON

E3T-FD12

E3T-FD14

Dark-ON

E3T-CD11

E3T-CD13

Light- ON

E3T-SL11

E3T-SL13

Dark-ON

E3T-SL12

E3T-SL14

Light- ON

E3T-SL21

E3T-SL23

Dark-ON

E3T-SL22

E3T-SL24

Light- ON

E3T-FL11

E3T-FL13

Dark-ON

E3T-FL12

E3T-FL14

Light- ON

E3T-FL21

E3T-FL23

Dark-ON

E3T-FL22

E3T-FL24

Note: 1- For pre-wired models with robotic cables add ‘-R’ to the order code (example: E3T-FT21R 2M)
2- The distances are measured with reflector E39-R4 and reflective foil E39-R37-CA. For applications with shorter distances between the sensor
and the reflector contact your Omron Automation and Safety representative. Light-ON E3T-SR41-C 2M*3
3- Order reflector separately. Models with included reflectors are available.

A-16

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3S-A	 Photoelectric Sensors

B232

A

High Performance Small DC Sensors
•	 Enclosure meets NEMA 4X, 6 and IP67
•	 User-friendly features for ease of installation
and use
•	 Timer/alarm/turbo aiming tool models available
•	 Light-ON/Dark-ON, switch selectable
•	 Mounting bracket E39-L69 supplied with
horizontal sensors
•	 Mounting bracket E39-L70 supplied with
vertical sensors
•	 Polarized retro-reflective sensors include
E39-R1 reflector
•	 Through-beam sensors include both emitter
and receiver
•	 Pre-wired versions have 2 m cable;
M12 4-pin connector versions available

E3K	 Photoelectric Sensors

B242

Long-range Sensing for Door Control
and Material Handling Applications
•	 AC/DC sensor for heavy-duty switching
requirements
•	 Long sensing distances:
•	 Retro-reflective: 10 m, includes E39-R1
reflector
•	 Diffuse-reflective: 2 m
•	 Clean interior, easy-to-wire terminal strip
•	 Plug-in replaceable relay output
•	 Timer modules available
•	 Rated IP67, NEMA 4X, 6 for washdown

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-17

E3NC Laser Photoelectric Sensors

B289

Laser Position Verification Sensors
with Long Range or Variable Spot Size
•	 Compact, lightweight sensing heads
•	 Slim DIN rail mounting amplifiers
•	 Simple setup with 3 types of tuning
•	 CMOS triangulation model E3NC-S detects
regardless of surface or color
•	 EtherCAT communication available

Ordering Information

B289

E3NC-L Sensing Heads
Sensing method

Focus

Sensing distance

Spot diameter

Ratings

Connection

Model

Limited-reflective
Diffuse-reflective

Spot
Variable spot

70 ±15 mm
1200 mm max.

0.1 mm
0.8 mm or larger

Laser Class 1,
IP65

2 m robot cable
to amplifier

E3NC-LH01 2M
E3NC-LH01 2M

E3NC-L Amplifier Units
Inputs/outputs

Connection method

Connection media

E3NC-L Amplifier Model
NPN
PNP

1 In + 2 Out

Pre-wired 2 m

PVC cable

E3NC-LA21 2M

E23NC-LA51 2M
E3NC-LA9

1 in + 1 Out

Connector

E3X-CN cables

E3NC-LA7

2 Out

Comm Unit for E3NW

E3X-CN02

E3NC-LA0

B292

E3NC-S Sensing Heads
Sensing method
Diffuse-reflective

Detected level
difference
35 to 50 mm: 1.5 mm;
50 to 100 mm: 3 mm
35 to 180 mm: 9 mm;
180 to 250 mm: 25 mm

Sensing
distance
35 to
100 mm
35 to
250 mm

Spot diameter

Ratings

Connection

Model

0.5 mm

Laser Class 1,
IP67

2 m robot cable
to amplifier

E3NC-SH100 2M

1 mm

E3NC-SH250 2M

E3NC-S Amplifier Units
Inputs/outputs

Connection method

Connection media

E3NC-S Amplifier Model
NPN
PNP

1 In + 2 Out

Pre-wired 2 m

PVC cable

E3NC-SA21 2M

E23NC-SA51 2M

1 in + 1 Out

Connector

E3X-CN cables

E3NC-SA7

E3NC-SA9

2 Out

Comm Unit for E3NW

E3X-CN02

E3NC-SA0

Connectors
Type
Master Connector
Slave Connector

A-18

Head Mounting Brackets
Cable length
2m

No. of Conductors
4

Model
E3X-CN21

Applicable Sensor Head
E3NC-LH01

Model
E39-L186

2

E3X-CN22

E3NC-LH02

E39-L185

E3NC-SH100

E39-L188

E3NC-SH250

E39-L187

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3C-LDA	Measurement Sensors

C429

A

Variable Laser Beam Sensors
The E3C-LDA sensors for high-speed
gauging applications combine compact
Class II laser sensing heads with slim DINmount amplifiers.
•	 Sensing heads offer variable focal point
and optical axis alignment
•	 Safe Class II lasers require no special
protective hardware
•	 Dual digital display on the amplifier
simplifies setup and monitoring
•	 Selectable detection modes with response
speed as fast as 100 μs

Ordering Information
Sensing Heads
Sensing
method
Diffuse reflective
Coaxial retroreflective with
mirror surface
rejection

Beam shape

Sensing distance

Spot, 0.8 mm max.
Line, 33 mm L
Area, 33 x 15 mm
Variable spot (0.8 mm dia.)
Line, 28 mm L
Area, 28 x 16 mm
Fixed spot (2 mm dia.)

30 mm to 1 m

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
25 x 12.8 x 33

Up to 7 m with E39-R12
Up to 1.7 m with E39-R12
Up to 900 mm with E39-R12
Up to 7 m with E39-R12

27 x 13.2 x 36
25 x 12.8 x 39

Model
E3C-LD11
E3C-LD21
E3C-LD31
E3C-LR11
E3C-LR11 + E39-P31
E3C-LR11 + E39-P41
E3C-LR12

Amplifiers
Connector

Description

Functions

Pre-wired
models

Analog + Discrete
outputs
Two discrete outputs

External input +
Discrete output
Connector

Two discrete outputs

External input +
Discrete output

Output ratings

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Area output, differential 1 to 5 VDC,
operation
50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA11AN

E3C-LDA41AN

Area output, differential
operation, self-diagnostics
Built-in counter,
differential operation,
remote setting
Area output, differential
operation,
self-diagnostics
Built-in counter,
differential operation,
remote setting

2 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA11

E3C-LDA41

1 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA21

E3C-LDA51

2 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA6

E3C-LDA8

1 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA7

E3C-LDA9

Connectors
Description
Master connector (for first unit)
Slave connector (for second
and additional units)

Compatible amplifiers
E3C-LDA6, E3C-LDA7,
E3C-LDA8, E3C-LDA9

Cable length
2m

Conductors
3

Model
E3X-CN11

4

E3X-CN21

1

E3X-CN12

2

E3X-CN22

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-19

F3ET2	 Photoelectric Sensor

B634

New Non-Safety Discrete Output
Light Grid
The F3ET2 light grids provide reliable area
detection in robust IP65 aluminum housing.
•	 Light grids detect area heights from
150 mm up to 2100 mm
•	 Optical synchronization for reliable
operation without additional wiring
•	 NPN/PNP and Light-ON / Dark-ON
selectable
•	 Brackets included with Light Grids
•	 Connects with M12, 5-wire cable

Ordering Information
Sensor Type

Detection
Area (mm)

Pitch

Sensing
Distance**

Number of
Beams

Detectable Object
Size

Output*

Through-beam

150

5 mm

3m

30

10 mm min.

PNP/NPN

18 mm

15 m

8

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-150

5 mm

3m

60

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-300

18 mm

15 m

16

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-300

5 mm

3m

90

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-450

18 mm

15 m

24

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-450

5 mm

3m

120

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-600

18 mm

15 m

32

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-600

5 mm

3m

180

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-900

18 mm

15 m

48

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-900

5 mm

3m

240

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-1200

18 mm

15 m

64

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-1200

5 mm

3m

300

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-1500

18 mm

15 m

80

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-1500

5 mm

3m

360

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-1800

18 mm

15 m

96

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-1800

18 mm

15 m

112

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-2100

300
450
600

5 pin

900

1200
1500
1800
2100
*Light-ON / Dark-ON selectable

**The maximum sensing distance between the Transmitter and Receiver light grids

A-20

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Model
F3ET2-005-150

F3EM2	 Photoelectric Sensor

B633

A

New Non-Safety Analog Output
Light Grid
The F3ET2 light grids provide reliable area
monitoring in robust IP65 aluminum housing.
•	 Analog output for simple height detection
•	 Light grids detect area heights from
150 mm up to 2100 mm
•	 Optical synchronization for reliable
operation without additional wiring
•	 Brackets included with Light Grids
•	 Connects with M12, 5-wire cable

Ordering Information
Sensor Type

Measurement
Range (mm)

Pitch

Sensing
Distance*

Number
of Beams

Through-beam

150

5 mm

3m

18 mm

15 m

5 mm
18 mm

300
450

5 pin
600
900
1200
1500
1800
2100

Detectable Object
Size

Analog
Output

Model

30

10 mm min.

8

30 mm min.

0-10 VDC
(12 bits)

3m

60

10 mm min.

F3EM2-005-300-AV

15 m

16

30 mm min.

F3EM2-018-300-AV

5 mm

3m

90

10 mm min.

F3EM2-005-450-AV

18 mm

15 m

24

30 mm min.

F3EM2-018-450-AV

5 mm

3m

120

10 mm min.

F3EM2-005-600-AV

F3EM2-005-150-AV
F3EM2-018-150-AV

18 mm

15 m

32

30 mm min.

F3EM2-018-600-AV

5 mm

3m

180

10 mm min.

F3EM2-005-900-AV

18 mm

15 m

48

30 mm min.

F3EM2-018-900-AV

5 mm

3m

240

10 mm min.

F3EM2-005-1200-AV

18 mm

15 m

64

30 mm min.

F3EM2-018-1200-AV

5 mm

3m

300

10 mm min.

F3EM2-005-1500-AV

18 mm

15 m

80

30 mm min.

F3EM2-018-1500-AV

5 mm

3m

360

10 mm min.

F3EM2-005-1800-AV

18 mm

15 m

96

30 mm min.

F3EM2-018-1800-AV

18 mm

15 m

112

30 mm min.

F3EM2-018-2100-AV

*The maximum sensing distance between the Transmitter and Receiver light grids

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-21

E3S-C	Photoelectric Sensor

B262

Long Distance Sensor in
Oil-Resistant, Metal Case
•	 Long sensing distances: 30 m throughbeam; 3 m polarized retro-reflective;
2 m or 0.7 m diffuse reflective
•	 Rugged zinc die cast housing protects
against vibration (10 Hz to 2 kHz) and
shock (up to approx. 100 G)
•	 Meets IP67 and NEMA 4X, 6P for water
washdown
•	 High visibility indicators for light incidence
and stability
•	 Light-ON and Dark-ON operation
selectable

Metal Body Sensors
Sensing
type
Throughbeam

Setup

Horizontal

Features

Light
source

Sensing
distance

Connection
method

Model

Includes E39-L102
mounting bracket

Infrared
(880 nm)

30 m
Using E39-S61 slits:
4 mm slit: 15 m
2 mm slit: 7 m
1 mm slit: 3.5 m
0.5 mm slit: 1.8 m

Pre-wired

E3S-CT11

M12 4-pin
connector

E3S-CT16

Pre-wired

E3S-CT61

M12 4-pin
connector

E3S-CT66

Pre-wired

E3S-CR11

M12 4-pin
connector

E3S-CR16

Pre-wired

E3S-CR61

M12 4-pin
connector

E3S-CR66

Pre-wired

E3S-CD11

M12 4-pin
connector

E3S-CD16

Pre-wired

E3S-CD61

M12 4-pin
connector

E3S-CD66

Includes E39-L103
mounting bracket
Vertical
Retroreflective

Horizontal

Vertical
Diffuse
reflective

Horizontal

Polarized; includes
E39-R1 reflector
and
E39-L102 mounting
bracket
Polarized; includes
E39-R1 reflector
and
E39-L103 mounting
bracket
includes E39-L102
mounting bracket

Includes E39-L103
mounting bracket
Vertical

A-22

Red
(700 nm)

Infrared
(880 nm)

0 to 3 with E39-R1
reflector (included);
Optional reflectors:
E39-R2: 0 to 4 m
E39-R3: 0 to 150 cm
E39-R4: 0 to 75 cm
E39-RSA: 5 to 35 cm
E39-RSB: 5 to 60 cm

0 to 70 cm

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F3UV	 UV Power Monitors

B256

A

UV Power Monitor for Sterilizing and
Curing Operations
•	 Monitor ultraviolet light (UV) intensity or
wavelength to maintain effective levels for
critical processes
•	 Compact monitors fit tight inspection
spaces on existing machinery
•	 Built-in amplifier models detect incident UV
light power in two ranges (1 to 30 mW/cm2
or 0.2 to 3 mW/cm2) and provide a 1-5 V
analog output
•	 Fiber-optic detection heads and separate
amplifiers detect in two ranges (10 to 300
mW/cm2 or 30 to 300 mW/cm2)
•	 Fiber-optic monitor available with
judgment, answer-back and
current/voltage analog outputs

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-23

E39-L	 Mounting Brackets

B299

Photoelectric Sensor Mounting
Brackets
•	 Brackets enhance mounting flexibility
•	 Protective mounts fortify sensors
•	 Height adjustable and rotating mounts
available

E39-R	 Reflectors
Reflectors Return Light to
Retro-reflective Photoelectric
Sensors and Photomicrosensors
•	 Corner cube reflectors return maximum
light with minimal scattering
•	 Reflectors extend or shorten sensing
distance
•	 Hard acrylic reflectors are backed by ABS
plastic
•	 Easy-to-apply, adhesive-backed reflectors
available
•	 Sensor data sheets show recommended
reflector models

A-24

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B298

Fiber-optic Sensors
Contents
Selection Guide

B-ii

Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

Fiber-optic Sensor Amplifiers
E3X-HD

Easy-Teach Digital
Amplifier

B-12

E32

Standard Cylindrical
Sensor Heads

B-1

E3NX-FA

Advanced Functionality
Amplifier

B-13

E32

Square Shape Sensor
Heads

B-2

E3X-NA

Bar Graph Amplifiers

B-14

E3X-SD

Single Display Amplifiers

B-14

E32

Miniature Sensor Heads

B-3

E3X-DA-S

High Function Amplifier

B-15

E32

Longer Distance Sensor
Heads

B-4

E3X-DA-SE-S Digital Amplifier with One
Button Teaching

B-16

E32

Built-in Lens Sensor Heads

B-5

E3X-MDA

Dual Fiber Amplifier

B-17

E32

Robot Application Heads

B-5

E3X-NA-F

Fast Response Amplifier

B-17

E32

Chemical Resistant Sensor
Heads

B-6

E3X-DAC-S

Color Mark Detection
Amplifier

B-18

E32

Heat Resistant Sensor
Heads

B-7

E3X-DAH-S

Infrared LED Amplifier

B-18

E32

Vacuum Resistant Sensor
Heads

B-8

Network Communication Interface Units

E32

Precision Detection
Sensor Heads

B-9

E32

Area Monitoring Sensor
Heads

B-10

E32

Special Application Sensor
Heads

B-11

E3X-ECT/
E3X Communication Units
E3X-CRT/
E3X-DRT21S/
E3X-DRT21/
E3X-CIF11

B-19

B-i

B

Fiber-optic Amplifiers and Sensor Heads

The simplicity of high performance in
challenging areas
With over 500 different fiber heads we offer one of the most comprehensive fiber portfolios
bringing reliable detection to smallest spaces or most challenging environments. The easy
usage and auto adjustment features of the fiber amplifiers provide highest stability and
performance reducing setup and adjustment times.
E32 Miniature

Smaller size:
Standard cylindrical fiber heads
E32 Standard cylindrical
E32 Square

•  Easy installation and long sensor lifetime
for all general applications
•  High flex fibers and 90° models for fiber
breakage prevention

Square housing:

4000 mm

2100 mm

E32 Longer
distance

Longer distance:

490 mm
210 mm

Special Applications
Heat, chemical
vaccuum resistant

Robotic
applications

Area
monitoring

Precision
detection

Special
application

E32 Harsh
environment

E32 Robot

E32 Area
monitoring

E32 Precision

E32 Special

Heat resistant up
to 400°C

B-ii

Robot fibers
withstand over 1
million bending
cycles

Area monitoring
up to 70mm beam
width

Coaxial or limited
reflective models,
up to 100µm
resolution, variable
focal lenses or fine
beam

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Special solutions
for liquid level,
color, mark, wafer
detection, etc.

B

E3X-NA /
E3X-SD

Basic functionality:

Dual digital display amplifier
E3X-HD
•  Easy 1-button teaching
•  Auto-teaching during operation
•  Auto power control for long term stability

E3NX-FA

Advanced functionality:

Special Applications

2 in 1
double amplifier

Fast response

High stability

Color
(RGB) amplifier

Infrared LED

E3X-MDA

E3X-NA-F

E3NX-FA

E3X-DAC-S

E3X-DAH-S
Infrared

AND, OR signal
Infrared LED
comparison of
two input signals
saving space and
set-up time

Short turn on time
of 20µs

Simple one button
setting; detects
large and lowreflection targets;
light intensity and
incidence
compensation for
stability.

White LED and RGB
ratio comparison for
challenging color
and mark detection

Infrared LED

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-iii

Selection Table
Fiber-optic Sensor Heads
Type

Cylindrical

Square shape

Miniature

Longer
distance

Chemical
resistant

Heat resistant

Model

E32 Standard
Cylindrical

E32 Square
Shape

E32 Miniature

E32 Longer
Distance

E32 Chemical
Resistant

E32 Heat
Resistant

Key features

•  

Standard and
high-flex fibers
•  Sizes M3 to M6

•  

3 or 4 mm
thin housing
•  Models in X,Y
or Z-axis
•  Direct mounting
without bracket

•  

Sizes from
500 μm to
3 mm dia
•  Bendable
sleeves

•  

Throughbeam

4000 mm

3000 mm

3000 mm

20 m

4000 mm

4000 mm

Diffusereflective

2100 mm

1260 mm

1260 mm

4000 mm

1260 mm

1680 mm

•  

Fluoroplastic
cover or
coating

Type

Vacuum
resistant

Robot
applications

Precision
detection

Area
monitoring

Special
application

Model

E32 Vacuum
Resistant

E32 Robot

E32 Precision
Detection

E32 Area
Monitoring

E32 Special

Key features

*1

Built in focal
lenses

•  

Leakage rate of
1x10 -10 Pa*m3/s
max

•  

Free moving
multicore fibers
for >1 Mio
bending cycles

•  

Detection
accuracy up to
100 μm
•  Coaxial fibers
•  Adjustable
focal points

•  

Area monitoring
up to 70 mm
beam width

Throughbeam

2000 mm

3750 mm

4000 mm

4000 mm

4000 mm

Diffusereflective

–

1260 mm

300 mm

1050 mm

300 mm

•  

Heat resistant
up to 400°C

•  

Detection of
special objects
(wafer, liquid
level, flat glass,
print mark, etc.)

Sensing distance varies depending on the amplifier used. These sensing distances were measured with the Giga mode of the E3NX-FA.

B-iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Fiber-optic Amplifiers and Sensors
Fiber-optic Amplifiers
Type

Easy Teach Digital

Advanced Functionality

Bar Graph/Single Display

Model

E3X-HD

E3NX-FA

E3X-NA, E3X-SD

Key features

Response time
(min.)

•  

•  

Longest sensing ranges
White LED display
•  Advanced Smart Tuning
•  Predictive Maintenance DPC

•  

•  

Simple 1 button setting
Compensates for light reduction
from grime, deterioration

•  

Easy adjustment by
potentiometer
•  Bar graph gain display (-NA)

50 µs

30 μs

200 μs

Type

High functionality

Easy Teach

Double Amplifier

Model

E3X-DA-S

E3X-DA-SE-S

E3X-MDA

Key features

Response time
(min.)

High functionality signal
processing (timer, counter, power
tuning, etc.)

•  

1 ms
(80 μs in high speed mode)

1 button object teaching
Auto teach during operation

•  
•  

1 ms

2 inputs with AND, OR signal
comparison

•  

1 ms
(130 μs in high speed mode)

Type

High Speed

Color/Print Mark Detection

Infrared LED

Model

E3X-NA-F

E3X-DAC-S

E3X-DAH-S

Key features

Response time
(min.)

Fastest response time of Omron
fiber amplifiers

B

White LED and RGB ratio
comparison

Infrared LED

•  

•  

•  

20 μs

1 ms
(60 μs in super high speed)

1 ms
(55 μs in super high speed)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-v

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B533

Standard Cylindrical Sensor Heads
The standard cylindrical fiber-optic sensing
heads provide reliable object detection, easy
installation and long sensor lifetime for all
general applications.
•	 High-flex fibers and 90° cable exit reduce
fiber breakage
•	 Models with hexagonal back for simplified
one-nut mounting
•	 Sizes M3 to M6

Sensor type

Size

Through-beam

Sensing distance (mm)*1

Model

Standard

High-flex Fiber

Standard Fiber

High-flex

M4

760

530

E32-TC200

E32-T11R

M3

220

130

E32-TC200E

E32-T21R

M4

—

530

—

E32-T11N 2M

M6

250*2

—

E32-R21

—

M6

300

170

E32-DC200

E32-D11R 2M

M4

80

30

E32-D211 2M

E32-D211R 2M

Through-beam

Retro-reflective
Diffuse-reflective

M3

80

30

E32-DC200E

E32-D21R 2M

M6

­—

170

—

E32-D11N 2M

6 mm dia

110

45

E32-D14L

E32-D14LR

Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective
*1
*2

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
Measured with E39-R3 reflector

Hi-flex multicore fibers for flexibility in installation without fiber
breakage

B-1

Models with hexagonal back for
simple one-nut mounting

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B532

Square Shape Sensor Heads
The fiber heads in square shaped housing
provide fast and easy installation on flat
surfaces.
•	 Models with sensing direction in X, Y or Z
axis

B

•	 3 or 4 mm thick housings for minimal
height requirement
•	 Standard or high-flex fibers
Sensor type

Size (mm)

Sensing distance (mm)*1

Model

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

15 x 8 x 3

760

560

E32-T15X 2M

E32-T15XR 2M

15 x 8 x 3

460

210

E32-T15Y 2M

E32-T15YR 2M

15 x 8 x 3

460

480

E32-T15Z 2M

E32-T15ZR 2M

15 x 10 x 3

300

170

E32-D15X 2M

E32-D15XR 2M

15 x 10 x 3

100

40

E32-D15Y 2M

E32-D15YR 2M

15 x 10 x 3

100

60

E32-D15Z 2M

E32-D15ZR 2M

24.5 x 10 x 3

890

—

E32-A03-1 2M

—

20.5 x 2 x 2

340

—

E32-A04-1 2M

—

Through-beam

Through-beam

Through-beam
Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective

Through-beam
*1

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.

Space saving and fast mounting
without additional brackets

Precise positioning during manufacturing for 90° optics to achieve minimal
tolerance variations in optical output
axis angle

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-2

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B526

Miniature Sensor Heads
The miniature fiber heads provide high
accuracy in smallest spaces and reliable
detection of miniature objects.
•	 Sizes from 500 μm diameter to 3 mm
diameter
•	 Side view models with precision axis
alignment for highest accuracy
•	 Bendable sleeves for precision positioning

Sensor type

Size

Through-beam

Sensing distance (mm)*1

Model

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

3 mm dia

750

530

E32-T12 2M

E32-T12R

2 mm dia

220

130

E32-T22

E32-T22R 2M

1.5 mm dia

220

130

E32-T222 2M

E32-T222R 2M

1 mm dia

—

130

—

E32-T223R 2M

3 mm dia

460

210

E32-T14L

E32-T14LR

2 mm dia

340

­—

E32-A04

—

1 mm dia

130

50

E32-T24

E32-T24R

1.2 mm dia

750

530

E32-TC200B

E32-TC200BR

0.9 mm dia

220

130

E32-TC200F

E32-TC200FR

3 mm dia

80

30

E32-D22 2M

E32-D22R

2 mm dia

75

40

E32-D32

E32-D32R 2M

1.5 mm dia

­—

30

—

E32-D22B

2 mm dia

30

15

E32-D24

E32-D24R

2.5 mm dia

300

170

E32-DC200B *3

E32-DC200BR *3

1.2 mm dia

80

30

E32-DC200F

E32-DC200FR

0.8 mm dia

—

16

—

E32-D33

0.5 mm dia

—

3

—

E32-D331

Through-beam

Through-beam
Through-beam
Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
Models with 40 mm sleeve instead of 90 mm sleeve are available by adding ’4’ to the order code at the end, e.g. E32-TC200B4
*3
Sleeve cannot be bent
*1
*2

B-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B525

Longer Distance Sensor Heads
With built-in focal lenses the longer distance
fiber heads provide enhanced operational
stability in dusty environments or long
distance applications
•	 Sensing distance up to 20 m

B

•	 Built-in focal lens
•	 Sizes from 2 mm dia to M14 dia

Sensor type

Size

Sensing distance (mm)*1

Model

M14

20000

E32-T17L

25.2 x 10.5 x 8 mm

3400

E32-T14

M4

1330

E32-T11L

Through-beam

Through-beam
Through-beam
Through-beam

M3

680

E32-TC200A

3 mm dia

1330

E32-T12L

2 mm dia

440

E32-T22L

21.4 x 27 x 10 mm

1500 *2

E32-R16

22 x 17.5 x 9 mm

700

E32-D16

M6

400

E32-D11L

M4

130

E32-D21L

3 mm dia

450

E32-D12

Reflector

Convergent-reflective

Diffuse-reflective
Diffuse-reflective
Diffuse-reflective
*1
*2

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
Measured with E39-R1

Light emission of conventional
fibers

With built-in focal lenses, longer sensing distances can be
achieved up to 5 times longer
compared to conventional
sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-4

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B322

Built-in Lens Sensor Heads
•	 Achieve high power, focused beam
detection without the need to attach a lens
•	 15° beam aperture angle
•	 Standard or Flexible fiber options
•	 M4 through-beams and M6 Diffuse
reflective fibers
Sensor type

Size

Sensing distance
(mm)*1

Model

Through-beam

M4

4,000

E32-LT11 2M

4,000

E32-LT11R 2M

860

E32-LD11 2M

840

E32-LD11R 2M

Diffuse-reflective
*1

M6

Sensing distance measured with E3X-HD family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3NX-FA.

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B528

Robot Application Sensor Heads
For applications on frequently or fast moving
parts, the robot fibers reduce the risk of fiber
breakage with a guaranteed operational life
of more than 1 million bending cycles
•	 Free moving multicore fibers for more than
1 million bending cycles
•	 Square shapes for easy surface installation
•	 Cylindrical sizes from 1.5 mm dia to M6
Sensor type

Through-beam
Through-beam

Size

Sensing distance
(in mm)*1

Model

M4

680

E32-T11

M3

200

E32-T21

3 mm dia

680

E32-T12B 2M

2 mm dia

200

E32-T221B 2M

1.5 mm dia

200

E32-T22B

15 x 18 x 3 mm

680

E32-T15XB

M6

170

E32-D11

M4

70

E32-D21B

M3

30

E32-D21

1.5 mm dia

30

E32-D22B

15 x 10 x 3 mm

170

E32-D15XB 2M

Through-beam
Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective
Diffuse-reflective
*1

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.

B-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B523

Chemical Resistant Sensor Heads
The chemical resistant fibers provide long
sensor lifetime in areas with frequent
cleaning, usage of chemicals and higher
temperatures.
•	 Fluoroplastic cover for highest chemical
resistance

B

•	 Temperature resistance up to 200°C

Sensor type

Size

Sensing distance (mm)*1

Cover material

Model

M4

680

Fluororesin coating

E32-T11U

5 mm dia

3,000

Fluororesin cover

E32-T12F

5 mm dia

1,400

Fluororesin cover

E32-T14F

M6

170

Fluororesin coating

E32-D11U

6 mm dia

85

Fluororesin cover

E32-D12F

6 mm dia

40

Fluororesin cover

E32-D14F

6 mm dia

700

Fluororesin cover
Heat resistant to
200°C

E32-T81F-S

5 mm dia

3,000

Fluororesin cover
Heat resistant to
150°C

E32-T51F

Through-beam
Through-beam

Through-beam
Diffuse-reflective
Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective
Through-beam

Through-beam
*1

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.

Enhanced temperature resistant
models

The fluororesin cover provides
highest chemical resistance for
longest lifetime in frequently cleaned
environments like aseptic filling in
pharmaceutical applications

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-6

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B524

Heat Resistant Sensor Heads
The wide range of heat resistant fibers
provides long sensor lifetime with highest
protection in demanding environments
•	 Heat resistant up to 400°C
•	 Sizes from 2 mm dia to M6
•	 Models for long distances or high
detection accuracy

Sensor type

Size

Through-beam

Sensing
distance (mm)*1

Temperature
Range

Model
For E3X-DA-S
teachable amplifier

M4

450

-40°C to 150°C

E32-T51

M4

280

-40°C to 200°C

E32-T81R-S

M4

450

-60°C to 350°C

E32-T61-S

2 mm dia

230

-40°C to 150°C

E32-T54

3 mm dia

1300

-40°C to 200°C

E32-T84S-S

For E3X-NA amplifier with
potentiometer adjustment

Through-beam

Through-beam
Diffuse-reflective

M6

230

-40°C to 150°C

E32-D51

M6

280

-40°C to 200°C

E32-D81R-S

E32-D81R

M6

150

-60°C to 350°C

E32-D61-S

E32-D61

M4

60

-40°C to 400°C

E32-D73-S

E32-D73

23 x 20 x 9
mm

35

-40°C to 150°C

E32-A09H 2M

30 x 24 x 9
mm

25

-40°C to 300°C

E32-A09H2 2M

-40 to 300°C

E32-L66

Diffuse-reflective
Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective

36 x 18 x 5 mm 18
Diffuse-reflective
*1

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.

The temperature range
optimized material selection
provides best application fit
and value - performance ratio.
Stainless steel spiral coating for
flexibility with highest mechanical
protection.

B-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B534

Vacuum Resistant Sensor Heads
For applications in cleanest and hot
environments the vacuum resistant fibers
and connecting flanges provide long
operational lifetime and vacuum integrity.
•	 Leakage rate of 1X10-10 Pa*M3/s max

B

•	 Heat resistance up to 200°C
•	 Detergent resistant fluororesin or stainless
steel fiber sheath

Sensor
Sensor type

Size

Sensing distance
(mm)*1

Temperature
Range

Model

M4

200

-40°C to 120°C

E32-T51V 1M

3 mm dia

130

-40°C to 120°C

E32-T54V 1M

3 mm dia

480

-60°C to 200°C

E32-T84SV 1M

Through-beam

Through-beam
*1

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.

Flange
Type

Size

Model

4 channel flange

80 x 80 x 49 mm

E32-VF4

1 channel flange

96 x 30 dia mm max.

E32-VF1

Flange-to-amplifier connection fiber

2 m length

E32-T10V 2M

The vacuum resistant fiber heads and flanges are sealed to prevent
gas leakage into vacuum areas

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-8

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B527

Precision Detection Sensor Heads
Highest precision in design and manufacturing of the
fibers and focal lenses ensure highest beam and spot
accuracy allowing the detection of smallest objects
and height differences of less than 100 μm.
•	 Coaxial fibers with focal lenses for spot diameters
of 100 μm
•	 Through-beam models with highly focused beam
and precise optical axis alignment
•	 Limited reflective models for height difference
detection of less than 100 μm
Sensor type

Through-beam

Preferred
usage

Size

Key feature

Sensing
distance (mm) *1

Model

Precise thin
object
detection /
accurate
positioning

3 mm dia

- High precision optical
axis adjustment
- Very focused beam

1900

E32-T22S

Very small
object
detection

M6

3 mm dia

890

E32-A03 2M

340

E32-A04 2M

—

300

E32-CC200

M3

Spot dia 0.5 mm

20

E32-C31 2M

M3

Spot dia 0.2 mm

17

E32-C41 +
E39-F3B

M3

Spot dia 0.1 mm

7

E32-C41 +
E39-F3A-5

3 mm dia

—

150

E32-D32L

2 mm dia

—

75

E32-D32 *2

M6

- 90° cable exit
- Hexagonal back

3 mm dia

Through-beam
Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective

M3

*2

170

E32-C11N 2M

25

E32-C31N 2M

Diffusereflective
2 mm dia

Spot dia 0.5 to 1 mm

6-15 mm
adjustable

E32-D32 +
E39-F3A

2 mm dia

Spot dia 0.1 to 0.6 mm

6-15 mm
adjustable

E32-C42 +
E39-F3A

23 x 20 x 9 mm

—

35

E32-A09 2M

16 x 18 x 4 mm

—

7.2

E32-L25L *2

20 x 20 x 5 mm

—

3.3

E32-L25

18 x 20 x 4 mm

Precise spot e.g. for
detection
of a flat / reflective surface

4

E32-L24L *2

20.5 x 14 x 3.8
mm

Wide beam e.g. for object
detection on a flat surface

15

E32-L16-N 2M

Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective

Convergentreflective

Precision
height
difference
detection /
flat surface
detection

Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective
*1
*2

Object
detection in
front of
background

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.
A high flex cable version is available. Add ’R’ to the order code, e.g. E32-CC200R

B-9

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B522

Area Monitoring Sensor Heads
The area monitoring fibers allow the detection
of objects passing anywhere through the
detection range and can be used for height
comparisons of different objects.
•	 Area monitoring up to 70 mm height

B

•	 Multi-beam sensor with 4 separate heads
for flexible detection points
•	 Standard or high flex fibers

Sensor type

Area height (mm)

Sensing distance (mm)*1

Model

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

10

2800

–

E32-T16

–

11

1100

840

E32-T16P

E32-T16PR

30

1800

1300

E32-T16W

E32-T16WR

50

–

1800

–

E32-ET16WR-2

70

–

2000

–

E32-ET16WR-1

11

1000

750

–

E32-T16JR

4 separate M3 heads

610

–

E32-M21

–

11

–

150

–

E32-D36P1

Through-beam

Through-beam

Through-beam

Through-beam

Through-beam

Diffuse-reflective
*1

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.

The two outputs of the E3X-DA-S
can be used to detect two different light levels

In combination with the twin output function of the E3X-DA-S amplifier, the diffuse reflective area monitoring fibers can detect very small
objects (e.g. needles) and a second state (e.g. cover present). The area
beam compensates for position variations at high speed.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-10

E32	 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B529

Special Application Sensor Heads
For a wide range of special applications, the task
optimized fiber heads provide best fitting sensing
performance and adaptation to environmental
requirements.
•	 Detection of special objects (liquids, labels on
foils, etc.)
•	 Fiber heads ideal for color mark detection
•	 Fiber heads optimized for special tasks (wafer
mapping, flat glass, etc.)

Sensor type

Size

Sensing
distance (mm) *1

Comment

Model

Fork shape

36 x 24 x 8 mm

10

–

E32-G14

Wafer mapping

3 mm dia

1900

–

E32-T22S

3 mm dia

1300

–

E32-T24S

Throughbeam
Through-beam

3 mm dia

890

–

E32-A03 2M

2 mm dia

340

–

E32-A04 2M

Liquid level
sensor

6 mm dia

Liquid contact

Liquid level contact

E32-D82F1

15 x 23.5 x 5 mm

Tube contact

Liquid level detection
through transparent
tube or container

E32-D36T 2M

Glass detection

21 x 16.5 x 4 mm

8 mm

Metal housing

E32-A10 2M

20.5 x 14 x 3.8 mm

15 mm

Plastic housing

E32-L16-N 2M

Glass
detection in hot
environment

36 x 18 x 5.5 mm

18 mm

Heat resistant up to
300°C

E32-L66

Glass detection
in wet
processes

38.5 x 39 x 17.5 mm

8 to 20
(recommended:
11 mm)

- Heat resistant
up to 85°C
- Recommended
usage with ‘tough
mode’ of E3X-DA-S

E32-L11FS 2M

Label detection

20 x 20 x 5 mm

7.2

–

E32-L25L

18 x 20 x 4 mm

4

–

E32-L24L

M6

300

Recommended for
standard color and
color mark detection

E32-CC200

29 x 25.5 x 11.2

55
35

Recommended for
challenging color and
color mark detection

E32-L15 2M

23 x 20 x 9 mm

Through-beam

Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective

Convergent-reflective

Convergent-reflective

Diffuse-reflective
Diffuse-reflective

Diffuse-reflective
*1

Color/print mark
detection

Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA.

B-11

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E32-A09 2M

E3X-HD	 Fiber-optic Sensors

B342

Easy-Teach Digital Amplifier
Fiber-optic amplifier provides ultra-stable
performance and smart tuning for highspeed, reliable input to open protocol
industrial networks.
•	 Simple one-button smart tuning for sensor
threshold and light intensity

B

•	 Confirm settings, status with dual display
and indicators on control buttons
•	 Automatic compensation for large objects
and low reflectance dark targets
•	 Smart power control function
compensates for grime build-up and
LED deterioration
•	 EtherCAT and CompoNet high-speed
open network communication interfaces
available

Sensor Amplifiers
Item

Maximum connectable units

Connection method

NPN output model

PNP output model

Standard models

16 units

Pre-wired, 2 m cable

E3X-HD11 2M

E3X-HD41 2M

16 units

Wire-saving connector

E3X-HD6

E3X-HD8

M8 models

16 units

M8 4-pin connector
(XS3F Series

E3X-HD14

E3X-HD44

Network models

16 units (E3X-CRT CompoNet);
30 units (E3X-ECT EtherCAT)

Communications unit

E3X-HD0

Wire-saving Connectors
Item

Cable length

Number of conductors

Function

Model

Master connector

2m

3

First amplifier, with power line

E3X-CN11

1

Second and subsequent amplifiers

E3X-CN12

--

--

Use with amplifiers connected to a
communication interface unit

E3X-CN02

Slave connector
Cordless slave
connector

Network Communication Interface Units
Network type

Applicable Fiber Amplifiers

Model

CompoNet

E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3X-DA0-S

E3X-CRT

EtherCAT

E3X-ECT

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-12

E3NX-FA	 Fiber-optic Sensors

B345

Advanced Functionality Amplifier
The E3NX-FA amplifier is the best choice for
even the most challenging fiber applications
in terms of long sensing distance, small
object detection or high speed processes.
•	 Easy calibration with Smart Tune allows for
quick and stable setup
•	 New N-Smart technology provides
significant improvements in sensing
distance, minimum object detection and
speed
•	 Straightforward sensor status information
with Solution Viewer and Change Finder
function
•	 EtherCAT communication unit for highspeed field bus connectivity

Sensor Amplifiers
Item

Connection method

Inputs/outputs

Model
NPN output

Standard models
Advanced models

Model for sensor
communications unit

PNP output

Pre-wired (2 m)

1 output

E3NX-FA11 2M

E3NX-FA41 2M

Wire-saving connector

1 output

E3NX-FA6

E3NX-FA8

Pre-wired (2 m)

2 outputs + 1 input

E3NX-FA21 2M

E3NX-FA51 2M

Wire-saving connector

1 output + 1 input

E3NX-FA7

E3NX-FA9

2 outputs

E3NX-FA7TW

E3NX-FA9TW

Connector for sensor
communications unit

2 outputs

E3NX-FA0

Wire-saving Connectors
Item

Cable length

Number of conductors

Applicable Fiber Amplifier Units

Model

Master connector

2m

4

E3NX-FA7, E3NX-FA7TW, E3NXFA9, E3NX-FA9TW

E3X-CN21

E3NX-FA6, E3NX-FA8

E3X-CN11

Slave connector

2

Master connector

3

Slave connector

1

E3X-CN22
E3X-CN12

Network Communication Interface Units
Type

Model

Sensor communications unit for EtherCAT

E3NW-ECT

Sensor dispersion unit

E3NW-DS

B-13

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3X-NA	Fiber-optic Sensors

B328

Simple, Easy-to-Read Amplifier
with Bar Graph Display
•	 Streamlined features provide basic sensing
immediately after plug-in
•	 Easy push button teach with or without
workpiece

B

•	 Pre-wired (2 m cable) and wire-saving
connector models available
•	 IP66 water-resistant models available

Ordering Information
Type

Item

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired (2 m)

Standard

E3X-NA11

E3X-NA41

Pre-wired (2 m)

Enhanced water resistance

E3X-NA11V 2M

E3X-NA41V 2M

Connector

Standard (fiber amplifier connector)

E3X-NA6

E3X-NA8

Connector

Enhanced water resistance (M8 4-pin
connector)

E3X-NA14V

E3X-NA44V

*1

*1

Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

E3X-SD	Fiber-optic Sensors

B334

High Performance Amplifier with
Single Digital Display
•	 Large, 6 mm wide digital display provides
read-out of incident and operating level
•	 Incident settings and management can
be performed reliably with fine tune
adjustment
•	 Connectivity for up to 16 amplifiers
•	 Rated IP50

Ordering Information

*1

Type

Item

Model

Pre-wired (2 m)

Standard

Connector

Standard (fiber amplifier connector)

*1

NPN output

PNP output

E3X-SD21 2M

E3X-SD51 2M

E3X-SD6

E3X-SD8

Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-14

E3X-DA-S	 Fiber-optic Sensors

B324

High Function Digital Amplifier
Advanced timing, LED power control and
signal processing functionality providing
highest detection accuracy and stability
even for the most challenging objects and
settings.
•	 Power tuning function to adjust the
received light to a maximum, minimum or
pre-defined value
•	 Auto power and threshold adjustment
functions for highest operational stability
•	 Two outputs for window monitoring or two
level detections (e.g. object + object
state change)

Amplifier

*1

Fiber amplifier
connector *1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes - selectable

PNP output

Yes

NPN output

Yes

Power saving ‘Eco’ functions
(display/LED off)

Yes

Wet process
‘tough mode’

Yes

Differential
operation

Twin output

Pre-wired

External input

Auto-threshold compensation
(ATC)

Model

Timer

Function

Power Tuning

Item

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

E3X-DA21-S 2M

E3X-DA51-S 2M

Yes

Yes

Yes

E3X-DA7-S

E3X-DA9-S

Order E3X-CNxx connector separately below.

Wire-saving Connectors
Item

Cable
length

Number of
conductors

Function

Compatible sensor amplifiers

Model

Master
connector
Slave
connector

2m

3

First amplifier, with
power line
Second and
subsequent
amplifiers

E3X-DA7F-S, E3X-DA9F-S, E3X-DA6SE-S, E3X
DA8SE-S, E3X-DA6-S, E3X-DA8-S, E3X-DAG6-S, E3XDAG8-S, E3X-DAB6-S, E3X-DAB8-S, E3X-DAH6-S,
E3X-DAH8-S, E3X-DAC6-S, E3X-DAC8-S, E3X-SD6,
E3X-SD8, E3X-NA6, E3X-NA8, E3X-NA14V, E3X-NA44V,
E3X-HD6, E3X-HD8, E3NX-FA6, E3NX-FA8
E3X-DA7-S, E3X-DA9-S, E3X-DA6TW-S, E3X-DA8TW-S,
E3X-DA6RM-S, E3X-DA8RM-S, E3X-DA6AT-S, E3XDA8AT-S, E3X-MDA6, E3X-MDA8, E3X-DA6E-S,
E3X-DA8SE-S, E3NX-FA7, E3NX-FA7TW, E3NX-FA9,
E3NX-FA9TW

E3X-CN11

1

Master
connector
Slave
connector
Cordless
slave
connector

B-15

4
2

--

--

First amplifier, with
power line
Second and
subsequent
amplifiers
Use with amplifiers
connected to a
communication
interface unit

E3X-HD0, E3X-DA0-S, E3X-MDA0

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E3X-CN12

E3X-CN21
E3X-CN22

E3X-CN02

E3X-DA-SE-S	Fiber-optic Sensors

B337

Digital Amplifier With
One Button Teaching
E3X-DA-SE-S allows easy one button setting and
provides the best value to performance ratio for
standard applications.
•	 Auto-teaching during machine operation

B

•	 Digital dual display for incident level and
threshold
•	 Object or 2-point teaching within a few seconds

Amplifier
Item

Model

Pre-wired
Fiber amplifier connector
*1

*1

NPN output

PNP output

E3X-DA11SE-S

E3X-DA41SE-S

E3X-DA6SE-S

E3X-DA8SE-S

Order connector separately.

Amplifier Connectors
Shape

Type

Comment

Model

Fiber amplifier
connector

2 m PVC cable

E3X-CN21

30 cm PVC cable with M12 plug connector (4 pin) E3X-CN21-M1J 0.3M
30 cm PVC cable with M8 plug connector (4 pin)
*1

E3X-CN21-M3J-2 0.3M

Order connector separately. For M8 connector models see E3X-DA-S.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-16

E3X-MDA	

Fiber-optic Sensors

B326

Dual Fiber Amplifier
E3X-MDA incorporates 2 digital fiber
amplifiers in one slimline housing. For
applications requiring the detection of
two objects simultaneously the E3X-MDA
provides an easy to use operation saving
space and set-up time.
•	 Two digital amplifiers in one slimline housing
•	 Twin output models – on/off or area
(between two threshold values)
•	 Signal comparison functions (AND, OR, etc.)
Item

Function

NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired

AND/OR output

E3X-MDA11

E3X-MDA41

Fiber amplifier connector

AND/OR output

E3X-MDA6

E3X-MDA8

Communication model

AND/OR output

*1

*1

Model

E3X-MDA0

Order E3X-CNxx connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

E3X-NA-F	

Fiber-optic Sensors

Fast Response Digital Amplifier
with Potentiometer
The E3X-NA-F provides a very fast response
time and is the ideal amplifier for high speed
detection applications.
•	 Short turn on time of only 20 μs
•	 Easy adjustment with potentiometer
Shape
Pre-wired

B-17

Model
NPN output

PNP output

E3X-NA11F

E3X-NA41F 2M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B339

E3X-DAC-S	 Fiber-optic Sensors

B325

Color (RGB) Digital Fiber Amplifier
The E3X-DAC-S detects the color and
returned light intensity of a mark or object and
compares it with a stored RGB ratio or intensity
value. The RGB ratio or contrast difference
allows the stable detection of differently
colored, black, grey or white marks or objects.
•	 White LED for color independence
•	 Fast response time of 60 μs
•	 Timer function for variable ON or OFF delay
up to 5 seconds
•	 Remote teaching or easy one-button
teaching

B

Pre-wired
Item

Functions

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable)
NPN output

PNP output

Standard models

Timer, response speed change

E3X-DAC11-S 2M

E3X-DAC41-S 2M

Advanced models

Standard models + simultaneous determination (2 colors) AND/
OR output, remote setting

E3X-DAC21-S 2M

E3X-DAC51-S 2M

Standard models + 4-color detection AND/OR output, bank switching

ESX-DAC21B-S 2M

E3X-DAC518-S 2M

Connector Versions
Item

Functions

Standard models (fiber amplifier connector)

Model

Timer, response speed change

NPN output

PNP output

E3X-DAC6-S

E3X-DAC8-S

*1
*1

Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

E3X-DAH-S	 Fiber-optic Sensors

B338

Digital Amplifier with Infrared LED
The digital fiber amplifiers with infrared LED
are ideal for water detection applications or
where visible light is not desired.
•	 Infrared LED
•	 LED power control and signal processing
function

Connector Versions

Pre-wired
Item

Infrared light

Model (for pre-wired types with 2
m cable length)
NPN output

PNP output

E3X-DAH11-S

E3X-DAH41-S
*1

Item

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Infrared light (fiber amplifier
connector)*1

E3X-DAH6-S

E3X-DAH8-S

Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-18

E3X	Communication Units

B327

E3X-ECT/-CRT/-DRT21S/-DRT21/-CIF11
Reduced Wiring Solution
to Interface with Open
Communication Networks
Build efficient sensor input slave blocks
using E3X Communication Interface Units
and multiple E3X sensors. This solution
reduces wiring, saves space and shortens
setup time.
•	 EtherCAT, CompoNet, DeviceNet and serial
communication units available
•	 Connect up to 16 fiber-optic sensors to
each unit (up to 30 with EtherCAT)
•	 Supports explicit message
communications

•	 Remote setting, monitoring and operating
through CX-Integrator software

•	 Use E3X-CN02 Cordless Slave Connector
for each sensor

•	 Mobile Programming Console for simple
setting and monitoring locally

Network Communication Interface Units
Network
type

Maximum
connectable
amplifiers

Compatible sensor amplifiers

Model

EtherCAT

30 units

E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3S-DA0-S

E3X-ECT

CompoNet

16 units

E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3S-DA0-S

E3X-CRT

DeviceNet

16 units

E3X-DA7-S, E3X-DA9-S, E3X-DA6-S, E3X-DA8-S, E3X-DAG6-S, E3XDAG8-S, E3X-DAB6-S, E3X-DAB8-S, E3X-DAH6-S, E3X-DAH8-S, E3XDA6RM-S,
E3X-DA8RM-S, E3X-DA6TW-S, E3X-DA8TW-S, E3X-DA6AT-S, E3X-DA8AT-S,
E3X-MDA6, E3X-MDA8, E3C-LDA11, E3C-LDA41, E2C-EDA11, E2C-EDA41

E3X-DRT21S

16 units

E3X-DA6, E3X-DA8, E3X-DAB6, E3X-DAB8, E3X-DAG6, E3X-DAG8, E3XDA6TW, E3X-DA8TW, E3X-DA6-P

E3X-DRT21 SVER3

16 units

E3X-DA6, E3X-DA8, E3X-DAB6, E3X-DAB8, E3X-DAG6, E3X-DAG8, E3XDA6TW, E3X-DA8TW, E3X-DA6-P

E3X-CIF11

Serial
RS-422

Note: The E3NX-FA is not compatible with the above devices. Please use the E3NW EtherCAT device with the E3NX-FA series.

Connector
Item

Function

Model

Cordless slave connector

Replaces individual cabling for network communications

E3X-CN02

B-19

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Proximity Sensors
Contents
Selection Guide

C-ii

Inductive Proximity Sensors
Standard Cylindrical
E2E

Standard, inductive AC,
DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire

C-1

E2B

Standard Environment DC 3-Wire

C-3

E2A

Increased Range DC Inductive

C-4

E2EM

DC 2-Wire, 2x CENELEC
Distance, IP67

C-5

Harsh Environment
E2F

Chemical-Resistant plastic
cylindrical inductive sensors

C-18

E2FM

All-stainless steel, inductive
sensors

C-19

E2EH

High temperature, IP69K
compliant and detergent
resistant ideal for food and
beverage industry

C-21

E2E-U

Oil-resistant DC 2-Wire

C-22

Weld spatter resistant face,
inductive

C-23

E2A3

DC 3-Wire, up to 3x CENELEC
distance

C-6

E2EQ

E2E2

DC 2-Wire up to 1.5x CENELEC
distance

C-7

E2KQ-X Solid fluoroplastic cylindrical,
capacitive

C-24

E2E2

DC 3-Wire, IP67 at 1200 psi

C-8

E2FQ

C-24

E2E2

AC 2-Wire, IP67 at 1200 psi

C-10

Weld spatter resistant inductive
Stainless steel

E2CEDA

High-precision positioning,
inductive

C-25

Miniature/Block Style/Separate Amplifier
E2E

Miniature DC 3-Wire Cylindrical

C-11

E2EC

Miniature, 0.4 m cable between
head and amp

C-12

TL-W

Rectangular block, DC 2-Wire
and DC 3-Wire

C-13

E2Q5

Long distance, square head
inductive

C-14

E2S

Subminiature block style

C-14

Special Application
E2EV

Detect all metals at equal
distance

C-26

E2CY

Detects aluminum, inductive

C-26

E2EY

Detect only non-ferrous metals

C-27

E2EZ

Resists metal chip accumulation

C-27

Capacitive
E2K-X

Threaded cylindrical, standard
sizes

C-15

E2K-C

Adjustable Distance Cylindrical

C-16

E2K-F

Flat rectangular, built-in amplifier C-17

E2K-L

Liquid level detector, direct pipe
mounting

C-17

C-i

C

Proximity Sensors

For machines that never stop
Our proximity sensors are designed and tested to ensure
a long service life and achieve maximum machine availability
even in the harshest environments.

Cylindrical, Brass Housing, DC 2-Wire,
DC 3-Wire and AC 2-Wire

E2E

Cylindrical brass housing, DC 3-Wire
and antivalent (DC 4-Wire)

E2A

Long Barrel, cylindrical brass housing,
DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire and AC 2-Wire

E2E2

Long Barrel, cylindrical brass housing,
DC 2-Wire

E2A

Short or Long Barrel, cylindrical brass
housing, DC 3-Wire

E2B

Shielded
Unshielded

•  Highest water resistance
•  Highest electromagnetic noise
immunity (e.g. from inverters)
•  Antivalent output for cable
breakage detection
•  Wide connection range

Special Applications
Enhanced
oil resistance

Chemical resistant
plastic body

Detergent
resistant

Metal chip
immune

E2E-U

E2F

E2EH

E2FM

Tested oil
resistance on
commonly used
lubricants

C-ii

Polyarylate plastic
housing

Stainless steel
housing

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

All stainless
steel body resists
impacts, abrasive
scouring

E2EC

E2E small
diameter

E2S

Miniature housing:

C
TL-W

Compact square housing:

E2EM

E2Q5

E2A3

Longer distance:

Special Applications
Chemical
resistant

Remote amplifier

Weld spatter
resistant

E2FQ

E2C-EDA

E2EQ

Fluoro plastic
(PTFE) housing

Heat resistant;
Small sensing
heads to fit tight
spaces

Rugged fluororesin
coated brass
housing

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-iii

Selection Table
Capacitive Sensors
Detect non‐magnetic metals, glass, plastic, liquids, wood and leather, including liquids or solids inside non‐metalic containers.
Standard
cylindrical

Unthreaded
cylindrical

Flat rectangular

Liquid level

Chemical
resistant

E2K‐X

E2K‐C

E2K‐F

E2K‐L

E2KQ‐X

ABS housing

Adjustable
distance; ABS
housing

Thin low‐profile
ABS housing for
conveyor rail
mounting

Detects clear and
foamy liquids,
mounts to sight
glass and piping

Proximity Sensors ‐ Special Application
Inductive sensors that are specially tuned or sized to solve tough detection problems in challenging locations.
Miniature
separate amplifier

Aluminum
detection

Non‐ferrous
metals only

Cutting chip
resistant

E2EC

E2CY

E2EY

E2EZ

For demanding
mounting
conditions

C-iv

Separate amplifier
with compact
head

Aluminum;
Copper; Brass

Machine tool
applications

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Fluoroplastic resin
coating

Proximity Sensors
Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

E2E

E2B

E2A

Model
Product type

Standard cylindrical

Short or long barrel, standard or
extended range cylindrical

Short or long barrel, extended
range cylindrical

Maximum Shielded
sensing distances

10 mm

15 mm

15 mm

Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances

20 mm

30 mm

30 mm

DC supply voltage

12 to 24 VDC

10 to 30 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage

24 to 240 VAC or
90 to 140 VAC 50/60 Hz

N/A

N/A

Load ratings

100, 200 or 300 mA max.

200 mA max.

100 mA max.

Output types

NPN, PNP, DC 2-Wire or SCR

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Output state

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

IP67

IP67

IP69K

IP rating

Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

E2EM

E2A3

E2E2

Model
Product type

C

Standard cylindrical, extended
range cylindrical

Standard cylindrical, extra longdistance cylindrical

Long barrel cylindrical

Maximum Shielded
sensing distances

15 mm

20 mm

10 mm

Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances

30 mm

N/A (Shielded only)

20 mm

DC supply voltage

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage

N/A

N/A

24 to 240 VAC or
90 to 140 VAC 50/60 Hz

Load ratings

100 mA and 200 mA max.

200 mA max.

100, 200 or 300 mA max.

Output types

NPN, PNP, or DC 2-wire

NPN or PNP

NPN, PNP, DC 2-Wire or SCR

Output state

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

IP67

IP67

IP67

IP rating

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-v

Selection Table
Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

E2EC

TL-W

E2Q5

Model
Product type

Subminiature cylindrical with
long-distance detection

Flat rectangular proximity sensor

Long distance square proximity
sensor

4 mm

5 mm

20 mm

N/A (Shielded only)

20 mm

40 mm

DC supply voltage

12 to 24 VDC and 5 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

10 to 30 VDC

AC supply voltage

N/A

N/A

N/A

Load ratings

100 mA max.

100 mA and 200 mA max.

200 mA max.

Output types

NPN, PNP, or DC 2-Wire

NPN, PNP, or DC 2-wire

NPN or PNP

Output state

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.O. + N.C.

Connections

Pre-wired

Pre-wired

M12 quick disconnect

IP64 and IP67

IP67

IP67 and IP69K

Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances

IP rating

Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

E2S

E2F

E2FM

Model

Super-compact rectangular
proximity sensor

Cylindrical proximity sensor with
resin case and superb water
resistance

Highly durable cylindrical
proximity sensor for tough
environments

N/A

10 mm

10 mm

2.5 mm

N/A

N/A

DC supply voltage

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage

N/A

90 to 140 VAC and
24 to 240 VAC

N/A

Load ratings

50 mA max.

100, 200, 300 and
500 mA max.

100 mA and 200 mA max.

Output types

NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire

NPN, PNP and SCR

NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire

Output state

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections

Pre-wired

Pre-wired

Pre-wired, connector

IP67

IP68

IP67

Product type

Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances

IP rating

C-vi

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Proximity Sensors
Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

E2EH

E2E-U

E2EQ

Model

High temperature detergent
resistant cylindrical proximity
sensor

Oil resistant cylindrical

Spatter-resistant fluororesin
coated proximity sensor

12 mm

10 mm

15 mm

N/A

N/A

N/A

DC supply voltage

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage

N/A

N/A

N/A

Load ratings

50 mA and 100 mA max.

100 mA max.

100 mA max.

Output types

NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire

DC 2-wire

DC 2-Wire

Output state

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

IP67, IP69K

IP67 and IP67g

IP67

Product type

Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances

IP rating

Category

Inductive Proximity

Capacitive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

E2KQ-X

E2FQ

E2C-EDA

Model
Product type

Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances

Fluororesin coated, chemical
resistant capacitive sensor with
sensitivity adjuster

Fluororesin coated, chemical
resistant Inductive sensor

High precision positioning
proximity sensor with separate
digital amplifier

N/A

10 mm

5 mm

10 mm

N/A

7 mm

DC supply voltage

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage

N/A

N/A

N/A

Load ratings

100 mA max.

100, 200 and 300 mA max.

50 mA max.

Output types

NPN

NPN, DC 2-wire and SCR

NPN and PNP

Output state

N.O. or N.C.

N.O.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections

Pre-wired

Pre-wired

Pre-wired, connector

IP66

IP67

IP50, IP60, IP67

IP rating

C

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-vii

Selection Table
Category

Inductive Proximity

Capacitive Proximity

Capacitive Proximity

E2K-X

E2K-C

E2K-F

Model

General purpose threaded
cylindrical capacitive sensor

Long-distance cylindrical
capacitive sensor with
adjustable sensitivity

Flat proximity sensor

N/A

N/A

N/A

15 mm

25 mm

10 mm

DC supply voltage

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC and 24 to 240 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage

100 to 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz

100 to 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz and
24 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz

N/A

Load ratings

200 mA max.

200 mA and 250 mA max.

100 mA max.

Output types

NPN, PNP and SCR

NPN, PNP and SCR

NPN

Output state

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections

Pre-wired

Pre-wired

Pre-wired

IP66

IP66, IP67

IP64, IP66

Product type

Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances

IP rating

Category

Capacitive Proximity

E2K-L

Model
Product type
Maximum Shielded
sensing distances
Maximum Unshielded
sensing distances

C-viii

Liquid level sensor
N/A
1.5 mm

DC supply voltage

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage

N/A

Load ratings

100 mA max.

Output types

NPN

Output state

N.O.

Connections

Pre-wired

IP rating

IP64, IP66

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2E	 Inductive Proximity Sensors

A222

Standard Cylindrical DC 2-Wire, DC
3-Wire, and AC Proximity Sensors
•	 DC 2-wire, DC 3-wire, AC/DC 2-wire, and AC
2-wire versions available
•	 Popular for Automotive, Food/Beverage, and
Packaging Industries
•	 Thick nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel
•	 Wrench flats for easy installation
•	 Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
•	 IP67 and IP69K rated

C

•	 Flush mountable shielded versions
•	 Built-in circuit protection
•	 Sensor mounting and protective accessories,
see Y92E

Ordering Information
E2E –

–

1
Code

2

3

4

5

6

7

–

8

Description

9

–

0

–

!

@

#

5 Form of Output Switching Element

1 Appearance

1

Normally open (NO)

C

Cylindrical (not threaded)

2

Normally closed (NC)

X

Cylindrical (threaded)

6 Oscillation Frequency Type
(Used to prevent mutual interference.)

2 Sensing Distance
(number)

Sensing distance (unit: mm)

R

Indication of decimal point
Example: R6 = 0.6 mm; 1R5 = 1.5 mm

(blank)

Standard frequency

5

Different frequency

7 Self-diagnosis

3 Shielding

(blank)

No

(blank)

Shielded models

5

Yes

M

Unshielded models

8 Connection Method
(blank)

Pre-wired

Whether D models have polarity is defined by 0.

M1

M12-size metal connector

B

DC 3-wire PNP open-collector output

M3

M8-size metal connector

C

DC 3-wire NPN open-collector output

D

DC 2-wire polarity/no polarity

E

DC 3-wire NPN collector load built-in output

F

DC 3-wire PNP collector load built-in output

T

AC/DC 2-wire

Y

AC 2-wire

4 Power Supply and Output Specifications

(continued on next page)

Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-1

E2E	 Inductive Proximity Sensors (continued)

A222

(continued from previous page)
E2E –

–

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

–

8

9 Connector Specifications
(blank)

Connector models
DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire, DC 2-wire with
self diagnosis output, DC 2 wire with old pin
arrangement

G

Connector models
DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement

J

Pre-wired connector models
DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire, DC 2-wire with old
pin arrangement

GJ

Pre-wired connector models
DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement

TJ

Pre-wired Smartclick connector models
DC 2-wire

TGJ

Pre-wired Smartclick connector models
DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement

0 DC 2-Wire Polarity
(blank)

Polarity

T

No polarity

C-2

9

–

–

0

!

@

#

! Cable Specifications
(blank)

Standard PVC cable (oil resistant)

R

Flexible PVC cable (oil resistant)

U

Polyurethane cable (oil resistant and
reinforced)

@ New Model
N

New model (Applies only to DC 2-wire prewired and shielded models.)
This is blank if the cable specification in !
is R or U.

# Cable Length
(number) M

Cable length (unit: m) (Applicable to prewired models and pre-wired connector
models.
Examples: 2M, 0.3M

Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.
The purpose of this model number legend is to provide
understanding of the meaning of specifications from the
model number.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2B	Standard Environment DC 3-Wire

A289

Standard Environment DC 3-Wire
•	 Popular applications: Material handling,
Conveying, Machine tools
•	 All-around 360° visible output indicator
•	 IP67 water resistance
•	 Laser-etched part numbers that do not
wear off
•	 M8 - M30 sizes, Single or Double sensing
distances, Short or Long body

C

Ordering Information
E2B –

–

1

2

3

4

5

–

6

–

7

8

9

Examples:
E2B-M12LS04-M1-B1
Standard, M12, long barrel, shielded, Sn=4 mm, M12 connector, PNP-NO
E2B-S08KN04-WP-B1 5M
Standard, M8 stainless steel, short barrel, non-shielded, Sn=4 mm, pre-wired PVC cable, PNP-NO, cable length = 5 m
Code

Description

6 Type of Connection

1 Housing shape and material

WP

Pre-wired, PVC, dia 4 mm (standard)

M

Cylindrical, metric threaded, brass

M1

M12 connector (4 pin)

Cylindrical, metric threaded, stainless steel

MC

M8 connector (3 pin)

S

7 Power Source and Output

2 Housing Size
08

8 mm

B

DC, 3-wire, PNP open collector
DC, 3-wire, NPN open collector

12

12 mm

C

18

18 mm

8 Operation Mode

30

30 mm

1

Normally open (NO)

3 Barrel Length

2

Normally closed (NC)

K

Standard length

9 Cable Length

L

Long body

4 Shield
S

Shielded

N

Non-shielded

(blank)

Connector type

(number)

Cable length

Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.

5 Sensing Distance
(number)

Sensing distance
Example: 02 = 2 mm; 16 = 16 mm

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-3

E2A	Inductive Proximity Sensors

A272

Increased Sensing Range DC
Inductive
•	 DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire, DC 4-Wire (NO+NC)
•	 Popular in Food/Beverage, Bottling, and
Packaging industries
•	 Extended (double) sensing distance
•	 IP67 and IP69K for wash down resistance
•	 Standard or Long body length
•	 Wide installation and connectivity range
through modular concept

Ordering Information
E2A

–

1

–

2

3

4

5

6

–

7

–

8

9

0

!

Examples:
E2A-M12LS04-M1-B1
Standard, M12, long barrel, shielded, Sn=4 mm, M12 connector, PNP-NO
E2A-M08KN04-WP-B1 5M
Standard, M8 stainless steel, short barrel, non-shielded, Sn=4 mm, pre-wired PVC cable, PNP-NO, cable length = 5 m
Code

Description

7 Type of Connection

1 Sensing Technology

WP

Pre-wired, PVC, dia 4 mm (standard)

(blank)

M1

M12 connector (4-pole)

M3

M8 connector (4-pole)

M5

M8 connector (3-pole)

Standard double distance

2 Housing shape and material
M

Cylindrical, metric threaded, brass

S

Cylindrical, metric threaded, stainless steel

8 Power Source and Output

3 Housing Size

B

DC, 3-wire, PNP open collector

08

8 mm

C

DC, 3-wire, NPN open collector

12

12 mm

E

DC, 3-wire, NPN voltage output

18

18 mm

F

DC, 3-wire, PNP voltage output

30

30 mm

9 Operation Mode

4 Barrel Length

1

Normally open (NO)

K

Standard length

2

Normally closed (NC)

L

Long body

0 Specials
Example: Cable material, oscillating frequency)

5 Shield
S

Shielded

N

Non-shielded

6 Sensing Distance
(number)

C-4

Sensing distance
Example: 02 = 2 mm; 16 = 16 mm

! Cable Length
(blank)

Connector type

(number)

Cable type

Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2EM	 DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

A225

Extended Range, DC 2-Wire
Standard Cylindrical Sensors
•	 Nickel-Plated Brass (NPB) barrel
•	 Wrench flats for easy installation
•	 Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
•	 IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown
•	 Built-in circuit protection
•	 Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available

C
DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

M12

4.0

Yes

NO

M18

8.0

M30

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

1 kHz

NPB

33 (38)

500 Hz

Model

E2EM-X4X1
E2EM-X8X1

16.0

No

400 Hz

50 (65)

15.0

Yes

250 Hz

43 (48)

E2EM-X16MX1
E2EM-X15X1

30.0

No

100 Hz

50 (70)

E2EM-X30MX1

DC 2-Wire with M12 Micro-Changes Connectors
NPN Normally Open (C1-M1)

PNP Normally Open (B1-M1)

Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M8

2.0

Yes

NPN-NO

1.5 kHz

NPB

30 (43)

M12

4.0

PNP-NO
NPN-NO

8.0

NPN-NO

33 (48)

15.0

NPN-NO
PNP-NO

E2EM-X4C1-M1
E2EM-X4B1-M1

300 Hz

38 (53)

PNP-NO
M30

E2EM-X2C1-M1
E2EM-X2B1-M1

500 Hz

PNP-NO
M18

Model

E2EM-X8C1-M1
E2EM-X8B1-M1

100 Hz

38 (53)

E2EM-X15C1-M1
E2EM-X15B1-M1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-5

E2A3	 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors

A274

Triple Distance Inductive Sensor in
Cylindrical Brass Housing
The E2A3 family features an optimized
sensing performance to achieve triple
sensing distance for flush mounting
requirements.
•	 Triple distance for enhanced sensor
protection from mechanical damage
•	 IP67 and IP69K

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired

(For different cable materials and lengths, special housing length or special connectors, please refer to complete datasheet)
Size
M8
M12
M18
M30

5
5

5
5

Sensing
Distance

Thread Length
(overall length)

Output
Type

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

3.0 mm

27 (40) mm

PNP

E2A3-S08KS03-WP-B1 2M

E2A3-S08KS03-WP-B2 2M

NPN

E2A3-S08KS03-WP-C1 2M

E2A3-S08KS03-WP-C2 2M

PNP

E2A3-M12KS06-WP-B1 2M

E2A3-M12KS06-WP-B2 2M

NPN

E2A3-M12KS06-WP-C1 2M

E2A3-M12KS06-WP-C2 2M

PNP

E2A3-M18KS11-WP-B1 2M

E2A3-M18KS11-WP-B2 2M

NPN

E2A3-M18KS11-WP-C1 2M

E2A3-M18KS11-WP-C2 2M

PNP

E2A3-M30KS20-WP-B1 2M

E2A3-M30KS20-WP-B2 2M

NPN

E2A3-M30KS20-WP-C1 2M

E2A3-M30KS20-WP-C2 2M

6.0 mm
11.0 mm
20.0 mm

34 (50) mm
39 (60) mm
44 (65) mm

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Connector Versions (M12)
Size
M8

Sensing
Distance

Connection

Thread Length
(overall length)

Output
Type

Model (for M12 connector types)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

PNP

E2A3-S08KS03-M1-B1

E2A3-S08KS03-M1-B2

NPN

E2A3-S08KS03-M1-C1

E2A3-S08KS03-M1-C2

PNP

E2A3-M12KS06-M1-B1

E2A3-M12KS06-M1-B2

NPN

E2A3-M12KS06-M1-C1

E2A3-M12KS06-M1-C2

PNP

E2A3-M18KS11-M1-B1

E2A3-M18KS11-M1-B2

NPN

E2A3-M18KS11-M1-C1

E2A3-M18KS11-M1-C2

PNP

E2A3-M30KS20-M1-B1

E2A3-M30KS20-M1-B2

NPN

E2A3-M30KS20-M1-C1

E2A3-M30KS20-M1-C2

5

3.0 mm

27 (44) mm

5

6.0 mm

34 (49) mm

M18

5

11.0 mm

M30

5

20.0 mm

M12

C-6

M12
Connector

39 (54) mm
44 (59) mm

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2E2	 DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

A275

Long-Barrel DC 2-Wire Proximity
Sensors Reduce Wiring to Control
Devices
•	 Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel
•	 Wrench flats for easy installation
•	 Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
•	 IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown
•	 High visibility indicator
•	 Flush mountable shielded versions

C

•	 Built-in circuit protection
•	 Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available
•	 Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E

DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M12

3.0

Yes

NO

1000 Hz

NPB

55 (60)

NC
8.0

No

NO

7.0

Yes

NO

800 Hz

48 (60)

No

NO

500 Hz

60 (65)

E2E2-X7D1

400 Hz

50 (65)

E2E2-X14MD1

10.0

Yes

NO

20.0

No

NO

E2E2-X7D2

NC
M30

E2E2-X14MD2
65 (70)

E2E2-X10D1

52 (70)

E2E2-X20MD1

NC
NC

E2E2-X8MD1
E2E2-X8MD2

NC
14.0

E2E2-X3D1
E2E2-X3D2

NC
M18

Model

E2E2-X10D2
100 Hz

E2E2-X20MD2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-7

E2E2	 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors

A276

Long-Barrel DC 3-Wire Proximity
Sensors Built for Rugged Duty
•	 Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel
•	 Wrench flats for easy installation
•	 Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
•	 IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown
•	 High visibility indicator
•	 Voltage output eliminates the need for pull
up/down resistors (standard models)
•	 Flush mountable shielded versions
•	 Unshielded models offer longest sensing
distances
•	 Built-in circuit and polarity protection
•	 Normally Open (NO) models stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available
•	 Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M12

2.0

Yes

NPN-NO

1.5 kHz

NPB

55 (60)

PNP-NO
5.0

No

NPN-NO

Yes

NPN-NO

400 Hz

48 (60)

No

NPN-NO

600 Hz

60 (65)

200 Hz

50 (65)

Yes

NPN-NO

400 Hz

65 (70)

No

NPN-NO

100 Hz

52 (70)

PNP-NO

C-8

E2E2-X10MC1
E2E2-X10MB1

PNP-NO
18.0

E2E2-X5C1
E2E2-X5B1

PNP-NO
M30

E2E2-X5MC1
E2E2-X5MB1

PNP-NO
10.0

E2E2-X2C1
E2E2-X2B1

PNP-NO
M18

Model

E2E2-X10C1
E2E2-X10B1
E2E2-X18MC1
E2E2-X18MB1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2E2	 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors (continued)

A276

DC 3-Wire Sensors with Built-in M12 Micro-Changes Connectors
NPN Normally Open (C1-M1)

PNP Normally Open (B1-M1)

Note: Terminal 2 is not used

Note: Terminal 2 is not used

Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M12

2.0

Yes

NPN-NO

1.5 kHz

NPB

55 (70)

PNP-NO
5.0

No

NPN-NO

Yes

NPN-NO

400 Hz

48 (70)

600 Hz

60 (75)

No

NPN-NO

Yes

NPN-NO

200 Hz

50 (75)

No

NPN-NO
PNP-NO

E2E2-X5C1-M1
E2E2-X10MC1-M1
E2E2-X10MB1-M1

400 Hz

65 (80)

PNP-NO
18.0

E2E2-X5MC1-M1

E2E2-X5B1-M1

PNP-NO
M30

C

E2E2-X5MB1-M1

PNP-NO
10.0

E2E2-X2C1-M1
E2E2-X2B1-M1

PNP-NO
M18

Model

E2E2-X10C1-M1
E2E2-X10B1-M1

100 Hz

52 (80)

E2E2-X18MC1-M1
E2E2-X18MB1-M1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-9

E2E2	 AC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

A277

Long-Barrel AC 2-Wire Proximity
Sensors Built for Rugged Duty
•	 Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel
•	 Wrench flats for easy installation
•	 Solid potted internal circuitry
withstands shocks
•	 IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown
•	 High visibility indicator
•	 Flush mountable shielded versions
•	 Normally Open (NO) models stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available
•	 Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E

AC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M12

2.0

Yes

NO

25 Hz

NPB

55 (60)

E2E2-X2Y1-US
E2E2-X5MY1-US

5.0
M18
10.0
M30
18.0

Model

No

48 (60)

Yes

60 (65)

E2E2-X5Y1-US

No

50 (65)

E2E2-X10MY1-US

Yes

65 (70)

E2E2-X10Y1-US

No

52 (70)

E2E2-X18MY1-US

AC 2-Wire Sensors with M12, 3-Pin Dual Key-Way
Micro-Changes Connectors
Normally Open

Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M12

2.0

Yes

NO

25 Hz

NPB

55 (70)

E2E2-X2Y1-M4

5.0

No

48 (70)

E2E2-X5MY1-M4

M18
10.0
M30
18.0

C-10

Model

Yes

60 (75)

E2E2-X5Y1-M4

No

50 (75)

E2E2-X10MY1-M4

Yes

65 (80)

E2E2-X10Y1-M4

No

52 (80)

E2E2-X18MY1-M4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2E	 Miniature Proximity Sensors

A286

Small Diameter, DC 3-Wire
Proximity Sensor in Cylindrical
Metal Housing
The E2E Small Diameter line with housing
sizes from 3 mm dia to 5.4 mm dia is part
of the E2E family and is the ideal solution
where space is crucial. The metal housing
provides high mechanical protection.
•	 Miniature housing sizes from 3 mm dia to
6.5 mm dia
•	 Stainless steel or brass housing
•	 5 kHz switching frequency

C

•	 Mounting blocks, brackets and protective
stainless steel tubes available

Ordering Information
E2E –

–

1
Code

2

3

4

–

5

6

7

Description

8

6 Output Specifications

1 Case Material and Shape

B

DC 3-wire PNP open-collector output

C

SUS, cylindrical

C

DC 3-wire NPN open-collector output

S

SUS, threaded

7 Operation Mode
1

Normally open (NO)

Outer diameter 3 mm

2

Normally closed (NC)

2 Size
03
04

Outer diameter 4 mm

8 Cable Length

05

Outer diameter 5 mm

(blank)

Connector models

06

Outer diameter 6 mm

(number) M

Cable length (Unit: m)
(Applicable to pre-wired models 2M and prewired connector models 0.3M)

3 Shielding
S

Shielded models

N

Unshielded models

4 Sensing Distance
(number)

R8 = 0.8 mm, 12 = 1.2 mm, 02 = 2 mm, 03 =
3 mm, 04 = 4 mm

Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code
numbers.
The purpose of this model number legend is to provide
understanding of the meaning of specifications from the
model number.

5 Connecting Method
WC

PVC pre-wired model

MC

M8 connector, 3-pin

CJ

M8 pre-wired connector, 3-pin

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-11

E2EC	 Proximity Sensors

A226

Subminiature Sensor with In-line
Amplifier Offers Great Mounting
Flexibility
•	 Small nickel-plated brass (NPB) sensing
heads on 0.4 m cable fit space-confined
installations
•	 Shielded sensing head allows the sensor
to be flush mounted in metal
•	 Easy operation monitoring with LED
indicator on the amplifier unit
•	 Robotic cable on DC 2-wire models
withstands repeated flexing on robots and
reciprocating machinery
•	 DC 2-wire models have cylindrical
amplifiers; DC 3-wire rectangular
amplifiers allow side-by-side mounting
•	 Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked;
Normally Closed (NC) available
•	 Rated IP67 (2-wire); IP64 (3-wire)

DC 2-Wire Sensors
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

3 mm dia.

0.8

Yes

NO

1.5 kHz

NPB

0 (12)

NC
5.4 mm
dia.

1.5

8 mm dia.

3

0 (18)

NC

4

E2EC-C1R5D1
E2EC-C1R5D2

1 kHz

E2EC-C3D1

NC
M12

E2EC-CR8D1
E2EC-CR8D2

NO
NO

Model

E2EC-C3D2

NO

18 (23.6)

NC

E2EC-X4D1
E2EC-X4D2

DC 3-Wire Sensors
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

Model

3 mm dia.

0.5

Yes

NPN-NO

1 kHz

NPB

0 (12)

E2EC-CR5C1

8 mm dia.

2.5

0 (18)

E2EC-C2R5C1

Accessories
Description
Mounting
brackets

C-12

Model
Fits 5.4 mm dia. E2EC-C1R5D sensors, SUS304 strap

Y92E-F5R4

Fits M12 size E2EC-X4D@ sensors

Y92E-B12

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

TL-W	 Proximity Sensors

A227

Subminiature, Flat-Pack DC
Sensor Fits Tight Spaces
•	 Rated IP67 for water washdown
•	 Space-saving mounting area, as small as
10 x 27 mm (0.39 x 1.06 in), is ideal for
conveyor wall mounting
•	 Mounts directly onto metal base or rail
•	 Rugged die-cast metal or heat-resistant
ABS plastic housing
•	 Pre-wired with 2 m (6.56 ft.) length cable
•	 Built-in circuit protection

C

•	 DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models

DC 2-Wire Flat-Pack Inductive Sensors
Sensing
distance
(mm)

Shielded

5

NO

Circuit Type

Response Frequency

Body material

Dimensions

NPN-NO

500 Hz

ABS

30.5 x 18 x 10

NON-NC

Model

TL-W5MD1
TL-W5MD2

DC 3-Wire Flat-Pack Inductive Sensors
Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response Frequency

Body Material

Dimensions

1.5

No

NPN-NO

1 kHz

ABS

25 x 8 x 5.5

TL-W1R5MC1*

27 x 10 x 6

TL-W3MC1*

3

600 Hz
NPN-NC

5

NPN-NO

TL-W3MC2*
500 Hz

NPN-NC
Yes

NPN-NO

300 Hz

NPN-NC

20

No

Model

Die cast
aluminum

30.5 x 18
x 10

TL-W5MC1

50 x 24.9
x 10

TL-W5E1

TL-W5MC2
TL-W5E2

NPN-NO

TL-W5F1

NPN-NC

TL-W5F2

NPN-NO
NPN-NC

40 Hz

ABS

53 x 40 x 23

TL-W20ME1
TL-W20MF1

* Model includes mounting bracket.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-13

E2Q5	Proximity Sensors

A229

Long Distance Inductive Sensor in
Short Plastic Body
•	 M12 Plug-in connection
•	 Integrated short circuit and reverse
polarity protection
•	Active face positioning:
Y-axis 15°, X-axis 90° increments

DC Models
Sensing Distance (mm)

Connection

Active Face

Model
Type

20 mm shielded

Plug-in
Connector

Changeable

40 mm non-shielded

NO

NPN

E2Q5-N20E1-M1

E2Q5-N20E3-M1

PNP

E2Q5-N20F1-M1

E2Q5-N20F3-M1

NPN

E2Q5-N40ME1-M1

E2Q5-N40ME3-M1

PNP

E2Q5-N40MF1-M1

E2Q5-N40MF3-M1

E2S	Proximity Sensors
World’s Smallest Square Sensor
with Built-In Amplifier
•	 5.5 x 5.5 mm type allows smaller, spacesaving machines and devices
•	 High response frequency (1 kHz) for fast
machine processes
•	 Long sensing distance: (E2S-91, 1.6 mm)
(E2S-92, 2.5 mm)
•	 Front and end sensing face versions
match mounting needs
•	 DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models
•	 Pre-wired with 3 m cable
•	 Rated IP67 for water washdown

C-14

NO+NC

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A234

E2K-X	Proximity Sensors

A323

Threaded, Cylindrical Sensor
Detects Metallic and Non-Metallic
Objects
•	 Non-contact detection of metallic and
non-metallic targets including water, oil,
glass, plastic and wood
•	 Detects level inside non-metallic
containers
•	 Built-in amplifier switches loads up
to 200 mA
•	 LED indicator and fixed sensitivity for
simple installation

•	 Normally Open (NO) and Normally Closed
(NC) available

•	 Built-in circuit protection

•	 CE (all models), UL, CSA (AC models)

•	 Heat-resistant ABS plastic sensor rated
IP66

•	 Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E

DC 3-Wire Models
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M12

4.0

NO

NPN-NO

100 Hz

ABS

40 (80)

M18

M30

8.0

15.0

Model

E2K-X4ME1

NPN-NC

E2K-X4ME2

PNP-NO

E2K-X4MF1

PNP-NC

E2K-X4MF2

NPN-NO

E2K-X8ME1

NPN-NC

E2K-X8ME2

PNP-NO

E2K-X8MF1

PNP-NC

E2K-X8MF2

NPN-NO

50 (80)

E2K-X15ME1

NPN-NC

E2K-X15ME2

PNP-NO

E2K-X15MF1

PNP-NC

E2K-X15MF2

AC 2-Wire Models
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M12

4.0

NO

SCR-NO

10 Hz

ABS

40 (80)

M18
M30

8.0
15.0

Model

E2K-X4MY1

SCR-NC

E2K-X4MY2

SCR-NO

E2K-X8MY1

SCR-NC

E2K-X8MY2

SCR-NO
SCR-NC

50 (80)

E2K-X15MY1
E2K-X15MY2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-15

C

E2K-C	Proximity Sensors

A324

Cylindrical Sensor Offers
Adjustable Detecting Distance
•	 Non-contact detection of metallic and
non-metallic targets including water, oil,
glass, plastic and wood
•	 Detects level inside non-metallic
containers
•	 Settable detection distance from 3 to 25
mm with multi-turn adjuster
•	 Reliably detects foamy liquids in sight
glass applications
•	 Built-in amplifier switches up to 200 mA
•	 Mounting bracket included
•	 Normally Open (NO) and Normally Closed
(NC) available

•	 AC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models available
•	 Heat-resistant ABS plastic sensor rated
IP66

•	 CE (all models), UL, CSA (AC models)

DC 3-Wire Sensors
Size
(dia.)

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

34 mm

3 to 25

No

NPN-NO

70 Hz

ABS

0 (89)

Model

E2K-C25ME1

NPN-NC

E2K-C25ME2

PNP-NO

E2K-C25MF1

PNP-NC

E2K-C25MF2

AC 2-Wire Sensors
Size
(dia.)

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

34 mm

3 to 25

No

SCR-NO

10 Hz

ABS

0 (89)

SCR-NC

Model

E2K-C25MY1
E2K-C25MY2

Accessories
Barrel size
M30 (34 mm)

C-16

Description
Sight Glass Mount for M30 (34 mm) Barrel Proximity Sensor

Model
Y92E-SGM34

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2K-F	 Proximity Sensors

A322

Thin Rectangular Plastic DC
3-Wire Sensor Fits Tight Spaces
•	 Non-contact detection of metallic and
non-metallic targets including water, oil,
glass, plastic and wood
•	 Detects level inside non-metallic
containers
•	 Thin, 10 mm (0.39 inch) body is ideal for
conveyor wall mounting
•	 Unshielded sensor has LED indicator and
fixed sensitivity for simple installation
•	 Heat-resistant ABS plastic body rated
IP66

•	 Built-in amplifier provides NPN switching
of loads to 100 mA

C

Flat-Pack Capacitive Sensors
Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Dimensions
(H x W x D) mm

10

No

NPN-NO

100 Hz

ABS

20.5 x 50 x 10.1

4-10

Model

E2K-F10MC1

NPN-NC

E2K-F10MC2

NPN-NO

E2K-F10MC1-A

NPN-NC

E2K-F10MC2-A

E2K-L	 Proximity Sensors

A326

Capacitive Liquid Level Sensor
•	 Mounts directly to sight glass and
bypass pipes
•	 Sensors unaffected by liquid color
•	 Fits a wide range of pipe diameters:
8 to 11 mm or 12 to 26 mm
•	 Built-in amplifier with indicator and
sensitivity adjuster
•	 Sensing heads rated IP66

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-17

E2F	 Proximity Sensors

A242

Watertight and Chemical-Resistant
Short Barrel, Plastic Body Sensors
•	 IP68 watertight construction
•	 Polyarylate plastic housing offers good
chemical resistance to acids and solvents
•	 Operation indicator on all models
•	 Short-circuit protection available on all DC
and some AC models
•	 CE all models; UL and CSA (M18, M30 AC
2-wire)

•	 Sensor mounting and protective
accessories, see Y92E

DC 3-Wire Models
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit
Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M8

1.5

Yes

NPN-NO

2 kHz

Polyarylate

20 (30)

M12

2.0

E2F-X1R5E2

PNP-NO

E2F-X1R5F1

PNP-NC

E2F-X1R5F2

NPN-NO

5.0

1.5 kHz

24 (38)

E2F-X2E2

PNP-NO

E2F-X2F1

NPN-NO

10.0

E2F-X2E1

NPN-NC

E2F-X2F2
600 Hz

29 (47)

E2F-X5E1

NPN-NC

E2F-X5E2

PNP-NO

E2F-X5F1

NPN-NC
M30

E2F-X1R5E1

NPN-NC

PNP-NC
M18

Model

NPN-NO

E2F-X5F2
400 Hz

38 (57)

E2F-X10E1

NPN-NC

E2F-X10E2

PNP-NO

E2F-X10F1

NPN-NC

E2F-X10F2

AC 2-Wire Sensors
Without Short-Circuit Protection
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Body
Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M8

1.5

Yes

SCR-NO

25 Hz

Polyarylate

29 (40)

SCR-NC
M12

2.0

SCR-NO

5.0

SCR-NO

25 kHz

29 (43)

10.0

SCR-NO
SCR-NC

C-18

E2F-X2Y1
E2F-X2Y2

25 Hz

29 (47)

SCR-NC
M30

E2F-X1R5Y1
E2F-X1R5Y2

SCR-NC
M18

Model

E2F-X5Y1-US
E2F-X5Y2-US

38 (57)

E2F-X10Y1-US
E2F-X10Y2-US

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2FM Proximity Sensors

A243

All-Stainless Inductive Sensor
Resists Abrasion and Chemicals
•	 One-piece 303 stainless steel face/barrel
construction resists damage caused by
work piece contact, scouring abrasion,
and harsh chemicals
•	 Up to 0.8 mm thick sensing face for
superior mechanical durability, wear
resistance
•	 Operation not influenced by accumulation
of aluminum or iron cutting chips and weld
slag
•	 20% longer sensing range (10 mm)
with M30 models versus the CENELEC
standard 8 mm
•	 Flush mountable in ferrous materials to
protect sensor from side impact damage

C
•	 Thick insulation protects pig-tail lead
for increased endurance in harsh
environments
•	 IP67 enclosure rating

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Output Type

Response
Frequency

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M8

1.5

Yes

PNP-NO

200 Hz

25 (49)

M12

2.0

100 Hz

33 (53)

M18

5.0

M30

10.0

NPN-NO
PNP-NO

E2FM-X2B1
E2FM-X2C1

PNP-NO

36 (56)

NPN-NO
NPN-NO

E2FM-X1R5B1
E2FM-X1R5C1

NPN-NO

PNP-NO

Model

E2FM-X5B1
E2FM-X5C1

50 Hz

43 (63.5)

E2FM-X10B1
E2FM-X10C1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-19

E2FM Proximity Sensors (continued)

A243

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Built-in M12 Connector
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response
Frequency

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M8

1.5

Yes

PNP-NO

200 Hz

25 (53.5)

M12

2.0

100 Hz

33 (53)

M18

5.0

M30

10.0

NPN-NO

Model

E2FM-X1R5B1-M1
E2FM-X1R5C1-M1

PNP-NO
NPN-NO

E2FM-X2B1-M1
E2FM-X2C1-M1

PNP-NO

36 (56)

NPN-NO

E2FM-X5B1-M1
E2FM-X5C1-M1

PNP-NO

50 Hz

43 (63.5)

NPN-NO

E2FM-X10B1-M1
E2FM-X10C1-M1

DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

M8

1.5

Yes

M12

2.0

M18

5.0

NO,
polarity

M30

10.0

NO,
polarity

E2FM extra strong
sensing face

C-20

Circuit
Type

Response
Frequency

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

NO,
polarity

200 Hz

25 (49)

E2FM-X1R5D1

E2FM-QX1R5D1

100 Hz

33 (53)

E2FM-X2D1

E2FM-QX2D1

36 (56)

E2FM-X5D1

E2FM-QX5D1

43 (63.5)

E2FM-X10D1

E2FM-QX10D1

No interference by
small metal chips
on sensing surface

50 Hz

Model
Standard

with Flouroresin Coating

Cable resistant to
welding spatter

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2EH	 Proximity Sensors

A244

Heat and Detergent Resistant
Inductive Sensor in Cylindrical
Stainless Steel Housing
The heat and detergent resistant inductive
sensors allow reliable metal object or
machine part detection in demanding
environments such as food processing.
•	 Temperature resistant up to 120°C
•	 SUS316L housing with heat resistant
plastic sensing face
•	 IP69K for highest water resistance

C

•	 ECOLAB tested and certified detergent
resistance

DC 3-Wire and DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired
Size

Sensing Distance

M12

3 mm

M18

7 mm
5

M30

12 mm

Output
Type

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

PNP

E2EH-X3B1 2M

E2EH-X3B2 2M

NPN

E2EH-X3C1 2M

E2EH-X3C2 2M

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X3D1 2M

E2EH-X3D2 2M

PNP

E2EH-X7B1 2M

E2EH-X7B2 2M

NPN

E2EH-X7C1 2M

E2EH-X7C2 2M

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X7D1 2M

E2EH-X7D2 2M

PNP

E2EH-X12B1 2M

E2EH-X12B2 2M

NPN

E2EH-X12C1 2M

E2EH-X12C2 2M

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X12D1 2M

E2EH-X12D2 2M

DC 3-Wire and DC 2-Wire Sensors, Connector versions (M12)
Size

Sensing Distance

M12

3 mm

M18

7 mm
5

M30

12 mm

Output
Type

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

PNP

E2EH-X3B1-M1

E2EH-X3B2-M1

NPN

E2EH-X3C1-M1

E2EH-X3C2-M1

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X3D1-M1G

E2EH-X3D2-M1G

PNP

E2EH-X7B1-M1

E2EH-X7B2-M1

NPN

E2EH-X7C1-M1

E2EH-X7C2-M1

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X7D1-M1G

E2EH-X7D2-M1G

PNP

E2EH-X12B1-M1

E2EH-X12B2-M1

NPN

E2EH-X12C1-M1

E2EH-X12C2-M1

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X12D1-M1G

E2EH-X12D2-M1G

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-21

E2E-U	DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

A285

Oil Resistant Inductive Sensor in
Cylindrical Brass Housing
The standard E2E family offers tested oil
resistance on commonly used oils in the
automotive industry for reliable long-life
operation in automotive assembly lines.
•	 Oil resistant PUR cable
•	 M8, M12, M18 and M30 standard sizes
•	 IP67 (water and oil resistant)

DC 2-wire, Pre-Wired
Size

Sensing Distance

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

M8

2 mm

E2E-X2D1-U

E2E-X2D2-U

M12
M18

5

M30

3 mm

E2E-X3D1-U

E2E-X3D2-U

7 mm

E2E-X7D1-U

E2E-X7D2-U

10 mm

E2E-X10D1-U

E2E-X10D2-U

DC 2-wire, Pre-Wired with M12
Size

Sensing Distance

Model (for pre-wired types with 30 cm cable length and M12 connector)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

M8

2 mm

E2E-X2D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

E2E-X2D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

M12
M18
M30

C-22

5

3 mm

E2E-X3D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

E2E-X3D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

7 mm

E2E-X7D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

E2E-X7D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

10 mm

E2E-X10D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

E2E-X10D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2EQ DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

A245

Weld-Spatter Resistant DC 2-Wire
Cylindrical Sensors
•	 Rugged flouroplastic-coated brass barrel
withstands high tightening torque
•	 Fluoroplastic resin face prevents weld slag
build-up on sensor
•	 Stability and operation indicators standard
•	 Pre-wired and pig-tail connector models

Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Output
Type

Response
Frequency

Body Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

M12

4.0

Yes

NO

1.0 kHz

Fluoroplastic resin
coated brass

33 (38)

E2EQ-X4X1

38 (43)

E2EQ-X8X1

43 (48)

E2EQ-X15X1

M18

8.0

500 Hz

M30

15.0

250 Hz

Model

C

M12 Connector on 300 mm Pigtail Lead
Size

Sensing
Distance
(mm)

Shielded

Output
Type

Response
Frequency

Body Material

Thread Length
(overall length)
mm

Model

M12

4.0

Yes

NO

1.0 kHz

E2EQ-X4X1-M1J

8.0

500 Hz

Fluoroplastic resin
coated brass

33 (38)

M18

38 (43)

E2EQ-X8X1-M1J

M30

15.0

250 Hz

43 (48)

E2EQ-X15X1-M1J

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-23

E2KQ-X	 Proximity Sensors

A327

Chemical Resistant Capacitive Sensor
•	 Complete fluoroplastic resin coating for
superior chemical and oil resistance
•	 Detect ferrous and non-ferrous metals as
well as other materials
•	 Adjustable sensitivity from 6 to 10 mm
•	 Built-in indicator located on cable
connection face
•	 Rated IP66

E2FQ	Proximity Sensors

A246

Chemical Resistant Inductive Sensor
in Cylindrical PTFE Housing
The E2FQ features a full-body fluoroplastic
housing for chemical resistance (e.g. against
cleaning agents used in the semiconductor
industry).
•	 Full body fluoroplastic housing for
chemical resistance
•	 DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models

DC 2-Wire, Pre-Wired
Size
M12
M18

5

M30

Sensing
Distance

Output Type

2 mm

DC 2-wire with
polarity

5 mm

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

10 mm

E2FQ-X2D1
E2FQ-X5D1
E2FQ-X10D1

DC 3-Wire, Pre-Wired
Size

Sensing
Distance

Output Type

M12

2 mm

PNP
NPN

E2FQ-X2E1

M18

5 mm

PNP

E2FQ-X5F1

NPN

E2FQ-X5E1

10 mm

PNP

E2FQ-X10F1

NPN

E2FQ-X10E1

M30

C-24

5

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO
E2FQ-X2F1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E2C-EDA	 Proximity Sensors

C433

High Precision Positioning Inductive
Proximity Sensor with Separate Amplifier
The separate amplifier inductive sensor family
E2C-EDA offers high precision distance
positioning and detection. The teach-in function
allows simple installation, and with the window
function (2 outputs) production tolerance
checks can easily be set up and modified.
•	 Typically several hundred μm detection precision
•	 Precision distance teaching
•	 Window function (2 outputs) for production
tolerance checks

C

Sensor Heads
Appearance
Cylindrical

Screw

Sensing Distance

Repeat Accuracy

Model

3 dia. x 18

0.6 mm

1 μm

E2C-EDR6-F

5.4 dia. x 18

1 mm

1 μm

E2C-ED01*1

8 dia. x 22

2 mm

2 μm

E2C-ED02*1

M10 x 22

2 mm

2 μm

E2C-EM02*1

5
Flat

30 x 14 x 4.8

5 mm

2 μm

E2C-EV05*1

Screw

M18 ×x 6.3

7 mm

5 μm

E2C-EM07M*1

2 mm

2 μm

E2C-EM02H

—

Screw (heat
resistant

5

M12 x 22
5

*1

—

—

For models with cut-to-length cables add ‘-F’ for example E2C-ED01-F
For models with protective stainless steel spiral tubes add ‘-S’ for example E2C-ED01-S

Amplifier Units with Cables
Item

Sensing Distance

Amplifier Units with Connector*2

Model

Item

NPN
Output

PNP Output

Sensing Distance

Model
NPN
Output

PNP
Output

Twin-output
models

Area output, open
circuit detection,
Differential
operation

E2CEDA11

E2C-EDA41

Twin-output
models

Area output, open
circuit detection,
Differential
operation

E2C-EDA6

E2C-EDA8

Externalinput
models

Remote setting,
Differential
operation

E2CEDA21

E2C-EDA51

Externalinput
models

Remote setting,
Differential
operation

E2C-EDA7

E2C-EDA9

*2
Order connector E3X-CN21 separately. See E3X-DA-S in FiberOptic Sensors for details.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-25

E2EV	 Proximity Sensors

A248

Inductive Sensor Detects All
Metals at Equal Distance
•	 One sensor detects all kinds of metal at
equal distance
•	 Detect aluminum up to 3x conventional
sensing distance
•	 Shielded for flush mounting in metal
•	 Sensing distance: 2 mm (M12); 5 mm
(M18); 10 mm (M30)
•	 Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil
contamination

E2CY	Proximity Sensors
Inductive Sensor Detects Aluminum
in Tight Spaces
•	 Compact sensing heads and separate
amplifier for mounting flexibility
•	 Detect differences between object types,
object position, distance within a range
•	 Monitor operation with excess gain level
bar graph indicator and diagnostic output
•	 One-touch teaching for sensitivity
adjustment
•	 Shielded for flush mounting in metal
•	 Sensing distance by sensing head:
•	 1.5 mm (M5 and unthreaded 5.4 mm dia.)
•	 2 mm (unthreaded 8 mm dia.)
•	 3 mm (flat)
•	 Pre-wired sensing heads and amplifier
each
with 2 m cable
•	 Sensing heads rated IP67

C-26

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A249

E2EY	Proximity Sensors

A252

Inductive Sensor for Aluminum
and Non-Ferrous Metals
•	 Detects non-magnetic ones such as
aluminum, copper and brass and ignores
ferrous materials
•	 Shielded for flush mounting in metal
•	 Sensing distance: 4 mm (M18) and 8 mm
(M30)
•	 Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil
contamination

C

E2EZ	 Proximity Sensors

A253

Cutting Chip Resistant Inductive
Sensor
•	 Detects objects without influence of
accumulated aluminum and cast iron
cutting chips
•	 Ideal for machine tool applications
•	 Sensing distance: 4 mm (M18) and 8 mm
(M30)
•	 Shielded for flush mounting in metal
•	 DC 2-wire, DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire
models
•	 Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil
contamination

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-27

Proximity Sensors

C-28

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Cordsets
Contents
Connector Cordsets
XS2F-M12 M12 Cordsets

D-1

XS5F

M12 Smartclick Connector
Cordsets

D-3

XS3F-M8

M8 Cordsets

D-4

Y96E-M12 Connectors for AC cables

D-6

XW3D

Connector terminal boxes

D-7

E39-VA

Handy checker for sensors

D-7

D

D-i

XS2F-M12	 Connector Cables

A264

Water- and Environment-Resistant
M12 Connectors Save Wiring and
Maintenance Effort
•	 Single-ended cables with M12 connectors
satisfy IP67 requirements and ensure a
94V-0 fire retardant rating.
•	 Connectors make wiring a system more
modular, simplify maintenance, and
reduce downtime.
•	 Connectors with Cables and Connector
Assemblies are available.

XS2F - M12 Single-ended Cable with Socket
XS2F-M12PVC9999M PVC Cable
XS2F-M12PUR9999M PUR Cable

Dimensions
Straight

M12
5 dia.

45°
14.9 dia.

30

5
50
(40: For PUR cable)

40.7
L

L
25.3

Angled
28.3

30

5
50
(40: For PUR cable)
M12

5 dia.

45°

3 cores
Contact No.
1
2
3
4

D-1

4 cores
Cable lead
colors
Brown
Blue
Black

Contact No.
1
2
3
4

5 cores
Cable lead
colors
Brown
White
Blue
Black

Contact No.
2
4

1
3
5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Cable lead
colors
Brown
White
Blue
Black
Green / Yellow

XS2F-M12	 Connector Cables (continued)
Connector

Size

Cores

Shape

Length (m)

PVC Cable Model

PUR Cable Model

2

XS2F-M12PVC3A2M

XS2F-M12PUR3A2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC3A5M

XS2F-M12PUR3A5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC3A10M

XS2F-M12PUR3A10M

2

XS2F-M12PVC3S2M

XS2F-M12PUR3S2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC3S5M

XS2F-M12PUR3S5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC3S10M

XS2F-M12PUR3S10M

2

XS2F-M12PVC4A2M

XS2F-M12PUR4A2M

Angled
3
Straight

Socket

5

XS2F-M12PVC4A5M

XS2F-M12PUR4A5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC4A10M

XS2F-M12PUR4A10M

2

XS2F-M12PVC4S2M

XS2F-M12PUR4S2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC4S5M

XS2F-M12PUR4S5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC4S10M

XS2F-M12PUR4S10M

2

XS2F-M12PVC5A2M

XS2F-M12PUR5A2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC5A5M

XS2F-M12PUR5A5M

2

XS2F-M12PVC5S2M

XS2F-M12PUR5S2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC5S5M

XS2F-M12PUR5S5M

Angled

M12
4

A264

Straight

Angled
5
Straight

Extension Cordsets, Two Single Key Molded M12 Sensor Connectors
Description

D

Model

Connector Type

Keyway

Cable Size

Length

Straight Connector

4-wire DC female
socket and male plug

Single

22 AWG

2 m (6.56 ft.)

XS2W-D421-D81-F

5 m (16.40 ft.)

XS2W-D421-G81-F

Plug and Socket Field Wireable Assemblies
Description

Model

Connector Type

Keyway

Cable Size

Length

Straight Connector

M12 male plug

Single

5 to 6 mm dia

58.7 mm

XS2G-D4S1

54.9 mm

XS2C-D4S1

M12 female socket
Insulation Displacement Contact
M12 male plug
M12 female socket

Single

2 to 8 mm dia.

66 m

XS5G-D418

62.4 mm

XS5C-D418

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-2

XS5F	Connector Cables

K249

Premium M12 Smartclick Connectors
•	 Single-ended cables with M12 connectors
•	 Smartclick offers a fast, one-step connection
with only a 1/8th turn lock
•	 Smartclick can connect with standard screwtype M12 connectors
•	 IP67 water resistance

Dimensions
(Unit: mm)

Wiring Diagram
Note: The cover of the Standard Cable
(XS5F-D421-981-A) and the Oil-resistant
Polyurethane Cable (XS5F-D421-981-P) is black,
and the cover of the Vibration-proof Robot Cable
(XS5F-D421-981-F) is warm gray.

Ordering Information
Cable type

Cable connection direction

No. of cable cores

Cable length

Model

Standard cable

Straight

4

1

XS5F-D421-C80-A

2

XS5F-D421-D80-A

3

XS5F-D421-E80-A

5

XS5F-D421-G80-A

10

XS5F-D421-J80-A

1

XS5F-D421-C80-F

2

XS5F-D421-D80-F

3

XS5F-D421-E80-F

Vibration-proof
robot cable

Oil-resistant polyurethane cable

D-3

5

XS5F-D421-G80-F

10

XS5F-D421-J80-F

2

XS5F-D421-D80-P

5

XS5F-D421-G80-P

10

XS5F-D421-J80-P

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Minimum Order
10

5

10

5
10
5

XS3F-M8	Connector Cables

A267

Compact, Watertight M8
Connectors
•	 Water-resistive, compact connector meets
IP67 requirements.
•	 Using connectors for wiring ensures
ease of equipment maintenance and
reduces downtime required for equipment
maintenance.
3 poles
Male

4 poles
Female

Male

4

4
3

1

3

1

2

Female

4

4
3

1

2

3

1

Connectors with Cable Attached
XS3F - M8 Socket on One Cable End
XS3F-M8PVC9999M PVC Cable
XS3F-M8PUR9999M PUR Cable

D

Dimensions

(Unit: mm)

Straight

12.9

9 dia.
21.5

5
50
(40: For PUR cable)

30

31.4
L

Angled
(40: For PUR cable)
50

L
23.1

30

5

20.5

9 dia.

Wiring Diagram
3 Poles
Contact No.

4 Poles
Cable lead colors

1

Brown

3
4

Blue
Black

Contact No.
1
2
3
4

Cable lead colors
Brown
White
Blue
Black

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-4

XS3F-M8	Connector Cables (continued)
Connector

Size

Cable Material

Poles

Type

Length

Angled
3
Straight
PVC
Angled
4
Straight
Socket

A267

M8
Angled
3
Straight
PUR
Angled
4
Straight

Model

2

XS3F-M8PVC3A2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC3A5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC3A10M

2

XS3F-M8PVC3S2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC3S5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC3S10M

2

XS3F-M8PVC4A2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC4A5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC4A10M

2

XS3F-M8PVC4S2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC4S5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC4S10M

2

XS3F-M8PUR3A2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR3A5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR3A10M

2

XS3F-M8PUR3S2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR3S5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR3S10M

2

XS3F-M8PUR4A2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR4A5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR4A10M

2

XS3F-M8PUR4S2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR4S5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR4S10M

Extension Cordsets, Two Single Key Molded M8 Sensor Connectors
Description

Model

Connector Type

Keyway

Cable Size

Cable Type

Length

Straight Connector

4-wire DC female
socket and male plug

Single

22 AWG

Robotic

1 m (3.28 ft.)

XS3W-M421-401-R

2 m (6.56 ft.)

XS3W-M421-402-R

D-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y96E-M12	 Connector Cables

A263

AC Cordsets with M12
Micro-Changes Connectors
•	 Quick-disconnect AC cordsets allow easy
installation and replacement of AC sensors
•	 Female 3-pole dual keyway socket
•	 Oil-resistant, PVC jacketed cable with
internal metal sheath protects conductors
against cuts and abrasions
•	 Straight and right-angle connector
cordsets available
•	 Rated IP67
•	 UL recognized, CSA certified

Micro-Change®: Registered trademark of Woodhead Industries
Description
Connector Type
3-wire AC, female
Micro-Change® socket

Model

Keyway
Dual

Cable Size
22 AWG

Straight Connector Cordsets

Length

Straight Connector

Right Angle Connector

6 ft.

Y96E-33SA6

Y96E-33RA6

12 ft.

Y96E-33SA12

Y96E-33RA12

20 ft.

Y96E-33SA20

Y96E-33RA20

D

Face View Female Connector

Y96E-33SA9
Gold/palladium/
nickel plated
brass contacts

Right Angle Connector Cordsets
Y96E-33RA9
Gold/palladium/
nickel plated
brass contacts

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-6

XW3D	 Connector Terminal Boxes

H324

Simple Wiring of Sensor Actuators
•	 Greatly reduces wiring work
•	 Higher rated current to enable output
applications.
•	 Compatible with other M12 screw connectors.
•	 Degree of protection : IP67 (IEC60529)

Ratings and Specifications
Rated current

4 A/port, 12 A/Box (power line)

Rated voltage

10 to 30 VDC

Contact resistance (connector)

40 mΩ max. (20 mV max., 100 mA max.)

Insulation resistance

100 mΩ min. (at 500 VDC)

Dielectric strength (connector)

500 VAC for 1 min. (leakage current: 1 mA max.)

Insertion tolerance

50 times min.

Ambient operating temperature range

−25 to 70°C

Ordering Information
Sensor type and wiring

3-Wire DC NPN/2-Wire DC 3-4

2-Wire DC 1-4/Without polarity 3-4

3-Wire DC PNP/2-Wire DC 1-4

Actuator wiring

Actuator wiring 1-4

–

Actuator wiring 3-4

No. of ports

Model

Model

Model

No. of I/O

4

4

XW3D-P455-G11

XW3D-P452-G11

XW3D-P453-G11

8

8

XW3D-P855-G11

XW3D-P852-G11

XW3D-P853-G11

4

8

XW3D-P458-G11

–

XW3D-P457-G11

Note: 1. “1-4” and “3-4” are the connector pin numbers that are wired.
2. All cables are 5 m long.

E39-VA	 Hand-held Checker

B297

Handheld Power Supply to Check
Sensor Operation
•	 Portable Power Supply Unit for Sensors
•	 Check sensor operation via buzzer and
LED indicator
•	 Low battery indicator for easy battery
maintenance
•	 Use with both PNP and NPN three wire
sensors
Ratings

Description

Model

Power supply voltage

18 V (use two 9 V dry-cell batteries)

E39-VA

Note: Two 9 VDC dry-cell batteries are included.

D-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Photomicrosensors
Contents
Selection Guide

E-ii

Slotted
EESX959

Ultra-small, 5 mm slot
sensors

E-1

EE-SX779/
EE-SX879

Thin profile, pre-wired
5 mm slot sensors

E-2

EE-SX479/
EESX-679

Plug-in or pre-wired
slotted sensors

E-3

EE-SX979

Plug-in slot sensors with
reduced mounting depth

E-5

EE-SPX749/ Plug-in light modulated
EE-SPX849 slot sensors

E-6

EE-SPX301/
EE-SPX401

Plug-in 3.6 mm slot sensors

E-7

EE-SPXW2A

Pre-wired light modulated
slot sensors

E-8

EEPlug-in 13 mm slot sensors
SPX303N/
EE-SPX403N

E-9

Reflective
EE-SPY319/ Reflective plug-in sensors
EE-SPY-419

E-10

EE-SY671/
EE-SY672

Adjustable sensitivity
reflective plug-in sensors

E-11

EE-SPY301/
302/401/402

Reflective sensors with
plug-in/solder terminals

E-7

Through-Beam
EE-SPW311/ Long-distance miniature
EE-SPW411 built in amp

E-12

EE-SPW321/ Miniature sensing heads
EE-SPW421 with in-line cable amplifier

E-13

Special Application
EE-SPX613

Liquid level sensor

E-14

EE-SPZ-A

Retro-reflective sensor

E-15

EE-SA701/
EE-SA801

Pushbutton actuator
sensors

E-16

EE-SPY801/
EE-SPY802

Wafer carrier mounting
sensor

E-17

E-i

E

Photomicrosensors

SMALL SENSORS DELIVER PRECISE POSITIONING
Continuous miniaturization of robots and machinery for semiconductor, photovoltaic
and electronics manufacturing require increasingly precise positioning data to maximize
production yield and maintain high quality. Amplified Photomicrosensors deliver high
precision in a simply mounted format. Embed them in rails for robots, X-Y positioning
tables and conveyors for end-of-travel and home position inputs. All are designed for easy
connection to PLCs and other controllers as part of a motion control solution.
•  Wide choice of models: slotted, through-beam, reflective, and retro-reflective
•  Special application solutions for liquid level detection, wafer carrier positioning,
and object confirmation for robotic grippers

What kind of sensor do you need?

Slot Sensor

Slot width

E-ii

5 mm

13 mm

5, 7, 10 mm

5 mm

5 mm

3.6, 5 mm

3.6, 5 mm

3.6 mm

EE‐SX97

EE‐SPX303N
EE‐SPX403N

EE-SX47
EE-SX67

EE-SX77
EE-SX87

EE-SX95

EE-SPX74
EE-SPX84

EE-SPX-W

EE-SPX301
EE-SPX401

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Through Beam Sensor

Reflective sensors

Sensing distance

Sensing distance

Retro‐Reflective
Sensors

Application Specific
Sensors

Sensing distance

What type of application?

E

1m

300 mm

2‐5 mm

1‐5 mm

5 mm

200 mm

Liquid
level
detection

Wafer
carrier
position
detection

Pushbutton
actuator
for robotic
gripper

EE-SPW311
EE-SPW411

EE-SPW321
EE-SPW421

EE-SPY31
EE-SPY41

EE-SY671
EE-SY672

EE-SPY30_
EE-SPY40_

EE-SPZ-W

EE-SPY613

EE-SPY801
EE-SPY-802

EE-SA701
EE-SA801

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-iii

Selection Table
Type

Slotted Through-Beam

EE-SX95

Model
Features

EE-SX47/67

EE-SPX74/84

Indicator visible from
many directions
•  Mount using M2 or M3
Screws
•  Robot Cable option

Compact size
Indicator visible from
both sides
•  M3 mounting holes and
slotted mounting holes
for easy adjustment

•  

Visible indicator from
many directions
•  Response frequency as
high as 1 kHz
•  Robot Cable standard
on pre-wired models

•  

Housing material

Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)

Polybutylene
terephthalate (PBT)

Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Sensing distance

5 mm slot width

5 mm slot width

5 mm slot width

3.6 or 5 mm slot width

NPN, PNP

NPN, PNP

NPN, PNP

NPN

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On/Dark-On
(selectable)

Light-On or Dark-On

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

4 wire cable (1 m std
length)
•   Solder Connector
•  Connector with 1 m
Cable

•  

Output type
Output configuration
Supply voltage
Connection type

E-iv

EE-SX77/87
•  

•  

Pre-wired (4 wire cable)
(1 m std length)

•  

•  

Pre-wired (3 wire cable)
(2 m std length)

•  

•  

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

4 models
Connectors with
locks for vibration
applications
•  Mount with M3 screws
•  

Special Connector
(EE-1013 with 1 m
cable)

Photomicrosensors
Type

Slotted Through-Beam

EE-SX97

Model
Features

Diffuse Reflective

EE-SPX-W2A

EE-SPX-303N/403N

Reduced mounting
height from deeply
embedded socket
•  7 mounting shapes
•  Indicator visible from
4 directions
•  Locking connectors for
secure wiring

4 models
Light Modulation to
reduce external light
interference
•  Bright Light Indicator

•  

•  

•  

Housing material

Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Polycarbonate PC
(case) Polybutylene
terephthalate PBT
(holder)

Sensing distance

5 mm slot width

3.6 or 5 mm slot width

13 mm slot width

2 to 5 mm

NPN, PNP

NPN

NPN

NPN

Light-On and Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

Connector with
standard cable
•  Connector with robot
cable
•  NPN to PNP
Conversion connector

•  

Output type
Output configuration
Supply voltage
Connection type

Commercially available
connector: EE-1017
with 1 m or 3 m cable;
EE-1017-R with 1 m or
3 m robotic cable

•  

Pre-wired (3 wire cable)
(1 m std length)

•  

Widest Slot type
Resistant to common
noise

EE-SPY31_

•  

•  

•  

Can be used in front of
shiny background
•  Small object detection
(0.05 mm dia.)
•  Light modulation
reduces external light
interference
•  

Connector with
standard cable
•  Connector with robot
cable
•  NPN to PNP
Conversion connector

E

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-v

Selection Table
Type

Diffuse Reflective

Features

EE-SPW311/411

EE-SPW321/421

Built in sensitivity
adjustment
•  Built-in amplifier with
100 mA capacity
•  Bright indicator light

•  

Light Modulation,
sensor not affected by
external light
•  Optical Axis mark for
easy adjustment

•  

Through Beam
Easy-to wire connector
•  Bright indicator light

•  

Housing material

Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Polybutylene
terephthalate
(PBT) (Case/Cover)
Polycarbonate (PC)
(Emitter/receiver)

ABS Resin (case) Acrylic
Resin (lens)

Sensing distance

1 to 5 mm

3 - 6 mm slot width
or 5 mm distance

1m

300 mm max. distance
between sensing heads

NPN

NPN

NPN

NPN

Light-On/Dark-On
(selectable)

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

12 – 24 VDC

•  

Connector only
Connector with cable
•  Connector with robot
cable

•  

Connector only
Connector with cable
•  NPN to PNP
Conversion connector

•  

•  

•  

Output type
Output configuration
Supply voltage
Connection type

E-vi

EE-SPX301/401
EE-SPY301/401

EE-SY671/672

Model

Through-beam

•  

•  

Connector with 2 m
cable

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Cable mounted
amplifier for space
savings mounting
•  Through beam
•  Both sensor head
and amplifier have
indicating lights

•  

Pre-wired 2 m cable

Photomicrosensors
Type

Retro-reflective

EE-SPZ-A

Model
Features

Liquid level

Pushbutton actuator

EE-SPX613

Wafer carrier positioning

EE-SA701-/801

EE-SPY801/802

•  

Longer sensing
distance, simpler to
align than diffuse and
through-beam sensors
•  Supports connection
with PLCs

•  

Can mount on 6 mm to
13 mm diameter pipe
•  Liquid level indicator
•  Built-in sensitivity
selector

•  

Pushbutton actuator
detects FOUP
cassettes loading on
robotic transfer arms
•  5 million operation
mechanical life

•  

Housing material

Polycarbonate (PC)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Polycarbonate (PC)
(Base) Polyacetal
(Actuator)

Ethylene tetrafluoro
ethylene (ETFE)
case Polybutylene
terephthalate (PBT) base
plate

Sensing distance

200 mm

6-13 mm dia. pipe

3.5-4.5 mm operating
position

0-3 mm

NPN

NPN

NPN or PNP

NPN

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On/Dark-On
(selectable)

—

Dark-On

5 – 24 VDC

12 – 24 VDC

12 – 24 VDC

12 – 24 VDC

Connector only
Connector with cable
•  NPN to PNP
Conversion connector

•  

Output type
Output configuration
Supply voltage
Connection type

•  
•  

Pre-wired 1 m cable

Pre-wired 1 m cable
Pre-wired 1 m robot
cable

•  
•  

Diffuse reflective
sensors detect leg
section of wafer
carriers
•  Pedestals guide carrier
for detection
•  Left- and right-hand
models

•  

Pre-wired with 2 m,
talc-free cable

E

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-vii

EE-SX959	 Slotted Photomicrosensors

B443

Ultra-Small Size for Space
Constrained Locations
•	 5 body shapes enable easier fit and
alignment
•	 Indicator light can be viewed from 4
directions for simple installation and
operation
•	 Easy to mount with either M2 or M3 screws
•	 Flexible robot cable options available, ideal
for moving part applications
Standard
•	 Wire selectable Dark-ON or Light-ON output
Standard
Standard

6

23.9

12

Standard
Sensors

6

23.9 Appearance
12

L-shaped
Standard

6

Standard
23.9

12

L-shaped
23.9

L-shaped

6

12
12

Sensor
method

Sensing
distance

Throughbeam
(with slot)

Infrared
light
5 mm
(slot width)

Output
configuration

Connection method
(cable length)

Output
type

Model

Light-ON
Dark-ON
(2 outputs)

Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX950-W 1M *1

PNP

EE-SX950P-W *2

6

12 12
12

Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX950-R 1M *1

13.4
F-shaped
L-shaped

12
12

Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX951-W 1M *1

13.4
F-shaped

1212

PNP

EE-SX951P-W 1M *2

Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX951-R 1M *1

Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX952-W 1M *1

PNP

EE-SX952P-W 1M *2

Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX952P-R 1M *1

Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX953-W 1M *1

PNP

EE-SX953P-W 1M *2

23.9
13.4

L-shaped
L-shaped

13.4
11.7

F-shaped
13.4
F-shaped

11.7
F-shaped
13.4
13.4

11.7
R-shaped
F-shaped

12
12
12
12
12

11.7
13.4

12

11.7

12

R-shaped
13.4
R-shaped
11.7

R-shaped
11.7
13.4

12
12

11.7
13.4

12

Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX953-R 1M *1

U-shaped
13.4

12

Pre-wired model with
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX954-W 1M *1

13.4
11.7

12

PNP

EE-SX954P-W 1M *2

NPN

EE-SX954-R 1M *1

13.4
R-shaped

U-shaped
R-shaped
11.7
U-shaped
U-shaped
13.4

13.4
U-shaped

6
16
12
6

Pre-wired model with
robot cage (1 m)

*1. A13.4
model with a16
3 m cable is available.. The model number is EE-SX959-93M. (Example: EE-SX950-W 3M)
*2.
A
pre-wired model with
PNP output and 1 m cable is available. The model number is EE-SX959P-R 1M.
6
U-shaped
(Example: EE-SX950P-R
1M).
16
13.4

E-1

13.4

6
16

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com
6
16

EE-SX779/EE-SX879	

B422

Slotted Photomicrosensors

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors with
Open Collector Output
•	 Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models
available
•	 Pre-wired with 2 m flexible cable that
conforms to machine contours
•	 Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON
output configurations
•	 Response frequency as high as 1 kHz
•	 Easy to monitor, indicators are visible from
both sides
•	 Indicator turns OFF when light is interrupted;
opposite operation models available
•	 Readily-visible, molded workpiece insertion
mark allows fine-tuning of sensing position
•	 Allows standard M3-screw mounting
•	 Wide operating voltage range simplifies
sensor connection to TTLs, relays, and
programmable controllers (PLC)
•	 Ideal for use in end-of-travel, home position
and operation trigger applications

E

Pre-Wired Slotted Photomicrosensors
Appearance
Standard

Sensor type
Throughbeam (slot)

Slot width/depth

Dimensions H x W x D mm

Output form

Output Type

5 mm W x 9 mm
D

31.1 x 18 x 4.6

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX870

PNP

EE-SX870P

NPN

EE-SX770

PNP

EE-SX770P

NPN

EE-SX871

PNP

EE-SX871P

NPN

EE-SX771

PNP

EE-SX771P

NPN

EE-SX872

PNP

EE-SX872P

NPN

EE-SX772

PNP

EE-SX772P

Dark-ON

L-shaped

21 x 18 x 13

Light-ON
Dark-ON

T-shaped

31.1 x 12.3 x 19.1

Light-ON
Dark-ON

Model

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-2

EE-SX479/EE-SX679	

B423

Slotted Photomicrosensors

Widest Variety of Body Shapes of
Connector-Ready Slotted Sensors
•	 8 body configurations available with connector, prewired cable or pre-wired connector
•	 Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator
•	 Choose Light-ON or Light-ON/Dark-ON output
models
•	 Light modulation reduces external light interference
•	 Flexible robot cable is standard on all pre-wired
models
•	 Wide operating voltage range simplifies sensor
connection to TTLs, relays and programmable
controllers (PLC)

Connector-Ready Slotted Photomicrosensors
Shape

Sensor
type

Standard

Throughbeam

Slot width/depth

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Output form

Indicator operation

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 25.4 x
6.95

Light-ON

Light-ON

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX670

Light-ON

EE-SX670A

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX670P

Light-ON

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX471

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX671

Light-ON

EE-SX671A

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX671P

Light-ON

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX472

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX672

Light-ON

EE-SX672A

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX672P

Light-ON

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX473

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX673

Light-ON

EE-SX673A

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX673P

Light-ON

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX474

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX674

Light-ON

EE-SX674A

15.5 x 26.2 x
20.7

L-shaped

7 mm W x
9 mm H

T-shaped

Close-mounting vertical

5 mm W x
9 mm H

Close-mounting horizontal

T-shaped

F-shaped

28.4 x 29 x
13.7

28.4 x 13.4 x
12.8

15.5 x 13.6 x
27.7

10 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 31 x
16.7

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 13.2 x
13.7

NPN

Model
EE-SX470

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX674P

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX675

PNP

EE-SX675P

NPN

EE-SX676

PNP

EE-SX676P

NPN

EE-SX677

PNP

EE-SX677P

R-shaped

E-3

Output
Type

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

EE-SX479/EE-SX679	

B423

Slotted Photomicrosensors (continued)
Connectors and Accessories (continued)
Appearance

Item

Description

Solder connector

—

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

16.8 x 13.0 x 4.0

EE-1001

Makes selectable operation models into Light-ON
operation sensors. The L and positive (+) terminals are already short-circuited.

Connector with
cable

EE-1001-1

Connector has locking mechanism

13.5 x 13 x 4

EE-1009

2 m cable

11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3

EE-1006

Pre-Wired Slotted Photomicrosensors
Shape

Standard

Sensor
type

Slot
width/
depth

Dimensions
HxWxD
mm

Output
form

Connection Method
(cable length)

Throughbeam

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 25.4 x
6.95

Light-ON
Dark-ON
(selectable)

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX670-WR

EE-SX670P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX670-C1J-R

EE-SX670P-C1J-R

15.5 x 26.2 x
20.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX671-WR

EE-SX671P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX671-C1J-R

EE-SX671P-C1J-R

7 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 29 x
13.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX672-WR

EE-SX672P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX672-C1J-R

EE-SX672P-C1J-R

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 13.4 x
12.8

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX673-WR

EE-SX673P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX673-C1J-R

EE-SX673P-C1J-R

15.5 x 13.6 x
27.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX674-WR

EE-SX674P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX674-C1J-R

EE-SX674P-C1J-R

10 mm
Wx
9 mm H

28.4 x 31 x
16.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX675-WR

EE-SX675P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX675-C1J-R

EE-SX675P-C1J-R

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 13.2 x
13.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX676-WR

EE-SX676P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX676-C1J-R

EE-SX676P-C1J-R

28.4 x 13.2 x
13.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX677-WR

EE-SX677P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX677-C1J-R

EE-SX677P-C1J-R

L-shaped

T-shaped

Closemounting
vertical

Closemounting
horizontal

T-shaped

Fshaped

Rshaped

Model
NPN Output

PNP Output

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-4

E

EE-SX97 Slotted Photomicrosensors

B442

Space Saving Sensor with Secure
Connector
•	 Deeply embedded socket reduces overall
mounting height
•	 7 shapes to match most applications
•	 Light-ON and Dark-ON outputs wire selectable
•	 PNP and NPN output models
•	 Locking connector for secure wiring
•	 Indicator visible from 4 directions
•	 Power reverse polarity protection and output
overcurrent with thermal
•	 Shutdown circuit built into NPN output models

Connector-Ready Slotted Photomicrosensors
Shape

Sensor type

Standard

Through beam
with slot

Slot width/depth

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

5Wx
9 D mm

22 x 26 x 6.8

L-shaped

5Wx
9 D mm

T-shaped

Output form
Dark-ON/
Light-ON/
(selectable)

NPN output
Model

PNP output
model

EE-SX970-C1

EE-SX970PC1

15.5 x 26.2 x 14.7

EE-SX971-C1

EE-SX971PC1

5Wx
9 D mm slot
center 7 mm

22 x 13.7 x 26

EE-SX972-C1

EE-SX972PC1

Closemounting

5Wx
9 D mm

15.5 x 13.4 x 21.7

EE-SX974-C1

EE-SX974PC1

T-shaped slot
center 10 mm

5Wx
9 D mm slot
center 10 mm

22 x 16.7 x 26

EE-SX975-C1

EE-SX975PC1

T-shaped

5Wx
9 D mm

22 x 15.9 x 13.2

EE-SX976-C1

EE-SX976PC1

F-shaped

5Wx
9 D mm

22 x 15.9 x 13.2

EE-SX977-C1

EE-SX977PC

Connector
Description
Connector with standard
cable
Connector with robotic cable

E-5

Cable length

Model

1m

EE-1017 1M

3m

EE-1017 3M

1m

EE-1017-R 1M

3m

EE-1017-R 3M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

EE-SPX749/EE-SPX849	

B425

Slotted Photomicrosensors

Connector-Ready Photomicrosensors
with Open Collector Output
•	 Compact sensor for high-density mounting
•	 Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models available
•	 Easy to maintain, plugs into Connector
cordset EE-1013
•	 Connector features built-in safety lock vibration and
shock resistance
•	 Models available with Light-ON or Light-ON/Dark-ON
output configurations
•	 Powerful light modulation against external light
interference
•	 Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator
•	 Wide operating voltage range simplifies sensor
connection to TTLs, relays, and programmable
controllers (PLC)
•	 Ideal for use in end-of-travel, home position and
operation trigger applications

Plug-In Slotted Photomicrosensors
Shape
Standard

Sensor type
Through
beam (slot)

Slot width/depth
3.6 mm W x 6.6 mm D

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
21.2 x 25 x 7.4

Output form

Model

Light-ON

EE-SPX840

Dark-ON

EE-SPX740

E
L-shaped, left tab

21.2 x 15.5 x 13

L-shaped, right tab

T-shaped

5 mm W x 9 mm H

15.4 x 27.2 x 15.5

Light-ON

EE-SPX842

Dark-ON

EE-SPX742

Light-ON

EE-SPX843

Dark-ON

EE-SPX743

Light-ON

EE-SPX841

Dark-ON

EE-SPX741

Connector
Appearance

Item
Connector with
cable

Description
1 m cable

Dimensions H x W x D mm
11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3

Model
EE-1013

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-6

EE-SPX301/401, -SPY301/302/401/402	
Slotted/Reflective Photomicrosensors

B426

Narrow Slot Sensors and
Reflective Sensors with Plug in
Connection
•	 Slotted DC sensor with plug-in connection
for counting and presence/absence detection
applications
•	 Light modulation reduces external light
interference
•	 Light-ON and Dark-ON operation models
•	 Built-in Light-ON indicator
•	 Connector simplifies installation and
maintenance: choose connector with 1 m
cable (EE-1003) or solder terminals (EE-1002)
•	 Convert EE-SPX301/401 NPN output to PNP
with EE-2001 output converter

Photomicrosensors
Appearance

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Output
type

Output
form

Through beam with
slot

3.6 W x 9 L mm slot

31.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm

NPN

Dark-ON

EE-SPX301

LightON

EE-SPX401

Horizontal
type

Diffuse reflective

5 mm

Dark-ON

EE-SPY301

LightON

EE-SPY401

Vertical type

Diffuse reflective

Dark-ON

EE-SPY302

LightON

EE-SPY402

5 mm

27.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm

27.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm

Connectors and Accessories
Description

Model

Solder connector

EE-1002

Connector with cable 1 m length

EE-1003

Connector hold-down clip for EE-1003

EE-1003A

NPN/PNP conversion connector, 0.46 length

EE-2001

E-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Model

EE-SPX-W2A	

B427

Slotted Photomicrosensors
Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors with
Open Collector Output
•	 Compact sensor for high-density mounting
•	 Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models
available
•	 Incorporating dust-proof slit
•	 Detects objects as small as 0.5 mm diameter
•	 Light-ON or Dark-ON output configurations
models available
•	 Optical axis monitoring with a Light-ON
indicator
•	 Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
•	 Pre-wired with 2 m cable

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance
Standard

Sensor
type
Through
beam
(slot)

Slot width/depth
3.6 mm W x 6.6
mm D

L-shaped,
left tab

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
29.2 x 25 x 7.4

29.2 x 15.5 x 13

Output form
Light-ON

Output
Type
NPN

Model
EE-SPX306-W2A

Dark-ON

EE-SPX406-W2A

Light-ON

EE-SPX302-W2A

Dark-ON

EE-SPX402-W2A

E
L-shaped,
right tab

T-shaped

21.2 x 15.5 x 13

5 mm W x 9 mm H

15.5 x 27.2 x 22.5

Light-ON

EE-SPX304-W2A

Dark-ON

EE-SPX404-W2A

Light-ON

EE-SPX305-W2A

Dark-ON

EE-SPX405-W2A

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-8

EE-SPX303N/EE-SPX403N	

B428

Slotted Photomicrosensors
Connector-Ready Wide Slot
Sensors
•	 Large slot width (13 mm W x 10 mm D)

•	 Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON
output configurations
•	 Powerful light modulation against external
light interference
•	 Easy adjustment and optical axis monitoring
with a Light-ON indicator
•	 Convert to PNP output with EE-2002
conversion connector

Wide Slot Photomicrosensors
Appearance

Sensor type
Through beam with
slot

Slot width/depth
13 mm W x 10 mm D

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
26 x 26 x 7.4

Output form
Light-ON

Output
Type
NPN

Dark-ON

Model
EE-SPX303N
EE-SPX403N

Connectors and Accessories
Appearance

Item

Description

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Solder connector

Connector makes selectable operation
sensors into Light-ON operation
sensors. Short-circuits L and positive
(+) terminals.

16.8 x 13.0 x 4.0

EE-1001

Connector with cable

2 m cable

11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3

EE-1006

Connector holder

For EE-1006

25.2 x 29.2 x 5.5

EE-1006A

Connector with cable

2 m cable

13.5 x 13.0 x 4.0

EE-1010

Connector with robotic cable
NPN/PNP conversion connector

E-9

Model

EE-1010R
16.2 x 11.8 x 5.3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

EE-2002

EE-SPY319/EE-SPY419	

B429

Reflective Photomicrosensors
Connector-Ready Reflective
Sensors
•	 Detect dark colored objects and targets in
front of mirror-like backgrounds
•	 Detect objects as small as 0.05 mm diameter
copper wire
•	 2 to 5 mm sensing distance
•	 Vertical and horizontal mounting models
available
•	 Easy to maintain, plugs into Connector
cordset EE-1006
•	 Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
•	 Easy operation monitoring with bright LED
indicator

Plug-in Reflective
Appearance
Horizontal

Vertical

Sensor type
Convergent
reflective

Slot width/depth
2-5 mm

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
29 x 26 x 8

Output form
Dark-ON

Output
type
NPN

Model
EE-SPY311

Light-ON

EE-SPY411

Dark-ON

EE-SPY312

Light-ON

EE-SPY412

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E

E-10

EE-SY671/EE-SY672	

B432

Reflective Photomicrosensors
Reflective Sensors with Sensitivity
Adjuster
•	 1 to 5 mm sensing distance
•	 Vertical and horizontal mounting models
available
•	 Light-ON/Dark-ON output wire selectable
•	 Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
•	 Easy operation monitoring with bright LED
indicator

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance
Horizontal

Vertical

E-11

Sensor type
Convergent
reflective

Sensing distance
1 to 5 mm

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
31.4 x 25.4 x 6.95

Output form
Light-ON/DarkON selectable

Output
type
NPN

31.2 x 25.4 x 6.95

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Model
EE-SY671

EE-SY672

EE-SPW311/EE-SPW411	

B434

Through-Beam Photomicrosensors
Long Distance Miniature Sensors
with Built-In Amplifier
•	 1 meter sensing distance with 5 mm diameter
minimum object size
•	 Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON
output configurations
•	 Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
•	 Easy operation monitoring with bright LED
indicator
•	 Cordsets with 2 m cable supplied for emitter
and receiver
•	 Convert to PNP output with EE-2002
conversion connector
•	 Extend cabling up to 10 m

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance

Sensor type
Through-beam

Sensing Distance
1m

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
33.2 x 25.4 x 8.6

Output form
Light-ON

Output
type
NPN

Dark-ON

Model
EE-SPW411
EE-SPW311

E

(Receiver shown)

Connector Cordsets (Cordsets Included with Sensor)
Appearance

Sensor type

Description

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

Horizontal

Emitter cordset

2 m cable, 2 conductors

29 x 26 x 8

EE-1006L

Vertical

Receiver cordset

2 m cable, 3 conductors

16.2 x 11.8 x 5.3

EE-1006D

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-12

EE-SPW321/EE-SPW421	

B435

Through-Beam Photomicrosensors
Miniature Sensing Heads with
In-Line Cable Amplifier
•	 30 cm sensing distance with 2 mm diameter
minimum object size
•	 Detect objects as small as 0.5 mm using slit
pairs supplied
•	 Operation indicators allow monitoring from
the amplifier housing or sensor head
•	 Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON
output configurations
•	 Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
•	 Slim amplifier (12 H x 7.5 W x 50 D mm) with
NPN output for easy handling and mounting
•	 Pre-wired with 2 m, 3-conductor cable for
simple wiring
•	 0.5 or 1 m sensing head-to-amplifier cable
lengths available

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance

Sensor type
Through-beam

Sensing
distance
30 cm

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable

Output form
Light-ON

Output
type
NPN

14 x 5.8 x 14, 1 m cable
14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable

Model
EE-SPW421
EE-SPW421A

Dark-ON

EE-SPW321

14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable

EE-SPW321A

Slit Sets
Reduce beam size to detect smaller objects more accurately by applying slits to the emitter and receiver. Two sizes included with the sensor.

Size of aperture

Sensing distance

Minimum object size

0.5 x 3 mm

10 cm

Opaque: 0.5 mm dia.

1 x 3 mm

20 cm

Opaque: 1 mm dia.

E-13

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

EE-SPX613	

B436

Special Application Photomicrosensors
Liquid Level Sensor with Built-In
Amplifier
•	 Detect liquid level in manufacturing processes
used in food & beverage and semiconductor
industries
•	 Fits 6-13 mm diameter transparent or
semi-transparent pipe with a wall thickness
of 1 mm
•	 Easy to install tie-wrap and rubber tube
provided to prevent slippage
•	 Incorporates a sensitivity selector, built-in
amplifier, and operation mode selector
•	 Built-in amplifier with NPN output saves
space and wiring effort
•	 Pre-wired with 1 m, talc-free cable, safe for
use in clean room equipment

Liquid Level Photomicrosensor
Appearance

Sensor type
Through-beam
(slot)

Sensing Distance
6-13 mm
diameter pipes,
as transparent
as FEP

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
16 x 26 x 19

Output form
Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Output
type
NPN

Model
EE-SPX613

E

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-14

EE-SPZ-A	

B438

Retro-reflective Photomicrosensors with Lens
Longer Sensing Distance,
Simpler to Align Than Diffuse
and Through-Beam Sensors
•	 Photomicrosensor with light modulation for
reduced external light interference
•	 Easy adjustment and optical axis monitoring
with a light indicator
•	 Wide operating voltage range: 5 to 24 VDC
•	 Supports connection with Programmable
Controllers (PLCs)
•	 Easy-to-wire connectors assure easy
maintenance

Photomicrosensors
Appearance

Sensor type
Retro-reflective type

Sensing
distance

Output type

Output form

Model

200 mm

NPN output

Dark-ON

EE-SPZ301-A

Light-ON

EE-SPZ401-A

Accessories (Order Separately)
Type

Cable length

Model

Remarks

Connector

—

EE-1002

—

Connector with cable

1m

EE-1003

—

NPN/PNP Conversion Connector

0.46 m (total length)

EE-2001

—

Connector Hold-Down Clip

—

EE-1003A

For EE-1003 only.

Reflector

—

E39-R1

—

E-15

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

EE-SA701/EE-SA801	

B439

Pushbutton-type Photomicrosensors
Pushbutton Actuator Accurately Detects
Presence of Difficult-to-Detect Objects
•	 Conforms to semiconductor standards to enable
accurate detection of FOUP cassettes without being
affected by the material, color, or reflectance of the
cassette bottoms. Thin design enables mounting in a
wider range of applications, e.g., on transfer arms
•	 Increased visibility with 4-direction indicator
•	 Optical detection of actuator operation provides a
long life (mechanical life: 5 million operations min.)
•	 Models with PNP or NPN output
•	 Models are available with very flexible robot cable

Pushbutton Type Photomicrosensor
Appearance

Sensor
distance

Sensing
method

Operation mode

0 to 3.5 mm
(pressed position)
(see note. 1)

Pushbutton

ON with no load

OFF with no load

Cable length

Model
NPN output

PNP output

1m

EE-SA801A 1M

EE-SA801R 1M

1m
(robot cable)

EE-SA801A-R 1M

EE-SA801R-R 1M

EE-SA701-R- 1M

EE-SA701P-R 1M

Note: 1. Distance from the top surface of the housing to the top of the actuator.

E

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-16

EE-SPY801/EE-SPY802	

B437

Special Application Photomicrosensors
Wafer Carrier Position Sensor
•	 Unique optical system enables stable
detection of almost all wafer-carriers
•	 Contact surfaces with the wafer carrier use a
special chemical-resistant fluororesin
•	 Set the mounting position using optional
pedestals
•	 Light modulation effectively reduces external
light interference
•	 Pre-wired with 2 m, talc-free cable, safe for
use in clean room equipment

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors
Appearance

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Diffuse
reflective

0-3 mm

Dimensions
H x W x D mm
15 x 32 x 30

Output form
Turns on
when a
wafer carrier
is present

Output
Type
NPN

Model
EE-SPY801

EE-SPY802

Pedestal
(no sensor
function)

—

15 x 32 x 30

Guides
carrier for
detection

—

EE9-C01

EE9-C02

Application
Mount sensors to detect the support rails along the bottom of
the wafer carrier.

Install a Sensor or Pedestal at each of the four corners indicated by a circle in the following diagram.

Points A and C
Points B and D

E-17

EE-SPY801 or EE9-C01
EE-SPY802 or EE9-C02

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Limit and Basic Switches
Contents
Selection Guide

F-ii

Limit Switches
WL/
WL-N

Robust single-pole/double
break switches

F-1

D4A-N

Heavy-duty SPDT and DPDT
switches, plug-in construction

F-2

D4C

Sealed, compact, slim pre-wired
limit switch

F-3

D4CC

Sealed, compact, slim limit
switch with connector

F-3

D4MC

Compact enclosed limit switch

F-4

D4E-N

Slim and compact enclosed limit
switch with a long life

F-4

SHL

Enclosed limit switch with coil
spring action

F-5

D5B

Tactile switches detect objects
from multiple directions

F-6

VB

Multiple plunger limit switch

F-6

ZE/ZV/ High-capacity switches,
ZV2
3 mounting styles

F-7

Basic Switches
Z

High precision basic switch

F-8

A

High capacity basic switch

F-9

X

Direct current basic switch

F-10

DZ

Basic switch with two
independent circuits

F-11

TZ

High temperature basic switch

F-11

F-i

F

Limit Switches

DOWNSIZE WITHOUT COMPROMISE
D4C – Compact, flat, high-performing switches
With only a width of 16 mm, these compact and flat switches let you meet the demand for
down-sizing without compromising on specifications. The reliable SPDT contact inside
can switch up to 5 A/250 VAC resistive load. A full range of actuators is available to meet
all your mechanical requirements.
•  Slim, compact body sizes
•  Wide range of actuators
•  Strong metal housing, triple sealed with IP67 rating
•  Pre-wired and quick-to-service connector models

Which type of switch is needed?

D4A-N

F-ii

General purpose

Miniature switch

What type of actuator?

What type of actuator?

Plunger, lever, spring

Plunger, lever

IP67

IP67

WL

WL-N

D4C

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D4CC

Enclosed switch

Multiple switch

Tactile switch

What type of actuator?

What type of actuator?

What type of actuator?

Plunger, lever

Plunger

Plunger, wobble-stick

IP67

IP67

IP67

VB

D5B

IP65

ZE/ZV/ZV2

D4E-_N

D4MC

SHL

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F

F-iii

Type

Two circuit
limit switch

Heavy duty
limit switch

Enclosed switch,
pre-wired

Enclosed switch,
connector

High-capacity
switch

Model

WL/WL-N

D4A-N

D4C

D4CC

ZE/ZV/ZV2

Degree of
protection

IEC

SPDT
DPDT
SPST-NC
Switch ratings (Resistive load)

Contact
type

Features

Selection criteria

Selection Table

IP67

IP67

IP67

IP65

4
–
–
•  10 A, 500 VAC
•  6 A, 30 VDC
•  0.8 A, 125
VDC
•  0.4 A, 250
VDC

4
4
–
•  10 A, 480 VAC
•  10 A, 14 VDC
•  6 A, 30 VDC
•  0.8 A, 125 VDC

4
–
–
•  5 A, 250 VAC
•  4 A, 30 VDC
•  0.4 A, 125 VDC
•  0.2 A, 250 VDC

4
–
–
•  1 A, 125 VAC
•  1 A, 30 VDC

4
–
–
•  15 A, 250 VAC
•  10 A, 480 VAC
•  10 A, 30 VDC
•  0.5 A, 125 VDC
•  0.25 A, 250
VDC

Microload type

4

–

4

–

–

Operation indicator
Adjustable rod lever

4

4

4

4

–

4

4

–

–

–

4
–
4
4
4
4
–
–
4
4

4
–
–
4
–
4
–
–
4
4

–
–
4
–
4
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
4
–
4
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–

4

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
–
–
4
4
4
4
–
–
–

–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
4
4
–
–
–

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
4
4
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Adjustable roller lever
Bevel plunger
Center roller lever
Coil spring
Cross roller plunger
Fork lever lock
Hinge lever
Hinge roller lever
Horizontal roller plunger
Horizontal ball plunger
One-way action hinge
roller lever
Panel mount plunger
Actuators

IP67

Panel mount pin plunger
Panel mount roller plunger
Panel mount cross
roller plunger
Pin plunger
Plastic rod
Roller lever
Roller plunger
Sealed cross roller plunger
Sealed plunger
Sealed roller plunger
Short hinge lever
Short hinge roller lever
Side plunger
Side roller plunger
Top ball plunger
Top plunger
Hemispherical ball
Cone plunger
Wire plunger

–	 No/not available 	

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

F-iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Type

Small sealed
switch

Enclosed switch

Coil spring
action switch

Multiple plunger
switch

Tactile switch

Model

D4E-_N

D4MC

SHL

VB

D5B

Degree of
protection

IEC

SPDT
DPDT
SPST-NC
Switch ratings (Resistive load)

Actuators

IP67

IP67

IP67

IP67

4
–
–
•  5 A, 250 VAC
•  5 A, 30 VDC
•  0.5 A, 125 VDC
•  0.25 A, 250
VDC

4
–
–
•  10 A, 250 VAC
•  2 A, 480 VAC
•  10 A, 14 VDC
•  0.4 A, 125 VDC
•  0.2 A, 250 VDC

4
4 (Up to 6PDT)
10 A, 250 VAC
0.6 A, 125 VDC
•  0.3 A, 250 VDC

–
–
4
•  1 mA, 5 VDC
•  30 mA,
30 VDC

4

Microload type

4

Operation indicator
Adjustable rod lever

4

–

4

4
–

4
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
4
–
–
4
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–

–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

4

–

4

–

–

4

4

4

4

4

4

–
–
–

–
–
–

4

4

4

–

–

–
–
4
4
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
4

–
–
4

–
–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
4

Adjustable roller lever
Bevel plunger
Center roller lever
Coil spring
Cross roller plunger
Fork lever lock
Hinge lever
Hinge roller lever
Horizontal roller plunger
Horizontal ball plunger
One-way action hinge
roller lever
Panel mount plunger
Panel mount pin plunger
Panel mount roller plunger
Panel mount cross
roller plunger
Pin plunger
Plastic rod
Roller lever
Roller plunger
Sealed cross roller plunger
Sealed plunger
Sealed roller plunger
Short hinge lever
Short hinge roller lever
Side plunger
Side roller plunger
Top ball plunger
Top plunger
Hemispherical ball
Cone plunger
Wire plunger

4	 Standard	

IP67

4
–
–
•  10 A, 250 VAC
•  3 A, 480 VAC
•  10 A, 14 VDC
•  6 A, 30 VDC
•  0.5 A, 125 VDC
•  0.25 A, 250 VDC
–

Contact
type

Features

Selection criteria

Limit Switches

8	 Available	

•  
•  

F

–	 No/not available 	

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-v

Basic Switches

GLOBAL STANDARD BASIC SWITCHES
Wide range offering the most standard basic switches
High precision and wide variety of styles meet wide range of applications.
•  Long life, high-accuracy and high quality
•  A large switching capacity of 15 A with high repeat accuracy
•  Micro load models available
•  Molded terminal-type models available

Which type of switch is needed?

High precision

High capacity

Direct current switch

High temperature

Two independent circuits

Maximum load rating

Maximum load rating

Maximum load rating

Maximum load rating

Maximum load rating

15A @ 250VAC

20A @ 250VAC

10A @ 125VDC/AC

1A @ 250VAC

10A @ 250VAC

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

Z

A

X

TZ

DZ

F-vi

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Actuators

Type

High precision
switch

High capacity
switch

Direct Current
switch

High-temperature switch

Two independent
circuits

Model

Z-15G

A-20G

X-10G

TZ-1G

DZ-10G

SPDT

4

4

4

4

–

DPDT

–

–

–

–

4

Switch ratings (Resistive load)

•  

15A @ 250VAC
6A @ 30VDC
•  0.5A @ 125VDC

•  

20A @ 250VAC
6A @ 30VDC
•  0.5A @ 125VDC

•  
•  

1A @ 250VAC
1A @ 30VDC

•  

•  

10A @ 125VDC/AC
3A @ 250VDC/AC

•  

•  

•  

•  

1 million

•  

100,000

•  

100,000

50,000

Contact
type

Service Life

Specifications

Selection Table

Mechanical (cycles)

•  

20 million

•  

Electrical (cycles)

•  

500,000

•  

Pin plunger

4

Slim spring plunger
Short spring plunger
Panel mount plunger
Panel mount roller plunger
Panel mount cross roller
plunger
Leaf spring lever
Roller leaf spring lever
Short hinge lever
Hinge lever
Low-force hinge lever
Low-force wire hinge lever
Short hinge roller lever

8
8
4
4

Short hinge cross roller lever
Hinge roller lever
Hinge cross roller lever
One-way short hinge roller
lever
Reverse hinge lever
Reverse short hinge roller
lever
Reverse hinge roller lever

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

10A @ 250VAC
0.5A @ 125VDC

1 million

•  

1 million

500,000

•  

•  

•  

4

4

4

4

–
8
4
4

8
8
4
4

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

8

8

8

–

–

8
8
8
4
8
8
4
8
8
8

–
–
8
4
–
–

8
–
8
4
8
–

–
–
–
4
–
–

–
–
–
4
–
–

8
–
4
–

4
–
8
–

4
–
4
–

4
–
4
–

8

–

–

–

–

8

–

8

–

–

8

–

8

–

–

8

–

8

–

–

500,000

F

–	 No/not available 	

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-vii

WL/WL-N	 General-Purpose Limit Switches

L822

Robust Single-Pole/Double Break
Switches with Built-In Actuators
•	 Rugged die-cast aluminum housing with
high mechanical strength
•	 Rated IP67 with waterproof, oil-tight and
dust-proof construction
•	 Easy to install and maintain
•	 Wide range of actuators:
•	 Roller levers: Short, medium, long; flush
mounting; flange mounting
•	 Adjustable levers: Roller lever, rod lever
•	 Fork roller levers
•	 Plungers: Plain top, top roller, top ball,
plain side, side roller, side ball
•	 Wobble levers: Steel wire, nylon rod,
coil spring
•	 Wide variety of standard, high-precision
and overtravel models
•	 LED or neon lamp status indicator models
available

Specifications
•	 Load rating: 10 A max. at 125 VAC,
NEMA A600
•	 Contact configuration: SPDT double break
•	 Mechanical life: 15 million operations
•	 High temperature, low temperature,
corrosion proof, hermetic, anti-coolant,
spatter resistant types available
Type

•	 Micro-load and “Long-Life” types
available
•	 Class 1 protection against electric shock
•	 Connection: 1/2-14 NPT conduit entrance,
terminal screw connections
•	 Enclosure rating: IP67; NEMA 3, 4, and 13

Basic

High sensitivity overtravel

90-degree

High-precision overtravel

Features

•	Used with roller
levers

•	Operation is highly
sensitive with only 10°
pretravel
•	Overtravel is large,
making setting the dog
easier
•	Mounting is compatible
with basic models

•	Overtravel is large,
•	making setting the dog
easier
•	Mounting is compatible
with basic models

•	Repeat accuracy is twice
that of basic models
•	Operation is highly sensitive
with only 5° pretravel
•	Ideal for positioning, e.g.,
with machine tools

One-way
operation

Possible

Not possible

Not possible

Not possible

Head mounting

Any of 4
directions

Any of 4 directions

Any of 4 directions

Any of 4 directions

Action

F-1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D4A-N	 General-Purpose Limit Switches

L823

Heavy-Duty SPDT and DPDT
Switches with Plug-In
Construction
•	 Oil-tight, watertight construction with
double seal on the head, a complete
gasket cover
•	 Plug-in construction reduces downtime
for maintenance
•	 Convenient front mounting simplifies
installation
•	 User-selectable operating direction for
side rotary switches—CW, CCW, or both
•	 Position and lock the operating head at
any of four 90° positions
•	 Wide operating temperature range:
-40° to 100° C (side rotary)
•	 Side rotary switches accept a wide
selection of levers
•	 DPDT, double-break models available for
sequential operation and center neutral
switching

Specifications
•	 Load rating: SPDT double break:
10 A max. at 125 VAC, NEMA A600
•	 DPDT double break: 5 A max.
at 125 VAC, NEMA B600
•	 Mechanical life:
•	 SPDT double break: 50 million
operations
•	 DPDT double break: 30 million
operations
•	 Connection: 1/2-14 NPT conduit entrance,
terminal screw connections

•	 Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4, 4X,
6P, 12 and 13
•	 Class I protection against electrical shock
•	 Wide range of actuators:
•	 Roller lever: Standard, high-sensitivity,
low torque, maintained, sequential
operation, center neutral operation
•	 Adjustable lever: Side plunger, top
plunger
•	 Wobble lever: Spring wire, plastic rod,
cat whisker, coil spring

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-2

F

D4C Enclosed Limit Switches

L824

Sealed, Compact, Slim Pre-Wired
Limit Switch
•	 Rugged die-cast aluminum housing
•	 Rated IP67; triple-sealed construction
•	 Designed for easy gang mounting
•	 Standard cable offers high flexibility,
outstanding oil and extreme temperature
resistance
•	 Wide range of actuators:

Specifications
•	 Load rating: SPDT: 5 A max.
at 250 VAC, NEMA B300
•	 Micro load versions available
•	 Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4 and 13
•	 Weather-resistant models available

D4CC Enclosed Limit Switches
Sealed, Compact, Slim Limit
Switch with Connector
•	 Center roller lever models enable ganged
mounting of up to 6 switches
•	 M12 4-pin connector reduces installation
and maintenance time
•	 Rated IP67; triple-sealed construction for
plungers provides oil-tight and watertight protection
•	 AC and DC switching models
•	 Wide range of actuators

Specifications
•	 Load rating: SPDT, 1 A max. at
125 VAC, NEMA D150 or 1 A max. at
30 VDC
•	 Connection: M12 single keyway 4-pin connector
•	 Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4 and 13

F-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L825

D4MC	 Limit Switches

L827

Compact Enclosed Limit Switch
•	 Suitable for applications demanding
higher mechanical strength, dustproof and
drip-proof properties
•	 Rated IP67; gasket diaphragm seal provides
high environmental resistance
•	 High-precision and long life (10,000,000
mechanical operations)
•	 Wide range of actuators:
•	 Panel mount plunger, roller plunger, cross
roller plunger
•	 Short and standard hinge lever
•	 Standard, short and one-way action short
hinge roller lever
•	 Screw terminals or pre-wired with 1 m cable

Specifications
•	 Control output: SPDT (form C),
rated 10 A max. at 125 VAC (inductive load)
•	 NEMA A300 rated

•	 Dimensions: 44.8 H x 21.7 W x 50 D mm
(switch body with boot)

D4E-N	Limit Switches

L828

Slim and Compact Enclosed Limit
Switch with a Long Life
•	 Ideal for gang mounting
•	 Rated IP67; NEMA 3, 4 and 13
•	 Long service life (10,000,000 mechanical
operations)
•	 Wide range of actuators:
•	 Plunger, roller plunger, cross roller
plunger
•	 Sealed plunger, roller plunger, cross
roller plunger
•	 Standard and one-way action roller lever
•	 Screw terminals, connector or pre-wired
with 1 m cable models
•	 Micro-load types available

F

Specifications
•	 Control output: SPDT (form C),
rated 5 A max. at 125 VAC (inductive load)

•	 NEMA A300 rated
•	 Dimensions: 32.9 H x 18 W x 43 D mm
(switch body)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-4

SHL	

Limit Switches

L829

Enclosed Limit Switch with Coil
Spring Action
•	 Coil spring mechanism extends life
of the switch
•	 Rated IP67; rigid zinc die-cast alloy
housing
•	 Long service life (10,000,000 mechanical
operations)
•	 Wide range of actuators:
•	 Plunger panel mount plunger, roller
plunger, cross roller plunger
•	 Standard and short hinge lever
•	 Standard and short hinge roller lever
•	 One-way action standard and short
hinge roller lever
•	 Screw terminals or pre-wired with
cable models
•	 Molded terminal and indicator
models available

Specifications
•	 Control output: SPDT (form C),
rated 10 A max. at 250 VAC
(resistive load)
•	 Microload types rated 0.1 A at 125 VAC/
30 VDC (resistive load)

F-5

•	 UL & NEMA A300 rated
•	 Dimensions: 32.9 H x 17.5 W x 45.6 D mm
(switch body)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D5B Limit Switches

L833

Tactile Switches Detect Objects
from Multiple Directions
•	 Detects object contact and operates even
with a slight force
•	 Gold-plated contacts provide high contact
reliability
•	 Switches micro current/voltage loads
•	 Long service life (10 million mechanical
operations)
•	 Rated IP67 for resistance to dust, fine
particles and water or oil splash
•	 Three sizes (M10, M8, and M5) to match
total travel and operating force requirements
•	 Three actuator types: hemispheric, coneshaped, and wobble-stick type
•	 Pre-wired with 1, 3 or 5 m cable

Specifications
•	 Control output: Normally closed;
1 mA at 5 VDC to 30 mA max. at 30 VDC
(resistive load)
•	 Dimensions: M5 x 24.5 L mm (hemispheric);
27 L mm (cone-shaped); 64.1 L mm
(wobble stick)

•	 M8 x 28 L mm (hemispheric);
32.5 L mm (cone-shaped);
92.8 L mm (wobble stick)
•	 M10 x 33.3 L mm (hemispheric);
39.3 L mm (cone-shaped)
•	 111.1 L mm (wobble stick)

VB Limit Switches

L832

Multiple Plunger Limit Switch
•	 Multiple plunger switches are ideal for
machine tools and sequential control
•	 Robust solution offers 2 to 6 switches
in one enclosure
•	 Easy to install and service; switch box has
an oil drain
•	 Rated IP67; rugged die-cast aluminum
housing
•	 Ground terminal models have EN/IEC
approval (CE marking)
•	 Long service life (5,000,000 mechanical
operations)
•	 Roller plunger or bevel plunger actuators
•	 G1/2 conduit entrance; screw terminals

Specifications
•	 Control output: SPDT (form C), rated 10 A
max. at 125 VAC (resistive load)
•	 Microload types rated @ 0.1 A

F

•	 Dimensions: 68 H x 85 W x 58 D mm
(2 switch model)
•	 106 D mm (6 switch model)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-6

ZE/ZV/ZV2	Limit Switches

L826

High-Capacity Switches
•	 Large 15 A, 125 VAC switching capacity
and long service life
•	 Wide range of actuators:
•	 Plunger: Pin, roller, cross roller
•	 Roller arm lever: Standard and sealed
•	 Sealed plunger: Pin, roller, cross roller
•	 Rugged die-cast aluminum housing
•	 Sealed switches rated IP65 (Z9-N)
•	 Three mounting styles available:
•	 Side mounting (ZE)
•	 Diagonal side mounting (ZV2) is ideal for
gang mounting several switches
•	 Flanged base mounting (ZV)

Specifications
•	 Load rating: SPDT, 15 A max. at
125 VAC, NEMA B300 or 1 A max.
at 30 VDC
•	 Mechanical life: 10 million operations

F-7

•	 Connection: Screw terminals on
internal switch face forward when
the cover is opened
•	 Enclosure rating: IP65 (ZE-N); IP60
(ZE-Q)
•	 Micro load version available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z Series	 General-Purpose Basic Switches

L862

Best-selling Basic Switch Boasting
High Precision and Wide Variety
•	 Long life with high-accuracy and high
quality
•	 A large switching capacity of 15 A with
high repeat accuracy
•	 A wide range of variations in contact
form available: basic, split-contact, and
maintained-contact
•	 Micro load models available
•	 Molded terminal-type models incorporate
a finger protection safety terminal cover

Specifications

•	 Electrical operating frequency:
20 operations/minute maximum
•	 Electrical service life: 500,000
operations minimum

•	 Switch rating: 15 A, 250 VAC	
•	 Contact form: SPDT
•	 Ambient operating temperature:
-25ºC to +80ºC (with no icing)	
•	 Ambient operating humidity:
35%RH to 85%RH

Ordering Information
Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact
form

Mounting
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

30 X 49.2 X 17.45

15 A, 250 VAC
10 A, 500 VAC
0.5 A, 125 VDC
0.25 A, 250 VDC

SPDT

4.2 mm

Screw terminal
Size : M4

Z-15G-B

Screw terminal
Size : #6-32NC

Z-15G-B7-K

Screw terminal
Size : M4

Z-15GQ-B

Panel mount plunger

48.3 X 49.2 X 17.45

Panel mount roller plunger 62.3 X 49.2 X 17.45

Z-15GQ22-B

Hinge lever

38 X 49.2 X 17.45

Z-15GW-B

Short hinge roller lever

42.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

Z-15GW22-B

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F

F-8

A Series	 General-Purpose Basic Switches

L863

High-capacity Switch Handles 20 A
Loads with Large Inrush Currents
•	 Long life with high-accuracy and high
quality
•	 Directly switches loads such as motors,
halogen lamps and solenoids
•	 Same shape as Omron snap action switch
model Z except pin plunger position, yet
endures inrush currents as large as 75 A

Specifications
•	 S
	 witch Rating: 20 A, 250 VAC	
•	 Contact form: SPDT
•	 Ambient operating temperature:
-25°C to +80°C (with no icing)	
•	 Ambient operating humidity:
35%RH to 85%RH

•	 Electrical operating frequency: 20
operations/minute maximum
•	 Electrical service life: 500,000
operations minimum

Ordering Information
Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact
form

Mounting
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

30 X 49.2 X 17.45

20 A, 250 VAC
15 A, 500 VAC
0.5 A, 125 VDC
0.25 A, 250 VDC

SPDT

4.2 mm

Screw terminal
Size : M4

A-20G-B

3.56 mm

Screw terminal
Size : #6-32NC

A-20G-B7-K

4.2 mm

Screw terminal
Size : M4

A-20GQ-B

Panel mount plunger

48.3 X 49.2 X 17.45

Panel mount roller plunger 62.3 X 49.2 X 17.45

A-20GQ22-B

Hinge lever

49 X 49.2 X 17.45

A-20GV-B

Hinge roller lever

57 X 49.2 X 17.45

A-20GV2-B

F-9

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X Series	 General-Purpose Basic Switches

L864

Direct Current Switch with Built-in
Magnetic Blowout
•	 Can be used for either load rating of DC or
AC for wide variety of applications
•	 Incorporates a small permanent magnet in
the contact mechanism to deflect the arc
to effectively extinguish it
•	 Ideal for switching DC circuits
•	 Wide variety of actuators for a wide scope
of applications
•	 Same shape and mounting procedures as
Omron’s Model Z snap action switches.

Specifications
•	 Electrical operating frequency: 20
operations/minute maximum
•	 Electrical service life: 100,000
operations minimum

•	 Switch Rating: 10 A, 125 VAC	
•	 Contact form: SPDT
•	 Ambient operating temperature:
-25°C to +80°C (with no icing)	
•	 Ambient operating humidity:
35%RH to 85%RH

Ordering Information
Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact
form

Mounting
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

30 X 49.2 X 17.45

4.2

Screw terminal
Size : M4

X-10G-B

54 X 49.2 X 17.45

10 A, 125 VDC/AC
3 A, 250 VDC/AC

SPDT

Panel mount plunger

X-10GQ-B

Panel mount roller plunger 65 X 49.2 X 17.45

X-10GQ22-B

Hinge lever

49 X 49.2 X 17.45

X-10GW-B

Short hinge roller lever

52 X 49.2 X 17.45

X-10GW22-B

F

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-10

DZ Series General-Purpose Basic Switches

L866

DPDT Basic Switch for Two
Independent Circuit Control
•	 Compact DPDT contacts for size restricted
applications
•	 Incorporates two completely independent
built-in switches
•	 Ideal for switching the circuits operating on
two different voltages, and for controlling
two independent circuits

Specifications
•	 Ambient operating temperature: -25°C to +80°C (with no icing)	
•	 Electrical service life: 500,000 operations minimum

Ordering Information
Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact
form

Mounting
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

25.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

4.2 mm

Screw terminal
Size : M3

DZ-10G-1B

41.6 X 49.2 X 17.45

Hinge lever

54.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

10 A, 250 VAC
10 A, 30 VDC
0.5 A, 125 VDC
0.25 A, 250 VDC

DPDT

Hinge roller lever
Short hinge roller lever

47.9 X 49.2 X 17.45

DZ-10GV2-1B
DZ-10GW-1B
DZ-10GW22-1B

TZ Series	General-Purpose Basic Switches

L865

High-temperature Basic Switch for
Extreme Applications
•	 Stable operation at an ambient
temperature of 400°C
•	 Carefully chosen materials ensure
high contact reliability at high ambient
temperature

Specifications
•	 Ambient operating temperature: -65°C to +400°C (with no icing)	
•	 Electrical service life: 50,000 operations minimum

Ordering Information
Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact
form

Mounting
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

25.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

3.56 mm

Screw terminal
Size : M3.5

TZ-1G

54.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

Short hinge roller lever

47.9 X 49.2 X 17.45

1 A, 250 VAC
1 A, 30 VDC
0.4 A, 125 VDC

SPDT

Hinge lever
Hinge roller lever

49 X 49.2 X 17.45

F-11

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

TZ-1GV
TZ-1GV22
TZ-1GV2

Measurement Sensors
Contents
Selection Guide

G-ii

Laser Displacement
ZX1

CMOS laser displacement
sensors with built-in amplifier,
long distance models

G-1

ZX2

CMOS laser displacement
sensors for stable
measurement

G-2

ZX-L-N

Laser measurement sensors,
smart amplifier

G-3

ZS-L

Scalable precision laser
measurement sensor

G-4

ZS-HL

Scalable high-precision
and long distance
measurement sensor

G-5

Inductive Displacement
ZX-E

Inductive displacement
sensors, smart amplifier

G-6

Contact Displacement
ZX-T

Contact displacement
sensors, smart amplifier

G-7

Confocal Displacement
ZW

Confocal fiber displacement
sensor

G-8

Width-Measuring
ZX-GT

Wide laser measurement
sensors, smart amplifier

G-9

Laser 2D Profile
ZG2

2D measurement sensor

G-10

G

G-i

Measurement Sensors

HIGH-PRECISION QUALITY INSPECTION
Zero defect becomes reality–scalable accuracy in inspection
The Smart displacement sensor family offers a modular and scalable approach to solve
the most challenging measurement tasks. This powerful portfolio enables you to measure
profiles, thickness, distance, evenness/warpage, as well as width, edge, and more. Several
measurement profiles can be performed simultaneously, using a single- or multi-controller
unit. Aided by Omron’s advanced technologies, the highest accuracy over long distances,
speed and reliability will be achieved.
•  Accurate and fast – models available with 0.25 μm at less than 110 μs sampling time
•  Scalable – multi-controller connectivity allows coordinate measurement with
multiple points
•  Smart – data storage and remote control via networking capabilities

Displacement sensors

Laser
triangulation

Confocal Type

All surfaces
including
glass, shiny,
mirror and
black matte
surfaces

ZW

G-ii

All surfaces including glass, shiny,
mirror and black matte surfaces

General
surfaces

Long distance,
multitask type

Standard

Long distance,
built-in amplifier

Standard, IP67
sensing heads

ZS-HL

ZS-L

ZX1

ZX2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

ZX-L-N

Measurement sensors

Contact

Inductive

On/Off

E3NC

ZX-E

2D Profile

Analog

On/Off

ZX-T

E9NC

Position/
Diameter/Width

ZG2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

ZX-GT

G

G-iii

Selection Table
1D Smart laser measuring sensors

ZS-HL
10 ±0.5 mm
1500 ±500 mm
–
–
0.25 μm
–
0.05%
110 μs


IP64/IP67
IP40
0 to 50°C
9




–

–
–
–
–





–







ZS-L
20 ±1 mm
350±135 mm
–
–
0.25 µm
–
±0.1%
110 µs


IP66 (0.5 m); IP67 (2 m)
IP40
0 to 50 C°
9




–

–
–
–
–




–
–







ZX-L-N
30 ±2 mm
300 ±200 mm
–
–
0.25 μm
–
0.2%
150 μs


IP50
IP40
0 to 50°C
5




–
–
–
–
–
–







–
–

–

ZW
2 ±1 mm
40 +/- 6 mm
40 μm
80 μm
0.25 μm
–
Note 1
500 μs

–
IP40
IP20
0 to 50°C
1

–

–
–

–
–
–
–





















21.6 to 26.4 VDC

21.6 to 26.4 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

21.6 to 26.4 VDC

4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 VDC
Judgement output High/Pass/Low


–






-10 to +10 V







Trigger









RS-232C









USB 2.0





–

–

Ethernet

–

–

–



Application

Features

Selection criteria

Model
Measurement range Z Min.
Max.
Spot diameter Min.
Max
Resolution
Resolution X
Linearity (±% of full scale)
Response time
Spot beam
Line beam
IP-rating head
IP-rating controller
Ambient operating temperature
Number of connectable sensors
Thickness measurement
Eccentricity
Height
Step
Profile
Distance
Evenness
Warpage
Edge
Width
Peak
Peak to peak
Bottom
Self-trigger
Calibration
Signal scaling
PC-software
Mirror
Glass
Metal
Plastic
Black rubber

VDC

Communication

Control I/O

Supply
voltage

Paper

	Standard	

	Available	



–	 No/not available

Note1: See lens specifications

G-iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com



Measurement Sensors
1D Smart laser
measuring sensors

Inductive
measuring sensors

Contact
measuring sensors

ZX1
50 ±10 mm
600+/-400 mm
0.17 mm
0.56 mm
2 to 80 μm
–
0.15 to 0.5% F.S.
1 ms


IP67
–
-10 to +55°C
1
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–



–

–
–







ZX2
48 ±5 mm
100±35 mm
60 μm
110 μm
1.5 μm - 5 μm
–
±0.05 to 0.1% F.S.
30 μs


IP67
IP40
0 to +50°C
5
n
n
n
n
–
n
n
n
–
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
–
n
n
n
n
n
n

ZX-E
0.5 mm
7 mm
–
–
1 μm
–
0.5%
150 μs
–
–
IP67
IP40
0 to 50°C
5




–



–
–







–
–

–
–
–

ZX-T
1 mm
10 mm
–
–
0.1 μm
–
0.3%
1 ms
–
–
IP67
IP40
0 to 50°C
7




–



–
–




–







–

10 to 30 VDC

10 to 30 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 VDC
Judgement output High/Pass/Low


–


n
n and ±5 V
n









Trigger



n





RS-232C

–

–





USB 2.0

–

–

–

–

Model

Features

Selection criteria

Measurement range Z Min.
Max.
Spot diameter Min.
Max
Resolution
Resolution X
Linearity (±% of full scale)
Response time
Spot beam
Line beam
IP-rating head
IP-rating controller
Ambient operating temperature
Number of connectable sensors
Thickness measurement
Eccentricity
Height
Step
Profile
Distance
Evenness
Warpage
Edge
Width
Peak
Peak to peak
Bottom
Self-trigger
Calibration
Signal scaling
PC-software
Mirror
Glass
Metal
Plastic
Black rubber
Paper

Application
CommuSupply
Control I/O
nication
voltage

1D Smart laser
measuring sensors

VDC

	Standard	

	Available	
* For unit specifics see data sheets.

G

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-v

Measurement Sensors
Profile measuring
sensor

Selection criteria
Features
Application
CommuSupply
Control I/O
nication
voltage

21.6 to 26.4 VDC

24 VDC


-10 to +10 V






Trigger





RS-232C





USB 2.0



–

VDC
4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 VDC
Judgement output High/Pass/Low

	Standard	

	Available	
* For unit specifics see data sheets.

G-vi


–
–
–






–








ZX-GT
–
28 mm
–
–
10 μm
–
0.1%
0.5 ms
–

IP40
IP40
0 to 50°C
5



–
–
–
–
–






–









Model
Measurement range Z Min.
Max.
Spot diameter Min.
Max
Resolution
Resolution X
Linearity (±% of full scale)
Response time
Spot beam
Line beam
IP-rating head
IP-rating controller
Ambient operating temperature
Number of connectable sensors
Thickness measurement
Eccentricity
Height
Step
Profile
Distance
Evenness
Warpage
Edge
Width
Peak
Peak to peak
Bottom
Self-trigger
Calibration
Signal scaling
PC-software
Mirror
Glass
Metal
Plastic
Black rubber
Paper

ZG2
22.3 ±0.5 mm
210 ±48 mm
3 mm
70 mm
0.25 μm
* 631 pixels
0.5%
5 ms
–

IP66/67
IP20
0 to 50°C
1





Smart laser
micrometer



–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

ZX1	Measurement Sensors

C437

CMOS Laser Displacement Sensor
with Built-in Amplifier
Smart sensor for simple measurements that
do not require additional equipment
for configuration. All-in-one laser
now provides ease of use and stable
measurements for any type of work piece.
Different sensing distance ranges provide a
solution for every application.
•	 Amplifier setup built into laser sensor
•	 Long distance model up to 1,000 mm
•	 Pre-wired connector version allows
extension up to 20 m
•	 IP67 heads and Robotic cables

Ordering Information
Shape

Spot diameter

Connection
method

0.17 mm

Pre-wired

0.33 mm

Cable
length

PNP output model

2m

ZX1-LD50A61 2M

ZX1-LD50A81 2M

ZX1-LD50A61 5M

ZX1-LD50A81 5M

ZX1-LD50A66 0.5M

ZX1-LD50A86 0.5M

ZX1-LD100A61 2M

ZX1-LD100A81 2M

ZX1-LD100A61 5M

ZX1-LD100A81 5M

ZX1-LD100A66 0.5M

ZX1-LD100A86 0.5M

ZX1-LD300A61 2M

ZX1-LD300A81 2M

Pre-wired
connector

0.5 m

Pre-wired

2m

Pre-wired
connector

0.5 m

Pre-wired

2m

Pre-wired
connector

0.5 m

Pre-wired

2m

Pre-wired
connector

0.5 m

50 ± 10 mm
40 60

100 ± 35 mm
65

5m

0.56 mm

NPN output model

5m

5m

0.52 mm

Sensing distance

5m

135

300 ± 150 mm
150

450

600 ± 400 mm
200

1,000

ZX1-LD300A61 5M

ZX1-LD300A81 5M

ZX1-LD300A66 0.5M

ZX1-LD300A86 0.5M

ZX1-LD600A61 2M

ZX1-LD600A81 2M

ZX1-LD600A61 5M

ZX1-LD600A81 5M

ZX1-LD600A66 0.5M

ZX1-LD600A86 0.5M

Extension Cables
Order extension cables for Pre-wired Connector Models only.
Cable length

Model

10 m

ZX0-XC10R

20 m

ZX0-XC20R

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G

G-1

ZX2	 Measurement Sensors

C436

CMOS Laser Displacement Sensor
This next generation smart sensor provides
stable measurements with ease of use.
Achieve accurate measurements for distance
and thickness calculations even with product
in motion. The CMOS sensor provides
repeatable measurements for any color or
surface condition.
•	 11 Segment display for easy configuration
•	 World’s smallest CMOS head with laser
life display
•	 4 bank function for easy setup changeover
•	 IP67 heads and robotic cables

Ordering Information
Sensor Heads
Appearance

Optical system

Beam shape

Diffuse reflective

Line beam

Sensing distance

50±10mm

Spot beam

40

Line beam

Regular reflective

65

Spot beam

ZX2-LD50
ZX2-LD50L

5 µm

ZX2-LD100
ZX2-LD100L

135

48±5mm
43

Model

1.5 µm

60

100±35mm

Spot beam

Resolution

1.5 µm

ZX2-LD50V

53

Amplifiers
Description

Power supply

Analog output
(Switch selectable)

Discrimination output function

Output type

Model

Amplifier with
2 m cable

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, 1 to
5 VDC, ±5 VDC

High, Pass, Low

NPN

ZX2-LDA11 2M

PNP

ZX2-LDA41 2M

Sensor Head Extension Cables
Length

Model

1m

ZX2-XC1R

4m

ZX2-XC4R

9m

ZX2-XC9R

20 m

ZX2-XC20R

Calculating Unit
Appearance

Model
ZX2-CAL

Mounting Brackets
Contents

Applicable sensor heads

Model

Mounting bracket: 1

ZX2-LD50V, ZX2-LD50L, ZX-LD50

E39-L178

Nut plate: 1
Phillips screws (M3x30): 2

ZX-LD100L, ZX-LD100

E39-L179

G-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

ZX-L-N	 Measurement Sensors

C426

Smart, Fast Laser
Measurement Sensor
Smart ZX-L offers simple setup and measurement
for applications where high resolution and fast
response time are required. A wide range of
interchangeable sensor heads provides great
flexibility in solving demanding applications.
•	 Small and light sensor heads for easy
integration
•	 High-speed response time of 150 μs
•	 Easy sensor head replacement
•	 Scalability through a modular platform concept

Ordering Information
Reflective Sensing Heads
Sensing method

Sensing distance

Beam shape

Resolution

Dimensions
(H x W x D mm)

Model

Diffuse reflective

40 ±10 mm

Spot, 50 mm dia.

2 μm

39 x 33 x 17

ZX-LD40

100 ±40 mm

Spot, 100 mm dia.

16 μm

ZX-LD100

300 ±200 mm

Spot, 300 mm dia.

300 μm

ZX-LD300

40 ±10 mm

Line, 75 μm x 2 mm

2 μm

ZX-LD40L

100 ±40 mm

Line, 150 μm x 2 mm

16 μm

ZX-LD100L

300 ±200 mm

Line, 450 μm x 2 mm

300 μm

30 ±2 mm

Spot, 75 mm dia.

0.25 μm

Regular reflective

ZX-LD300L
45 x 55 x 25

ZX-LD30V

Line, 100 μm x 1.8 mm

ZX-LD30VL

Through-beam Sensing Heads
Sensing
method

Sensing distance

Measuring width

Resolution

Dimensions
(H x W x D mm)

Model

Through-beam

0 to 2000 mm

1 mm dia.

4 μm

15 x 15 x 34 emitter;
15 x 15 x 19 receiver

ZX-LT001

0 to 500 mm

5 mm dia

20 x 20 x 42 emitter;
20 x 20 x 25 receiver

ZX-LT005

20 x 64 x 68 emitter;
20 x 64 x 58 receiver

ZX-LT010

10 mm dia.
30 mm dia.

12 μm

ZX-LT030

Amplifiers
Description

Power supply

Analog output (Switch selectable)

Discrimination
output function

Output type

Model

Amplifier with
2 m cable

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC,
0 to 5 VDC, ±4 VDC, ±5 VDC

High, Pass, Low

NPN

ZX-LDA11N 2M

PNP

ZX-LDA41N 2M

G

Accessories
Please refer to data sheet for Attachments, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-3

ZS-L	 Measurement Sensors

C424

Scalable Precision Laser
Measurement Sensor
Smart ZS-L sensor offers high-precision,
high-speed and high-sensitivity inspections
and detects nearly all surfaces.
•	 Sensitive enough to measure thickness of
coating or sealer on glass
•	 High resolution of 0.25 μm
•	 Fast response time of 110 μs for accurate
measurements of moving work pieces
•	 Sensor head with 2D-CMOS technology
delivers high dynamic sensing range to
measure black rubber, plastic, shiny glass
and mirror surfaces

Ordering Information
Sensing Heads
Sensing
method

Measurement
center distance

Diffuse
reflective

50 mm
80 mm

Beam type

Beam diameter

±5 mm

50 - Line

900 x 60 μm

±15 mm

50S - Spot

50 μm

50 mm +/-5 mm

80 - Line

900 x 60 μm

Resolution*

0.8 μm
2 μm

Model
ZS-LD50
ZS-LD50S
ZS-LD80

130 mm

±15 mm

130 - Line

900 x 70 μm

3 μm

ZS-LD130

200 mm

±50 mm

200 - Line

900 x 100 μm

5 μm

ZS-LD200

20 μm

350 mm
Regular
reflective

Measurement
range

20 mm
40 mm

±135 mm

350S - Spot

240 μm dia.

±1 mm

20T - Line

900 x 25 μm

20 mm +/-1 mm

20ST - Spot

25 μm

±2.5 mm

40T - Line

2000 x 35 μm

0.25 μm
0.4 μm

ZS-LD350S
ZS-LD20T
ZS-LD20ST
ZS-LD40T

*Resolution is the peak-to-peak displacement conversion value in the displacement output at the measuring center distance in
high-precision mode, when the number of samples to average is set to 128, and the measuring mode is set to high-resolution
mode. The standard work piece is white aluminum ceramic for diffuse reflection heads and glass in the regular reflection heads.

Controllers
Description

Supply voltage

Control outputs

Model

Sensor Controllers

24 VDC

NPN outputs

ZS-LDC11

PNP outputs

ZS-LDC41

Multi-Controllers for Calculation

24 VDC

NPN outputs

ZS-MDC11

PNP outputs

ZS-MDC41

NPN outputs

ZS-DSU11

PNP outputs

ZS-DSU41

Data Storage Units Support Data Logging

24 VDC

Accessories
Extension cables, Software, Communications cables, Mounting adapters, and Controller Link connector.

G-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

ZS-HL	Measurement Sensors

C425

High-Precision Long Distance
Laser Measurement Sensors
High performance sensors support
critical quality inspection with precise
measurements over long distances.
•	 Sensor heads support measuring center
distances from 20 to 1,500 mm
•	 Achieves a maximum high resolution of
0.25 μm
•	 Solve tough inspection problems: Stable
measurement of black rubber, black resin,
glass and metal sheets, and printed circuit
boards
•	 Fast response time of 110 μs for accurate
measurements of moving work pieces

Ordering Information
Sensing Heads
Sensing
method

Measuring range
[Sensing distance]

Beam size/
measuring region

Resolution

FDA laser Model
class

Regular

20 mm ± 1 mm

1.0 mm x 20 μm

0.25 μm

Class II

Diffuse

5.2 mm ± 1 mm

Regular

50 mm ± 5 mm

1.0 mm x 30 μm

0.1 μm

ZS-HLDS5T 2M

Diffuse

44 mm ± 4 mm

Regular

100 mm ± 20 mm

3.5 mm x 60 μm

1.0 μm

ZS-HLDS10 2M

Diffuse

94 mm ± 16 mm

Regular

600 mm ± 350 mm

16 mm x 0.3 mm

8 μm @ 250 mm,
40 μm @ 600 mm

ZS-HLDS60

1500 mm ± 500 mm

40 mm x 1.5 mm

500 μm

ZS-HLDS150

ZS-HLDS2T 2M

Series Sensor Heads for Nozzle Gaps
Optical system

Sensing distance

Beam shape

Beam diameter

Resolution

Model

Regular reflective models

10 ± 0.5 mm

Line beam

900 x 25 μm

0.25 μm

ZS-LD10GT

15 ± 0.75 mm

ZS-LD15GT

Series Sensor Controllers
Shape

Supply voltage

Control outputs

Model

24 VDC

NPN outputs

ZS-HLDC11

PNP outputs

ZS-HLDC41

G

Accessories
Extension cables, Software, Communications cables, Mounting adapters, Controller Link and Controller options.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-5

ZX-E	Measurement Sensors

C427

Smart Inductive
Displacement Sensor
Smart ZX-E offers simple setup for
applications requiring non-contact
displacement measurements of metal
objects. A wide range of interchangeable
sensor heads provides great flexibility in
solving demanding applications.
•	 Compact inductive sensor heads for easy
integration
•	 High-speed response time of 150 μs
•	 Easy sensor head replacement
•	 Scalability through a modular platform
concept

Ordering Information
Inductive Sensing Heads
Shape

Dimensions

Unthreaded cylindrical

Threaded cylindrical

Sensing distance

Resolution
1 μm

Model

3 dia. x 18 mm

0.5 mm

5.4 dia. x 18 mm

1 mm

ZX-ED01T

ZX-EDR5T

8 dia. x 22 mm

2 mm

ZX-ED02T

M10 x 22 mm

2 mm

ZX-EM02T

M18 x 46.3 mm

7 mm

ZX-EM07MT

Flat

30 x 14 x 4.8 mm

4 mm

ZX-EV04T

Heat-resistant, cylindrical

M12 x 22 mm

2 mm

ZX-EM02HT

Amplifiers
Description

Power supply

Analog output (Switch selectable)

Discrimination
output function

Output type

Model

Amplifier with
2 m cable

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC,
0 to 5 VDC, ±4 VDC, ±5 VDC

High, Pass, Low

NPN

ZX-EDA11 2M

PNP

ZX-EDA41 2M

Accessories
Please refer to data sheet for Mounting brackets, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module.

G-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

ZX-T	Measurement Sensors

C428

Smart Contact Displacement Sensor
Smart ZX-T offers simple setup for applications
requiring high-precision contact displacement
measurements to verify part shape and
orientation.
•	 Slim sensor heads make it easy to integrate
•	 Fast response time of 1 ms
•	 Multipoint measurement with up to 7 sensors
•	 Dust-tight linear ball bearing construction
assures long service life: 10 million
mechanical operations minimum

Ordering Information
Contact Sensing Heads
Type

Sensing distance

Resolution

Tip size

Dimensions
(sensing head)

Model

Short type

1 mm

0.1 μm

4.5 dia. mm

57.1 L x 6 dia. mm

ZX-TDS01T

Standard type

4 mm

86 L x 6 dia. mm

ZX-TDS04T

Low-load type

ZX-TDS04T-L

Standard type

10 mm

0.4 μm

5 dia. mm

123 L x 8 dia. mm

ZX-TDS10T

Ultra-low-load type

7.5 dia. mm

132.15 L x 8 dia. mm

ZX-TDS10T-L

Vacuum retracting type

5 dia. mm

129.5 L x 8 dia. mm

ZX-TDS10T-V

Vacuum retracting/Air push type

7 dia. mm

124.5 L x 8 dia. mm

ZX-TDS10T-VL

Amplifiers
Description

Power supply

Analog output (Switch selectable)

Discrimination
output function

Output type

Model

Amplifier with
2 m cable

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC,
0 to 5 VDC, ±4 VDC, ±5 VDC

High, Pass, Low

NPN

ZX-TDA11 2M

PNP

ZX-TDA41 2M

Accessories
Please refer to data sheet for Actuator options, Mounting brackets, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module.

G

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-7

ZW	 Confocal Fiber Displacement Sensor

C438

Ultra-compact, Lightweight
Sensor Measures Any Material
The ZW confocal fiber displacement
sensor delivers stable, non-contact, in-line
measurement of heights, thicknesses and
other dimensions. It solves the problems
of traditional laser triangulation sensors:
deviation between different material with
inclination tolerance. The compact sensing
head has no electronic parts to eliminate
problems of installation space and mutual
interference, electrical/magnetic noise,
temperature rise and mechanical positioning.
•	 Ultra-compact sensing head: 24 x 24 mm;
weighs only 105 g

•	 Separate amplifier provides white LED
light source, spectroscope and processor
to convert reflected color light to distance

•	 High flexibility fiber-optic cable from
sensor to controller, extends up to 32 m

•	 Smart Monitor ZW Software simplifies
setup and data collection/analysis

•	 Mount sensing head one time: no need to
re-tune for changing materials

•	 EtherCAT models includes EtherNet/IP
communications interface

Ordering Information
Sensor Heads
Measuring
range

Cables

Spot diameter

Static resolution

Model*

Description

Feature

Sensor head to
controller extension cable

Fiber-optic
cable; includes
Fiber Adapter
ZW-XFC

7 ±1 mm

18 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-S079M

20 ±1 mm

40 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-S209M

30 ±1 mm

60 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-S309M

40 ±6 mm

80 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-S409M

*Note: Cable length (specified in meters) should be added in
place of the box at the end of the part number.

Fiber adapter
Parallel I/O
Cable
Controller to
personal computer cable
Controller to
PLC/HMI cable

Cable
length

Model

2m
5m
10 m
20 m
30 m
Coupler between fibers
Input/Output
2m
Wiring
RS-232C cable
2m

ZW-XF02R
ZW-XF05R
ZW-XF10R
ZW-XF20R
ZW-XF30R
ZW-XFC

RS-232C cable

ZW-XPT2

2m

ZW-XCP2E
ZX-XRS2

Controllers and Software
Dimensions

Power supply

124 x 72 x 128 mm
24 VDC
124 x 72 x 128 mm
24 VDC
Fiber Optic Cleaner
SYSMAC Software & License

G-8

Output type

Software included

Model

NPN
PNP

No
No

ZW-CE10T
ZW-CE15T
ZW-XCL
Contact Omron or see website for details

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

ZX-GT	Measurement Sensors

C435

Wide Laser Beam CCD
Measurement Sensor
Now you can accurately and reliably get
precision measurements of 10 μm at a
distance of up to 500 mm by using the
ZX-GT. The ZX-GT provides unparalleled
measurement precision with high-speed
measurement of 2,000 samples per second.
The ZX-GT’s ability to measure glass and
mirror surfaces along with its “Smart Recipe”
PC software, makes the ZX-GT the most
powerful and easy to use measurement
sensor in its class.
•	 10 μm accuracy by 500 mm range
•	 High-speed processing of 2,000 images
per second ensures fast, accurate in-line
measurements
•	 Dedicated glass detection function
•	 “Smart Recipe” software makes setup easy

Ordering Information
Sensor
Appearance

Optical system

Measuring width

Sensing distance

Resolution

Output type

Model

Separate type

Through-beam

28 mm

0 to 500 mm

10 μm

NPN

ZX-GT28S11

PNP

ZX-GT28S41

NPN

ZX-GT2840S11

PNP

ZX-GT2840S41

Integrated type

40 mm

Amplifiers
Appearance

Power supply

Output type

Model

DC

NPN

ZX-GTC11

PNP

ZX-GTC41

G

Accessories
Please refer to data sheet for Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-9

ZG2	 2D Laser Profiling Sensor

C422

2D Measurement Sensor
The ZG2 sensor measures the height and
width of entire objects simultaneously, using
a wide laser beam.
•	 All-in-one controller with built-in LCD
display
•	 Measure entire shapes in 2D, X and Z axis
•	 Immediate live feedback
•	 Fast 5 ms sampling time

FDA Class IIIb

•	 Accuracy as fine as 0.25 μm

Ordering Information
Sensing Heads
Measurement
mode

Measurement range
regular reflective

Measurement range
diffuse reflective

Beam size/
measuring
region

Resolution
X dir/Z dir

FDA
laser
class

Model

Regular
reflective

22.3 ±0.5 mm

10.6 ±0.4 mm

3 mm

5 μm / 0.25
μm

Class II

ZG2-WDS3VT 0.5M

Diffuse
reflective

44 ±2 mm

13 μm / 1 μm

Class IIIb

50 ±3 mm

8 mm

ZG2-WDS3VT 2M
ZG2-WDS8T 0.5M
ZG2-WDS8T 2M

94 ±10 mm
mode not available

100 ±12 mm
210 ±48 mm

22 mm
70 mm

35 μm / 2.5
μm

ZG2-WDS22 0.5M

111 μm / 6
μm

ZG2-WDS70 0.5M

ZG2-WDS22 2M
ZG2-WDS70 2M

Controller
Description

Power supply

Analog output (Switch selectable)

Discrimination
output function

Output
type

Model

Controller

24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, -10 to 10 VDC

All Pass/NG/
Error

NPN

ZG2-WDC11

PNP

ZG2-WDC41

NPN

ZG2-WDC11A

PNP

ZG2-WDC41A

Note: Models with ‘A’ suffix includes Smart Monitor ZG Set-up Software.

Accessories
Extension cables, Software, Communications cables, Mounting adapters, and Controller Link connector.

G-10

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Rotary Encoders
H

Contents
Selection Guide

H-ii

Absolute Rotary Encoders
E6C3-A Standard, 50 mm dia.

H-1

E6CP-A Plastic body, 50 mm dia.

H-2

E6F-A

H-3

Rugged housing, 60 mm dia.

Incremental Rotary Encoders
E6A2-C Small diameter encoder, 25 mm dia.

H-4

E6B2-C Small diameter encoder, 40 mm dia.

H-5

E6C3-C Standard, 50 mm dia.

H-6

E6D-C

Rugged housing, Narrow shaft,
40 mm dia.

H-7

E6F-C

Rugged housing, Narrow shaft,
60 mm dia.

H-7

H-i

Rotary Encoders

ACCURACY AND ROBUSTNESS MADE RELIABLE
Close the loop – angle, position and velocity on hand
Rotary encoders create information which represent the movement of your application.
To meet challenging demands, Omron offers a wide range of absolute and incremental
encoders.
•  Wide resolution variety
•  Models with rugged housing
•  Models for multi-turn applications
Rotary encoders

Incremental

Absolute

Small diameter

Standard

Narrow shaft

Rugged housing

Standard

Rugged housing

Plastic body

E6A2-C
E6B2-C

E6C3-C

E6D-C

E6F-C

E6C3-A

E6F-A

E6CP-A

H-ii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Selection Table
Output

E6A2-C

E6B2-C

E6D-C

Small diameter shaft

Small diameter shaft

Small diameter shaft

Standard

Rugged housing

Model
Type

H

Incremental

E6C3-C

E6F-C

Resolution
range (Pulse/
rev)

Min

10

10

10

100

100

Max

500

2,000

6,000

3,600

1,000

Output

NPN











PNP

–



–

25

40

55

50

60

10 N

30 N

50 N

80 N

120 N

Axial

5N

20 N

30 N

50 N

50 N

IP50







–

–

IP64

–

–

–

–

–

Size dia. (mm)
Max. force
IP rating

Radial

IP65
Max. rotation frequency
(rpm)

–

–

–





5,000

6,000

12,000

5,000

5,000

Output

Absolute

E6C3-A

Model
Type

E6F-A

E6CP-A

Standard

Rugged housing

Lightweight, plastic
body

Resolution
range
(Pulse/rev)

Min

6

256

10

Max

1,024

1,024

256

Output

NPN







PNP





–

Size dia. (mm)
Max. force
IP rating

50

60

50

Radial

80 N

120 N

30 N

Axial

50 N

50 N

20 N

IP50

–

–



IP64

–

–

–

IP65





–

5,000

5,000

1,000

Max. rotation frequency
(rpm)
	Standard	

	Available	

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-iii

E6C3-A	 Rotary Encoders –Absolute

F522

Water Resistant Encoder for Tough
Environments
•	 IP65 drip-proof, oil-proof construction
with sealed bearing
•	 8 mm stainless steel shaft provides
superior shaft loading performance:
Radial: 8 kg-f; Axial: 5.1 kg-f
•	 NPN, or PNP open collector or voltage
outputs
•	 Optimum angle control when combined
with cam positioner (stand-alone H8PS or
PLC-based) or encoder-input PLC position
control modules
•	 Response frequency: 20 kHz max., 5,000
rpm max
•	 Pre-wired with 1 meter cable; 2 meter
cable available, connector version
available for direct connection to an H8PS
Cam Positioning Unit

Ordering Information
When ordering, specify the resolution in addition to the model number (example: E6C3-AG5C 360P/R 1M).
Size

Shaft

Supply
Voltage

Output
configuration

Output
code

Resolution (pulses/
rotation)

Connection
method

Model

50 dia. x 43
D mm

8 dia. x 15 L
mm, stainless
steel

12 to 24
VDC

NPN opencollector output

Gray

256, 360, 720

2m
connector for
H8PS Cam
Positioner

E6C3-AG5C-C

256, 360, 720, 1,024

Pre-wired,
1 m cable

E6C3-AG5C

Binary
PNP opencollector output

5 VDC

Voltage output

32, 40

BCD

6, 8, 12

E6C3-AB5C

Gray

256, 360, 720, 1,024

E6C3-AG5B

Binary

32, 40

E6C3-AN5B

BCD

6, 8, 12

E6C3-AB5B

Binary

256

E6C3-AN1E

12 VDC

H-1

E6C3-AN5C

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E6C3-AN2E

E6CP-A	Rotary Encoders – Absolute

F523

H

Low-Cost Absolute Encoder,
50 mm Diameter
•	 High-precision detection of automatic
machine timing, also ideal for robot limit
signals
•	 Absolute encoder performance at the cost
of an incremental encoder
•	 Gray code output eliminates reading
mistakes
•	 Lightweight, plastic body construction,
IP50 enclosure rating
•	 Shaft loading: Radial: 3 kg-f; Axial: 2 kg-f
•	 Open collector output
•	 Response frequency: 5 kHz max., 1,000
rpm max
•	 Pre-wired with 2 m cable, connector
version available for direct connection to
an H8PS Cam Positioning unit

Ordering Information
Size

Shaft

50 dia. x
55 D mm

6 dia. x
10 L mm

Power supply
voltage

Output
configuration

Output
code

Resolution
(pulses/
rotation)

Connection
method

Model

5 to 12 VDC

Open-collector
output

Gray

256 (8-bit)

Pre-wired, 2 m
cable

E6CP-AG3C

2 m cable with
connector for
H8PS Cam
Positioner

E6CP-AG5C-C

12 to 24 VDC

E6CP-AG5C

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-2

E6F-A	 Rotary Encoders – Absolute

F524

Rugged Encoder for HighPrecision Detection
•	 10 mm stainless steel shaft and rugged
construction provide the highest shaft
loading among Omron encoders: Radial:
12 kg-f, Thrust: 5 kg-f
•	 IP65f water and oil-proof construction
•	 High response speed for faster control:
Gray code: 20 kHz; BCD: 10 kHz, 5,000
rpm max
•	 Combine with H8PS Cam Positioner or
PLC encoder input module for optimum
angle control
•	 Pre-wired with 2 m cable, connector
version available for direct connection to
an H8PS Cam Positioning unit

Ordering Information
When ordering, specify the resolution in addition to the model number (example: E6C3-AG5C 360P/R 1M).
Size

Shaft

Power supply
voltage

Output
configuration

Output
code

Resolution
(pulses/
rotation)

Connection method

Model

60 mm
dia. x 65 D
mm

10 dia. x
20 L mm

5 to 12 VDC

NPN open
collector

BCD

360

Pre-wired 2 m cable

E6F-AB3C

12 to 24 VDC

E6F-AB5C

PNP open
collector
NPN open
collector
NPN open
collector

E6F-AB5B
Gray
code

256, 360,
720

2 m cable with connector
for H8PS Cam Positioner

E6F-AG5C-C

256, 360,
720, 1,024

Pre-wired 2 m cable

E6F-AG5C

PNP open
collector

H-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E6F-AG5B

E6A2-C	 Rotary Encoders – Incremental

F525

H

Rugged Encoder for HighPrecision Detection
•	 High response frequency and noise
immunity make encoders ideal for factory
automation applications with 10 to 500
pulses/revolution
•	 Space saving enclosure: 25 mm dia.
•	 4 mm shaft with load rating of: Radial:
1 kg-f; Axial: 0.5 kg-f
•	 Open collector output, other output types
available
•	 Output phases: A/A, B and A, B, Z
(reversible) are available
•	 Response frequency: 20 kHz max., 5,000
rpm max
•	 Enclosure rating: IP50
•	 Pre-wired with 0.5 meter cable

Ordering Information
Size

Shaft

Supply voltage

Output
configuration

Resolution
(pulses/revolution)

Model

25 dia. x 31 D mm

4 dia. x 10 L
mm

12 to 24 VDC

NPN open
collector, 30 mA
max

100

E6A2-CW5C 100P/R 05M

200

E6A2-CW5C 200P/R 05M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-4

E6B2-C	 Rotary Encoders – Incremental

F526

General-Purpose Compact
Encoders
•	 High resolution models (up to 2000 pulses
per revolution available) substantially
improve measuring accuracy
•	 Rugged construction: 6 mm shaft with
load rating of: Radial: 3 kg-f; Axial: 2 kg-f
•	 Output phases: A, B, Z (reversible)
•	 Response frequency: up to 100 kHz max.,
6,000 rpm max
•	 Protected against short-circuit and
reversed connections for highly reliable
operation
•	 Available with NPN and PNP open
collector, voltage and line driver outputs
•	 Enclosure rating: IP50
•	 Pre-wired with 0.5- or 2 m cables

Ordering Information
Size

Shaft

Supply
voltage

Output configuration

40 mm dia.
x 44 D mm

6 dia. x 15
L mm

12 to 24
VDC

NPN open collector,
35 mA max

Resolution
(pulse/
revolution)

Cable
length

Model

100

2m

E6B2-CWZ6C 100P/R 2M

200
360

0.5 m

E6B2-CWZ6C 360P/R 05M

360

2m

E6B2-CWZ6C 360P/R 2M

500

E6B2-CWZ6C 500P/R 2M

600

E6B2-CWZ6C 600P/R 2M

1000
5 VDC

H-5

Line driver:
High: -20 mA or 2.5
V min
Low: +20 mA or 0.5
V max

E6B2-CWZ6C 200P/R 2M

0.5 m

E6B2-CWZ6C 1000P/R 05M

2m

E6B2-CWZ6C 1000P/R 2M

0.5 m

E6B2-CWZ1X 1000P/R 05M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E6C3-C	Rotary Encoders – Incremental

F527

H

Water Resistant Incremental
Encoder for Tough Environments
•	 High resolution solutions from 100 to 3600
pulses/revolution
•	 IP65f drip-proof, oil-proof construction
with sealed bearing
•	 8 mm stainless steel shaft provides a load
rating of: Radial: 88 kg-f; Axial: 5 kg-f
•	 Complementary outputs simplify
interfacing to NPN or PNP input devices
•	 Output phases: A, B and Z (reversible)
•	 Response frequency: 125 kHz max. (65
kHz for Z-phase), 5,000 rpm max
•	 Surge protection built-in
•	 Voltage and line driver output versions
available
•	 Pre-wired with 1 meter cable, 2 meter
cable is available

Ordering Information
Size

Shaft

Supply
Voltage

Output configuration

Resolution
(pulse/
revolution)

Model

50 dia. x
43 D mm

8 dia. x 15 L
mm, stainless steel

12 to 24
VDC

Complementary output (NPN and PNP),
35 mA max.

100

E6C3-CWZ5GH 100P/R 1M

200

E6C3-CWZ5GH 200P/R 1M

360

E6C3-CWZ5GH 360P/R 1M

500

E6C3-CWZ5GH 500P/R 1M

720

E6C3-CWZ5GH 720P/R 1M

800

E6C3-CWZ5GH 800P/R 1M

1000

E6C3-CWZ5GH 1000P/R 1M

2048

E6C3-CWZ5GH 2048P/R 1M

2500

E6C3-CWZ5GH 2500P/R 1M

3600

E6C3-CWZ5GH 3600P/R 1M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-6

E6D-C	Rotary Encoders – Incremental

F528

Rugged, High-Resolution Encoder
•	 Resolution as high as 6,000 pulses/
revolution in a rugged construction
•	 Outputs: A, B (reversible) and Z (zero)
•	 55 mm diameter housing
•	 Superb reliability and accuracy: phase
error as small as 1/4T±0.07T
•	 High response frequency of 200 kHz,
12,000 rpm max
•	 6 mm shaft with load rating of: Radial: 5
kg-f; Axial: 3 kg-f

Ordering Information
Size

Shaft

Supply
voltage

Output
configuration

Resolution (pulses/
revolution)

Cable
length

Model

44 mm dia.
x 44 D mm

6 dia. x 15
L mm

12 VDC

NPN open
collector, 35
mA max

720, 800, 1000, 1024,
1200, 1500, 1800, 2000,
2048, 2500, 3000, 3200,
3600, 4096, 5000, 6000

0.5 m

E6D-CWZ2C9999P/R 05M

5 VDC

E6D-CWZ1E9999P/R 05M

E6F-C	 Rotary Encoders – Incremental

F529

Rugged, High-Resolution Encoder
•	 10 mm stainless steel shaft and rugged
construction provides the highest
shaft loading among Omron encoders;
Radial: 12 kg-f, Thrust: 5 kg-f
•	 IP65f water and oil-proof construction
•	 60 mm diameter housing
•	 Complementary output for longer cable
length extension

•	 Output load short-circuit protection to
reduce risks from incorrect wiring

•	 High response frequency of 83 kHz,
5,000 rpm max

•	 Pre-wired 2 m cable

Ordering Information
Size

Shaft

Supply
voltage

Output
configuration

Resolution (pulses/
revolution)

Cable
length

Model

60 mm dia.
x 65 D mm

10 dia. x
20 L mm

12 to 24
VDC

Complementary
NPN and PNP,
±30 mA

100, 200, 360, 500, 600,
1000

2m

E6F-CWZ5GP/R 2M

H-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Temperature Controllers
Contents
Selection Guide
Single-loop Controllers
E5CB
Temperature Controller
E5CC
Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/16 DIN
E5EC
Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/8 DIN
E5AC
Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/4 DIN
E5DC
Temperature Controllers,
socket mounted
E5CC-U
Temperature Controllers,
1/16 DIN, socket mounted
E5CC-T
Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/16 DIN,
Ramp/Soak
E5EC-T
Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/8 DIN,
Ramp/Soak
E5AC-T
Temperature & Process
Controllers, 1/4 DIN,
Ramp/Soak
E5GN
Ultra compact temperature
controller, 1/32 DIN
E5CN-H
High-performance digital
temperature and process
controllers, 1/16 DIN
E5CN-HT Ramp/soak temperature and
process controllers, 1/16 DIN
E5AN-H/ High-performance digital
E5EN-H
temperature and process
controllers, 1/4 and 1/8 DIN
E5AN-HT/ Ramp/soak temperature and
E5EN-HT process controllers, 1/4 and
1/8 DIN
E5CSV
Simple-to-use digital
temperature controller,
1/16 DIN
E5C2
Analog set temperature
controllers, 1/16 DIN
K8AK-TH Temperature monitoring relays,
protection against overtemperature

I-ii

I-1
I-2
I-3
I-4

Multi-loop Controllers
E5AR/
Multi-zone process controller,
E5ER
1/4 and 1/8 DIN size, panel
mount
E5ZN
Modular multi-zone
temperature controller, DIN
track mount
EJ1
Multi-zone temperature &
process controller, up to 256
zones, DIN track mount

I-18

I
I-19

I-20

I-5
I-6
I-7

I-8

I-9

I-10
I-11

I-12
I-13

I-14

I-15

I-16
I-17

I-i

Temperature Controllers

E5CC/EC/AC – High Performance with Simplicity
E5CC/E5EC/E5AC – Temperature Controller
Sets new global standards in the crucial areas of precision, user friendliness and control
performance.
•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible from large distances and from any angle
•  Easy to set up without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
•  50 ms sampling period
On-panel

How many control loops are required?

One loop

What type of control is needed?

Temperature
control

Process control,
Ramp/Soak

What input types
are available?

What input types
are available?

TC/Pt inputs

TC/Pt/V/mA inputs

What output types
are available?

What output types
are available?

Relay or Voltage (Pulse)

Dial
Display

E5C2

I-ii

Voltage (Pulse)/
Relay/Linear Current

Single Digital
Display

E5CSV

Dual/Triple
Digital Display

E5CB

E5_C

E5_C-T

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Field
Configurable:
Relay/SSR/
Voltage
(Pulse)/Linear
Current/Linear
Voltage
Triple Digital
Display

E5_N-H/HT

I

Where will you mount the controller?

In-panel

How many control loops are required?

Multi-loop

One Loop

What type of control is needed?

What type of control is needed?

Advanced Temp/
Process Control

What input types
are available?

Temperature
Control

What input types
are available?

Temperature
Monitor

What input types
are available?

TC/Pt/V/mA inputs

TC/Pt/V/mA inputs

TC/Pt inputs

What output types
are available?

What output types
are available?

What output types
are available?

Field
Configurable:
Relay/Voltage
(Pulse)/
Linear
Current

Relay/Voltage
(pulse)/
Linear
Current

Relay

Dual Digital
Display

Dual Digital
Display

No
Display

E5DC

K8AK-TH

E5_R

What type of control is needed?

E5ZN

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

EJ1

I-iii

Selection Table
Category

Analog Temperature
Controller

Temperature

Digital Temperature
Controller

Compact Digital Temperature Controller

v

E5C2
Basic
In- & on-panel type
Single loop
1/16 DIN

 *1
–
Heating
–

E5CSV
Basic
On-panel type
Single loop
1/16 DIN

–

Heating & Cooling
–

E5GN
General purpose
On-panel type
Single loop
1/32 DIN

–

Heating & Cooling
–

±2%

±.05%

±0.3%

–
–
–
–
–
–
IP20
SV analog dial



–
–
Up to 2
–
IP66; NEMA 4X
Single 3.5 digit




110/240 VAC 







24 VAC/VDC 

–





–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–


–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–



–




–
–
–
–






Control
mode

Selection
criteria

Model
Type
Panel
Loops
Size
ON/OFF
PID
2-PID *2
Operation
Valve control *3
Accuracy

Input
type –
RTD

Input type –
thermocouple

Input
type –
linear

Control
output

Comms*5

Supply
voltage

Features

Auto-tuning
Self-tuning
Transfer output
Remote input
Number of alarms
Heater alarm
IP rating front panel
Display

RS-485
Event IP
Quick Link Port port*6
DeviceNet
Modbus
Relay
SSR
Voltage (pulse)
Linear voltage
Linear current
mA
mV
V
K
J
T
E
L
U
N
R
S
B
W
PLII
Pt100
JPt100
Themistor

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

K8AK-TH
Basic
DIN rail
Single loop
22.5 w x 90 h x 100 w

–

Heating & Cooling
–
Type K, J, T, E, B, R, S
Thermocouple
Pt100, Pt1000 RTD
–
100-240 VAC
24 VAC/DC
–
–
IP20
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–




–
–
–


–
–


–
–

–
2


IP66; NEMA 4X
Dual 4 digit (color change)


–


–

–
–



















–

–	 No/not available 	

*1 P only
*2 2-PID is Omron’s easy to use high performance PID algorithm

I-iv





*3 Valve control = relay up and down
*4 Heater alarm = heater burnout & SSR failure detection

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Temperature Controllers
Category

Digital Temperature Controller/Process Controller
v

Selection
criteria
Control
mode
Features
Supply
voltage
Comms*5



±0.3%



±0.3%















3

3 or 4

2







IP66, NEMA 4X
Dual or Triple Display

IP66, NEMA 4X
Dual or Triple Display

IP20, NEMA 1
Dual Display

110/240 VAC 







24 VAC/VDC 

Input type –
thermocouple
Input
type –
RTD
4	 Standard	

E5CC/E5EC/E5AC
General purpose
On-panel type
Single loop
1/16 DIN




Heating/Cooling
–
±0.3%



E5_C-T
Ramp soak
On-panel type
Single loop
1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN

–

Heating/Cooling

E5DC
General purpose
In-panel or On-panel
Single loop
22.5 mm wide

–

Heating/Cooling















–








–








–






–
–

–
–





mA 







mV 





















–















–















–

RS-485
Event IP
Quick Link Port port*6
DeviceNet
Modbus
Relay
Voltage (pulse)
Linear voltage
Linear current

Input
type –
linear

Control
output



E5CC-U
General purpose
In-panel or On-panel
Single loop
1/16 DIN

–

Heating/Cooling
–
±0.3%


–
–
0, 1 or 2
–
IP66, NEMA 4X
Dual Display

Model
Type
Panel
Loops
Size
ON/OFF
PID
2-PID *2
Operation
Valve control *3
Accuracy
Auto-tuning
Self-tuning
Transfer output
Remote input
Number of alarms
Heater alarm
IP rating front panel
Display

K
J
T
E
L
U
N
R
S
B
W
PLII
Pt100
JPt100
Themistor
8	 Available	















–
–	 No/not available 	

*5 PROFIBUS-DP communication option via PRT1-SCU11 for E5_N(-H), E5_R, EJ1
*6 QLP: Quick Link Port to connected TC to PC using the smart USB cable E58-CIFQ1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-v

I

Selection Table
Category

E5ZN

Selection
criteria

Model

Universal
On-panel type
Single loop
1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN


–


–


–


Heating and cooling
–
±0.5%

–


Heating and cooling
–
±0.5%




Heating & Cooling



2





–
4





 *4

 *4

–


–
–

IP66; NEMA 4X
Dual or Triple Display

110/240 VAC –

–



24 VAC/VDC 





–

–
–












–
–

–


–
0-50
–










–
–


–


–
–

–


















–

8	 Available	

Control
mode
Features



±0.1%



3





–
























–

–	 No/not available 	

*1 P only
*2 2-PID is Omron’s easy to use high performance PID algorithm
*3 Valve control = relay up and down

I-vi

E5_N-H

Modular
In-panel type
Multi-loop
31 x 96 mm

RS-232
RS-485
Event IP
Quick Link Port port*6
DeviceNet
Modbus
Relay
SSR
Voltage (pulse)
Linear voltage
Linear current
mA
mV
V
K
J
T
E
L
U
N
R
S
B
W
PLII
Pt100
JPt100
Themistor

4	 Standard	

EJ1

Modular
In-panel type
Multi-loop
22.5 mm wide

Type
Panel
Loops
Size
ON/OFF
PID
2-PID *2
Operation
Valve control *3
Accuracy
Auto-tuning
Self-tuning
Transfer output
Remote input
Number of alarms
Heater alarm
IP rating front panel
Display

Supply
voltage
Comms*5
Control
output
Input
type –
linear
Input type –
thermocouple
Input
type –
RTD

Digital Temperature Controllers

*4 Heater alarm = heater burnout & SSR failure detection

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Temperature Controllers
Category

Advanced Temperature/Digital Process Controllers

Input
type –
RTD

Input type –
thermocouple

Input
type –
linear

Control
output

Comms*5

Supply
voltage

Features

Control
mode

Selection
criteria

v

4	 Standard	

E5_N-HT

Model
Type
Panel
Loops
Size
ON/OFF
PID
2-PID *2
Operation
Valve Control *3
Accuracy
Auto-tuning
Self-tuning
Transfer output
Remote input
Number of alarms
Heater alarm
IP rating front panel
Display

E5AR

E5ER

Universal, Ramp/Soak
On-panel type
Single loop
1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN

–

Advanced
On-panel type
Multi-loop
1/4 DIN

–

Advanced
On-panel type
Multi-loop
1/8 DIN

–


Heating & Cooling


Heating & Cooling


Heating & Cooling


±0.1%




2 or 3

IP66; NEMA 4X
Dual 4 digit


±0.1%

–


±0.1%

–



4
–
IP66; NEMA 4X
Triple 5 digit



4
–
IP66; NEMA 4X
Triple 5 digit

110/240 VAC 





24 VAC/VDC 





RS-232
RS-485
Event IP
Quick Link port*6
DeviceNet
Modbus
Relay
SSR
Voltage (pulse)
Linear voltage
Linear current
mA
mV
V
K
J
T
E
L
U
N
R
S
B
W
PLII
Pt100
JPt100
Themistor
8	 Available	





–







–















–

–

–

















–

–


–












–

–
–



–

–


–












–

–
–

I

–	 No/not available 	

*2 2-PID is Omron´s easy to use high performance PID algorithm
*3 Valve control = relay up and down

*5 PROFIBUS-DP communication option via PRT1-SCU11 for E5_N(-H), E5_R, EJ1
*6 QLP: Quick Link port to connected TC to PC using the smart USB cable E58-CIFQ1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-vii

Temperature Controllers

I-viii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E5CB	

Temperature Controllers

M426

1/16 DIN Size Basic Temperature
Controller with Easy to Read Large
Digital Display
•	 Easy to Read Large Character Display
•	 Improved visibility with character height of
approx. 16 mm

I

•	 Depth beyond front panel: Only 60 mm
•	 Fewer parameters for simple setup
•	 Fast sampling at 250 ms
•	 Easy to set up without power supply
and operate intuitively with CX-Thermo
software

Specifications
•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple input Type: K, J, T, R, or S
• RTD Input Type: Pt100
•	 Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: +/-0.5% of indicated value
of +/- 1°C, which ever is greater
• RTD: +/-0.5% of indicated value of +/- 1°C,
which ever is greater

•	 Control Output:
• Relay Output: SPST-NO 250 VAC 3 A
• Output Voltage: 12 VDC +25%/-15%. Max
load current 21 mA with short circuit
protection

Temperature Controllers
Size

Power supply
voltage
100 to 240 VAC

Input type

Alarm
output

Thermocouple
Platinum resistance thermometer
Thermocouple

E5CB
48 × 48 mm
24 VAC/VDC

Platinum resistance thermometer
Thermocouple
Platinum resistance thermometer
Thermocouple
Platinum resistance thermometer

1

Control output

Model

Relay output

E5CB-R1TC
E5CB-R1P

Voltage output (for
driving SSR)
Relay output
Voltage output (for
driving SSR)

E5CB-Q1TC
E5CB-Q1P
E5CB-R1TCD
E5CB-R1PD
E5CB-Q1TCD
E5CB-Q1PD

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-1

E5CC	

Temperature & Process Controllers

M425

1/16 DIN Size Temperature &
Process Controllers with High
Visibility Display
•	 Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms
sampling loop period time
•	 Easy to set up without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
•	 High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 15.2 H mm)
•	 Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for
secure operation
•	 Compact short body depth:
48 H x 48 W x 60 D mm

Specifications
•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, 	
	 S, B, W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
•	Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115° -165°C, 160°-260°C
•	Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10

•	 Accuracy:
•	Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated 		
	 value or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 		
	 digit max.
•	Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value 	
	 or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
•	Analog: ±0.2% FS ±1 digit max.
•	 Control output:
•	Relay Output: SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A 		
	 (resistive load)
•	Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20% 		
	 (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with 		
	 short-circuit protection circuit
•	Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC/0 to 		
	 20 mA DC, load: 500 Ω max., resolution: 	
	 approx. 10,000
•	 Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Ordering Information
Input

Output

Temp.
&
Analog

Out1: Relay

--Event Input 2, Transfer output
Event Input 2, Remote SP

Out1: Voltage (pulse)

--Event Input 2, Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
Communication 3-phase heater
alarm
Event Input 2, Transfer output
Event Input 2, Remote SP
--Event Input 2, Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
--Event Input 2, Transfer output
Event Input 2, Remote SP

Temp.
&
Analog

Out1: Voltage (pulse)

Out1: Linear current

I-2

Fixed option

Alarms
3 relays

Model: AC110-240V

Model: AC/DC24V

E5CC-RX3A5M-000
E5CC-RX3A5M-006
E5CC-RX3A5M-007

E5CC-RX3D5M-000
E5CC-RX3D5M-006
E5CC-RX3D5M-007

E5CC-QX3A5M-000
E5CC-QX3A5M-001

E5CC-QX3D5M-000
E5CC-QX3D5M-001

E5CC-QX3A5M-003

E5CC-QX3D5M-003

E5CC-QX3A5M-006
E5CC-QX3A5M-007
E5CC-QQ3A5M-000
E5CC-QQ3A5M-001

E5CC-QX3D5M-006
E5CC-QX3D5M-007
E5CC-QQ3D5M-000
E5CC-QQ3D5M-001

E5CC-CX3A5M-000
E5CC-CX3A5M-006
E5CC-CX3A5M-007

E5CC-CX3D5M-000
E5CC-CX3D5M-006
E5CC-CX3D5M-007

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E5EC	 Temperature & Process Controllers

M427

1/8 DIN Size Temperature &
Process Controllers with High
Visibility Display
•	 Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms
sampling loop period time
•	 Easy to set up without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

I

•	 High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 18 H mm)
•	 Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for
secure operation
•	 Compact short body depth:
96 H x 48 W x 60 D mm

Specifications
•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, 	
	 S, B, W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
•	Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115° -165°C, 160°-260°C
•	Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10

•	 Accuracy:
•	Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated 		
	 value or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 		
	 digit max.
•	Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value 	
	 or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
•	Analog: ±0.2% FS ±1 digit max.
•	 Control output:
•	Relay Output: SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A 		
	 (resistive load)
•	Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20% 		
	 (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with 		
	 short-circuit protection circuit
•	Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC/0 to 		
	 20 mA DC, load: 500 Ω max., resolution: 	
	 approx. 10,000
•	 Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Ordering Information
Input
Temp.
&
Analog

Output
Out1:
Relay
Out2:
none

Out1:
Relay
Out2:
Relay

Fixed option
--Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm
Event Input 4 Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
Event Input 6, Remote SP
Heater Burnout SSR defect
detection Transfer output
--Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm
Event Input 4 Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
Event Input 6, Remote SP
Heater Burnout SSR defect
detection Transfer output

Alarms
4 relays

Order code (48 x 96 mm model)
AC110-240V
E5EC-RX4A5M-000
E5EC-RX4A5M-009

AC/DC24V
E5EC-RX4D5M-000
E5EC-RX4D5M-009

E5EC-RX4A5M-010

E5EC-RX4D5M-010

E5EC-RX4A5M-011

E5EC-RX4D5M-011

E5EC-RR4A5M-000
E5EC-RR4A5M-009

E5EC-RR4D5M-000
E5EC-RR4D5M-009

E5EC-RR4A5M-010

E5EC-RR4D5M-010

E5EC-RR4A5M-011

E5EC-RR4D5M-011

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-3

E5AC	

Temperature & Process Controllers

M435

1/4 DIN Size Temperature &
Process Controllers with High
Visibility Display
•	 Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms
sampling loop period time
•	 Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
•	 High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV:18 H mm)
•	 Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for
secure operation
•	 Compact short body depth:
96 H x 96 W x 64 D mm

Specifications
•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
•	Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 160°-260°C
•	Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•	 Accuracy:
•	Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
•	Analog: ±0.2% FS±1 digit max
•	 Control Output:
•	Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 5 A
(resistive load)
•	Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
•	Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000
•	 Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Ordering Information
Input
Temp.
&
Analog

Output
Out1:
Relay
Out2:
none

Out1:
Relay
Out2:
Relay

I-4

Fixed option

Alarms

Order code (96 x 96 mm model)
AC110-240V
E5AC-RX4A5M-000

AC/DC24V
E5AC-RX4D5M-000

Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm
Event Input 4, Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR
defect detection, Transfer output
---

E5AC-RX4A5M-009

E5AC-RX4D5M-009

E5AC-RX4A5M-010

E5AC-RX4D5M-010

E5AC-RX4A5M-011

E5AC-RX4D5M-011

E5AC-RR4A5M-000

E5AC-RR4D5M-000

Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm
Event Input 4, Heater Burnout
SSR defect detection
Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR
defect detection, Transfer output

E5AC-RR4A5M-009

E5AC-RR4D5M-009

E5AC-RR4A5M-010

E5AC-RR4D5M-010

E5AC-RR4A5M-011

E5AC-RR4D5M-011

---

4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E5DC	

Temperature & Process Controllers

M439

Socket Mounted Temperature
Controllers with High Visibility
Display
•	 Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period
•	 Space saving size 85 x 22.5 mm (D x W)
DIN rail mountable

I

•	 Removable terminal block for easy
replacement
•	 Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
•	 High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from far distances and from any angle
(PV: 8.5 mm (H) )
•	 Compact short body depth:
85 H x 22.5 W x 60 D mm

Specifications
•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
•	Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 160°-260°C
•	Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

Input

Output
Out 1: Relay

•	 Control Output:
•	Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
•	Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
•	Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000
•	 Front Panel Rating: NEMA 1 / IP20

Ordering Information
Temp.
&
Analog

•	 Accuracy:
•	Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Analog: ±0.2% FS±/-1 digit max.

Fixed option

Out 1: Voltage
(pulse)

Out 1: Current

Communication only
--Heater burnout and SSR defect
detection, Communication
Heater burnout and SSR defect
detection, Event input 1
Communication only
--Heater burnout and SSR defect
detection, Communication
Heater burnout and SSR defect
detection, Event input 1
Communication only
--Communication only
Event input

Alarms

Model: 100-240 VAC

Model: 24 VAC/VDC

0
2

E5DC-RX0ASM-015
E5DC-RX2ASM-000
E5DC-RX2ASM-002

E5DC-RX0DSM-015
E5DC-RX2DSM-000
E5DC-RX2DSM-002

E5DC-RX2ASM-017

E5DC-RX2DSM-017

E5DC-QX0ASM-015
E5DC-QX2ASM-000

E5DC-QX0DSM-015
E5DC-QX2DSM-000

E5DC-QX2ASM-002

E5DC-QX2DSM-002

E5DC-QX2ASM-017

E5DC-QX2DSM-017

E5DC-CX0ASM-015
E5DC-CX2ASM-000
E5DC-CX2ASM-015
E5DC-CX2ASM-016

E5DC-CX0DSM-015
E5DC-CX2DSM-000
E5DC-CX2DSM-015
E5DC-CX2DSM-016

0
2

0
2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-5

E5CC-U	Temperature & Process Controllers

M334

1/16 DIN Size Socket Mounted
Temperature Controllers,
Designed for Simple Installation
and Fast Servicing
•	 Plugs into standard 11-pin round socket
•	 Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period
•	 ON/OFF control or 2-PID with auto-tuning
for superior performance
•	 Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software
•	 High-contrast, white LCD display visible
(PV: 15.2 mm (H) )
•	 Fits DIN rail socket P2CF-11 or back
mounted socket P3GA-11

Specifications
•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
•	Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C
•	Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•	 Accuracy:
•	Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Analog: ±0.2% FS+/-1 digit max.
•	 Control Output:
•	Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
•	Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
•	Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000
•	 Front Panel Rating: NEMA 12 / IP50

Ordering Information
Input

Output

Alarms

Model: 100-240 VAC

Model: 24 VAC/VDC

Temp.
&
Analog

Out 1: Relay

0
1
2
0
1

E5CC-RW0AUM-000
E5CC-RW1AUM-000
E5CC-RW2AUM-000
E5CC-QW0AUM-000
E5CC-QW1AUM-000

E5CC-RW0DUM-000
E5CC-RW1DUM-000
E5CC-RW2DUM-000
E5CC-QW0DUM-000
E5CC-QW1DUM-000

2
0
1
2

E5CC-QW2AUM-000
E5CC-CW0AUM-000
E5CC-CW1AUM-000
E5CC-CW2AUM-000

E5CC-QW2DUM-000
E5CC-CW0DUM-000
E5CC-CW1DUM-000
E5CC-CW2DUM-000

Out 1: Voltage (pulse)

Out 1: Current

I-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E5CC-T	 Temperature & Process Controllers

M438

1/16 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controller
with High Visibility Display
•	 Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32
segments (steps)
•	 Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period

I

•	 High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 15.2 mm (H) )
•	 Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

•	 Compact short body depth:
48 H x 48 W x 60 D mm

Specifications

•	 Accuracy:
•	Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Analog: ±0.2% FS+/-1 digit max.

•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
•	Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C
•	Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
•	 Program Control:
•	Number of programs: 8
•	Number of segments: 32
•	Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/
0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s

•	 Control Output:
•	Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
•	Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
•	Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000

Ordering Information

•	 Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Input

Output

Temp.
&
Analog

Out 1: Relay,
Out 2: None

Fixed option

Alarms

Model: 100-240 VAC

3
3

E5CC-TRX3A5M-000 E5CC-TRX3D5M-000
E5CC-TRX3A5M-001 E5CC-TRX3D5M-001

3

E5CC-TRX3A5M-003 E5CC-TRX3D5M-003

3
3
3
3

E5CC-TRX3A5M-004
E5CC-TRX3A5M-006
E5CC-TQX3A5M-000
E5CC-TQX3A5M-001

3

E5CC-TQX3A5M-003 E5CC-TQX3D5M-003

3

E5CC-TQX3A5M-004 E5CC-TQX3D5M-004

3

E5CC-TQX3A5M-006 E5CC-TQX3D5M-006

--3
Communications, Event input 2
3
Event Input 4, Transfer output
Note: Please reference E5CC-T datasheet for other models and options.

E5CC-TCX3A5M-000 E5CC-TCX3D5M-000
E5CC-TCX3A5M-004 E5CC-TCX3D5M-004
E5CC-TCX3A5M-006 E5CC-TCX3D5M-006

Out 1: Voltage
(pulse),
Out 2: None

Out 1: Current,
Out 2: None

--Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
Event Input 2
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection
2 (3-phase heaters), Communications
Communications, Event input 2
Event Input 4, Transfer output
--Heater burnout and SSR defect detection,
Event Input 2
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection
2 (3-phase heaters), Communications
Communications, Event input 2
Event Input 4, Transfer output

Model: 24 VAC/VDC

E5CC-TRX3D5M-004
E5CC-TRX3D5M-006
E5CC-TQX3D5M-000
E5CC-TQX3D5M-001

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-7

E5EC-T	 Temperature & Process Controllers

M437

1/8 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controller
with High Visibility Display
•	 Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32
segments (steps)
•	 Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period
•	 High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 18 mm (H) )
•	 Models available with up to 4 auxiliary
outputs and up to 6 event inputs and a
transfer output
•	 Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

•	 Compact short body depth:
96 H x 48 W x 60 D mm

Specifications

•	 Accuracy:
•	Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value
or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Analog: ±0.2% FS+/-1 digit max.

•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
•	Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C
•	Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
•	 Program Control:
•	Number of programs: 8
•	Number of segments: 32
•	Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/
0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s

•	 Control Output:
•	Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 5 A
(resistive load)
•	Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
•	Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000

Ordering Information

•	 Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Input

Output

Temp.
&
Analog

Out 1: Relay,
Out 2: None

Fixed option

Alarms

--0
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 2
RS-485
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 6
Transfer output
Out 1: Voltage --0
(pulse),
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 2
Out 2: None
RS-485
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 6
Transfer output
Out 1: Current, --1
Out 2: None
RS-485
2
Transfer output
6
Transfer output, RS-485
4
Note: Please reference E5EC-T datasheet for other models and options.

I-8

Model: 100-240 VAC

Model: 24 VAC/VDC

E5EC-TRX4ASM-000 E5EC-TRX4DSM-000
E5EC-TRX4ASM-008 E5EC-TRX4DSM-008
E5EC-TRX4ASM-019 E5EC-TRX4DSM-019
E5EC-TQX4ASM-000 E5EC-TQX4DSM-000
E5EC-TQX4ASM-008 E5EC-TQX4DSM-008
E5EC-TQX4ASM-019 E5EC-TQX4DSM-019
E5EC-TCX4ASM-000
E5EC-TCX4ASM-004
E5EC-TCX4ASM-021
E5EC-TCX4ASM-022

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E5EC-TCX4DSM-000
E5EC-TCX4DSM-004
E5EC-TCX4DSM-021
E5EC-TCX4DSM-022

E5AC-T	 Temperature & Process Controllers

M436

1/4 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controller
with High Visibility Display
•	 Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32
segments (steps)
•	 Fast and precise regulation:
50 ms sampling loop period

I

•	 High-contrast, white LCD display visible
from a far distance and from any angle
(PV: 25 mm (H) )
•	 Models available with up to 4 auxiliary
outputs and up to 6 event inputs and a
transfer output
•	 Easy to setup without power supply and
operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

•	 Compact short body depth:
96 H x 96 W x 60 D mm

Specifications

•	 Accuracy:
•	Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value
or ±10°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value
or ±0.2°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.
•	Analog: ±0.1% FS+/-1 digit max.

•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
•	Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C,
60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C
•	Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
•	 Program Control:
•	Number of programs: 8
•	Number of segments: 32
•	Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/
0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s

•	 Control Output:
•	Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A
(resistive load)
•	Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20%
(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with
short-circuit protection circuit
•	Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20
mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution
approx. 10,000

Ordering Information

•	 Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Input

Output

Temp.
&
Analog

Out 1: Relay,
Out 2: None

Fixed option

Alarms

--0
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 2
RS-485
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 6
Transfer output
Out 1: Voltage --0
(pulse),
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 2
Out 2: None
RS-485
Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 6
Transfer output
Out 1: Current, --0
Out 2: None
RS-495
2
Transfer output
6
Transfer output, Communications
4
Note: Please reference E5AC-T datasheet for other models and options.

Model: 100-240 VAC

Model: 24 VAC/VDC

E5AC-TRX4ASM-000 E5AC-TRX4DSM-000
E5AC-TRX4ASM-008 E5AC-TRX4DSM-008
E5AC-TRX4ASM-019 E5AC-TRX4DSM-019
E5AC-TQX4ASM-000 E5AC-TQX4DSM-000
E5AC-TQX4ASM-008 E5AC-TQX4DSM-008
E5AC-TQX4ASM-019 E5AC-TQX4DSM-019
E5AC-TCX4ASM-000
E5AC-TCX4ASM-004
E5AC-TCX4ASM-021
E5AC-TCX4ASM-022

E5AC-TCX4DSM-000
E5AC-TCX4DSM-004
E5AC-TCX4DSM-021
E5AC-TCX4DSM-022

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-9

E5GN	

Temperature & Process Controllers

M226

1/32 DIN Size Temperature &
Process Controllers with Smart
Functions
•	 Universal temperature input available with
screw terminals or cage clamp terminals
•	 Smart display can be set to automatically
alternate between Temperature Controller
status (auto/manual, RUN/STOP, and
alarms) and the PV or SV

•	 Switch among 3 colors as status changes to
make the PV display more informative

•	 Control output ON/OFF counter for relays
supports preventive maintenance

•	 Simple PC setup using serial communication
models and CX-Thermo software

Specifications
•	 Temperature Input Models:
• Thermocouple: K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B,	
	 W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10 to
260°C, 4 ranges
• Voltage input: 0 to 50 mV

•	 Indication Accuracy:
• Thermocouple input: ±0.3% of PV
• Pt input: ±0.2% of PV
•	 Models with Analog Inputs:
• Current input: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage input: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

Ordering Information
Control
method

Control
mode

No. of auxiliary
outputs

Communications

Additional
functions

Screw terminal
model

Cage clamp terminal
model

Input Voltage Selection: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (add AC100240) or 24 VAC/VDC (add ACDC24) to the model number
Relay
output

Voltage
output for
SSR

Current
output

Standard

---

---

---

E5GN-RT

E5GN-RT-C

Standard or
heat/cool

1

---

---

E5GN-R1T

E5GN-R1T-C

1

---

2 event inputs

E5GN-R1BT

E5GN-R1BT-C

1

RS-232C

---

E5GN-R101T-FLK

E5GN-R101T-C -FLK

1

RS-485

---

E5GN-R103T-FLK

E5GN-R103T-FLK

2

---

2 event inputs

E5GN-R2BT

E5GN-R2BT-C

2

RS-485

---

E5GN-R203T-FLK

E5GN-R203T-C -FLK

Standard

---

---

---

E5GN-QT

E5GN-QT-C

Standard or
heat/cool

1

---

---

E5GN-Q1T

E5GN-Q1T-C

1

---

2 event inputs

E5GN-Q1BT

E5GN-Q1BT-C

1

RS-232C

---

E5GN-Q101T-FLK

E5GN-Q101T-C -FLK

1

RS-485

---

E5GN-Q103T-FLK

E5GN-Q103T-C -FLK

2

---

2 event inputs

E5GN-Q2BT

E5GN-Q2BT-C

2

RS-485

E5GN-Q203T-FLK

E5GN-Q203T-C -FLK

1

---

E5GN-C1T

E5GN-C1T-C

1

---

2 event inputs

E5GN-C1BT

E5GN-C1BT-C

1

RS-232C

E5GN-C101T-FLK

E5GN-C101T-C -FLK

1

RS-485

Transfer
output using
control output

E5GN-C103T-FLK

E5GN-C103T-FLK

Standard or
heat/cool

Note: Analog input E5GN-L models available, please see complete datasheet.

I-10

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E5CN-H	Temperature & Process Controllers

M223

Advanced, High-Performance 1/16
DIN Size Temperature & Process
Controllers
•	 Easy-to-read, high-resolution, 11-segment
display with 5 digits/0.01°C or F
•	 Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery
from 60 ms sampling rate

I

•	 Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and
delays) with contact outputs set from
CX-Thermo software
•	 Optional units include event inputs,
communications, 1-phase and 3-phase
heater burnout, transfer output, and a
second control output

Specifications
•	 Universal Inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N,
R, S, B, W, or PL II
• Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPt100
• Current input: 4-20 mA, 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V
•	 Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.
•	 Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value or
±0.5°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.

•	 Relay Output: SPST-NO, 3 A at 250 VAC
• 100,000 electrical operations (standard)
•	 Voltage Output: 12 VDC ±15% for SSR, 21
mA max. load with short-circuit protection
•	 Current Output: 4-20 mA DC/0 to 20 mA
DC, 600 Ω max., approx. 10,000 resolution
•	 Linear Voltage Input: 0 to 10 VDC (load:
1 kΩ min.), approx. 10,000 resolution

•	 Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.
•	 CT input: ±5% FS ±1 digit max.

Temperature & Process Controllers
Supply voltage

Auxiliary outputs

Control outputs

Model (only black models listed)

100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

2

Relay (See note)

E5CN-HR2M-500 AC100-240

Voltage (See note)

E5CN-HQ2M -500 AC100-240

Current (See note)

E5CN-HC2M-500 AC100-240

Linear voltage

E5CN-HV2M-500 AC100-240

Relay (See note)

E5CN-HR2MD-500 ACDC24

Voltage (See note)

E5CN-HQ2MD-500 ACDC24

Current (See note)

E5CN-HC2MD-500 ACDC24

Linear voltage

E5CN-HV2MD-500 ACDC24

24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC

Note: To order these specific models in silver add “W” to the part number (e.g. E5CN-HR2M-W-500 AC100-240); models with
linear voltage output only available in black

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-11

E5CN-HT	

Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers

M326

Advanced, High-Performance
1/16 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controller
•	 Set up to 8 program patterns with 32
segments (steps) each
•	 Preventive maintenance for relays in the
Temperature Controller using a Control
Output On/Off Counter
•	 Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and
delays) with contact outputs set from
CX-Thermo Software
•	 Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery
from 60 ms sampling rate

Specifications
•	 Universal Input:

•	 Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.

•	 Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R,
S, B, W, or PL II

•	 CT Input: ±5% FS ±1 digit max.

•	 Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPT100

•	 100,000 electrical operations (standard)

•	 Current input: 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA
•	 Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V	

•	 Voltage Output: 12 VDC ±15%% for SSR, 21
mA max. load with short-circuit protection

•	 Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value or
±1 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.

•	 Current Output: 4-20 mA DC, 0 to 20 mA DC,
600Ω max., approx. 10,000 resolution

•	 Relay Output: SPST-NO. 3 A at 250 VAC

•	 Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value
or ±0.5 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit
max.	

Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers
Supply voltage

Auxiliary outputs

Control outputs

Model (only black models listed)

100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

2

Relay	

E5CN-HTR2M-500AC100-240

Current

E5CN-HTC2M-500AC100-240

24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC

I-12

2

Linear voltage	

E5CN-HTV2M-500AC100-240

Relay	

E5CN-HTR2MD-500AC/DC24

Voltage	

E5CN-HTQ2MD-500AC/DC24

Current

E5CN-HTC2MD-500AC/DC24

Linear voltage

E5CN-HTV2MD-500AC/DC24

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E5AN-H/E5EN-H	 Process Controllers

M225

Universal Compact Digital Process
Controllers
The E5_N-H series of process controllers
take the proven concept of the general
purpose E5_N series to a process level. Main
features of the E5_N-H series are universal
inputs, process outputs and options such
as transfer output, remote set point and set
value programmer.

I

•	 Control mode: ON/OFF or 2-PID,
Valve control
•	 Control output: Relay, voltage (pulse),
SSR, linear current and voltage
•	 Power supply: 100-240 VAC or
24 VDC/VAC
•	 Fast sampling period of 60 ms

•	 Easy PC connection for parameter cloning,
setting and tuning
•	 Clear and intuitive set-up and operation

Specifications
•	 Universal inputs:
• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N,
R, S, B, W, or PLII
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 and JPt100
• Current input: 4-20 mA, 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage input:1 to 5V, 0 to 5V, or 0 to 10V

•	 Indication Accuracy:
• Thermocouple: ± 0.1% of indicated value
or ±1°C, whichever is greater ±1 digit max.
• Platinum RTD: ± 0.1% of indicated value
or ±0.5°C, whichever is greater ±1 digit max.
• Analog input: ± 0.1% FS ± 1 digit max.

Process Controllers
Control
method

Auxiliary output

Control output
1&2

Heater
burnout

Transfer
output

Model
1/4 DIN - E5AN-H models (96 x 96 mm)
1/8 DIN - E5EN-H models (48 x 96 mm)

Basic

2 alarm relays

None fitted, 2 slots*

1-phase

---

E5_N-HAA2HBM-500 AC100240

3 alarm relays

2 SSR outputs fitted
None fitted, 2 slots*
2 SS outputs fitted
None fitted, 2 slots*
2 SS outputs fitted
2 relay outputs fitted
2 relay outputs fitted

1-phase
3-phase
3-phase
---------

--4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
--4 to 20 mA

E5_N-HSS2HBM-500 AC100240
E5_N-HAA2HHBFMD-500 AC100240
E5_N-HSS2HHBFMD-500 AC100240
E5_N-HAA3HHBFMD-500 AC100240
E5_N-HSS3HHBFMD-500 AC100240
E5_N-HPRR2BM-500 AC100240
E5_NHPRR2BFMD-500 AC100240

Valve

2 alarm relays

*Select 2 Control Output Units from chart below: Relay, SSR, Voltage pulse (NPN or PNP), Current or Linear voltage
All E5EN-H/E5AN-H have 2 event inputs and Remote Set point 4 to 20 mA input.

Output Option Boards
Output option	

Model

Output option	

Model

Relay

E53-RN

Linear 4 to 20 mA

E53-C3N

Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC PNP

E53-QN

Linear 0 to 20 mA

E53-C3DN

Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC NPN

E53-Q

Linear 0 to 10 V

E53-V34N

Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC NPN

E53-Q4

Linear 0 to 5 V

E53-V35N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-13

E5AN-HT/E5EN-HT	

Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers

M326

Advanced, High-Performance
1/4 and 1/8 DIN Size Ramp/Soak
Temperature & Process Controllers
•	 Set up to 8 program patterns with 32
segments (steps) each
•	 Preventive maintenance for relays in the
Temperature Controller using a Control
Output ON/Off Counter
•	 Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and
delays) with contact outputs set from CXThermo Software
•	 Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery
from 60 ms sampling rate

Specifications
•	 Universal Input:
•	Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R, 	
	 S, B, W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPT100
•	Current input:4-20 mA, 0-20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V

•	Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.
•	CT Input: ±5% FS ±1 digit max.

•	 Output Types:
•	Relay Output: SPST-NO. 3 A,at 250 VAC
	 100,000 electrical operations (standard
•	Voltage Output: 12 VDC ±15% for SSR,
	 21 mA max. load with short-circuit 		
•	 Indication Accuracy:
	protection
•	Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value or 	
•	Current Output: 4-20 mA DC, 0 to
	 ±1 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.
	 20 mA DC, 600Ω max., approx. 10,000 		
•	Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value or	
	resolution
	 ±0.5 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.

Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers
Control
type

Auxiliary
outputs

Control output
1/2

Heater
burnout

Basic

3

Control Output
Unit x 2

2
2
Valve

2
2

Control Output
Unit x 2

Output Functions

Model

Event
inputs

Transfer
output

RSP

---

2

4 to 20 mA
output

1
2

2
2

-----

2
2

4 to 20 mA
output
---4 to 20 mA
output
--4 to 20 mA
output

1/4 DIN - E5AN-HT (96 x 96 mm)
1/8 DIN - E5EN-HT (48 x 96 mm)
E5_N-HTAA3BFM-500AC100-240
E5_N-HTAA2HBM-500AC100-240
E5_N-HTAA2HHBFM-500AC100-240

4 to 20 mA
output

E5_N-HTPRR2BM-500AC100-240
E5_N-HTPRR2BFM-500AC100-240

*Select 2 Control Output Units from chart below: Relay, SSR, Voltage pulse (NPN or PNP), Current or Linear voltage
All E5EN-H/E5AN-H have 2 event inputs and Remote Set point 4 to 20 mA input.

Output Option Boards
Output option

Model

Output option

Model

Relay

E53-RN

Linear 4 to 20 mA

E53-C3N

Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC, PNP
Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC, NPN
Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC, PNP

E53-QN
E53-Q3
E53-Q4

Linear 0 to 20 mA
Linear 0 to 10 V
Linear 0 to 5 V

E53-C3DN
E53-V34N
E53-V35N

I-14

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E5CSV	Digital Temperature Controllers

M227

Simple to Set and Operate 1/16
DIN Size Controllers
•	 Easy setting using internal DIP and rotary
switches
•	 ON/OFF or PID control (with on-demand
auto-tuning) selectable
•	 Clearly visible digital display with
character height of 13.5 mm
•	 Deviation indicator makes monitoring
more effective
•	 Models with two alarms are ideal for
temperature alarm applications
•	 Setting change protection prohibits
tampering
•	 Sampling rate (500 ms) and selectable
control period (2 and 20 s) improves
response
•	 8-mode alarm output and sensor error
detection

I

•	 Input shift adjusts display to reflect known
sensor offsets
•	 Accuracy ±0.5% of value
•	 °C or °F field selectable
•	 RoHS compliant
•	 Water-resistant front panel rated NEMA 4X/
IP66
•	 Compact: Measures 48 H x 48 W x 78 D mm

Specifications
•	 Multi-input (thermocouple/platinum
resistance thermometer) type: K, J, L, T, U,
N, R, Pt100, JPt100

• Relay Output: SPST-NO, 3 A at 250 VAC; 	
100,000 electrical operations
• Voltage Output: 12 VDC for SSR, 21 mA 	
	 max. load with short-circuit protection

Ordering Information
Power
supply
voltage

Control output

TC/Pt multi-input
Case color: Black
Scale marked in °C

TC input Case
color: Light
gray Scale
marked in °C

Pt Input Case
color: Light
gray Scale
marked in °C

TC/Pt multi-input
Case color: Black
Scale marked in °F

100 to
0
240 VAC,
50/60 Hz

Relay

E5CSV-RT AC100-240

---

---

E5CSV-RT-F AC100-240

Voltage
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-QT AC100-240

1

Relay

E5CSV-R1T AC100-240

E5CSV-R1KJ-W E5CSV-R1P-W

E5CSV-R1T-F AC100-240

Voltage
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-Q1T AC100-240 E5CSV-Q1KJ-W E5CSV-Q1P-W

E5CSV-Q1T-F AC100-240

2 (See
note)

Relay

E5CSV-R2T AC100-240

E5CSV-R2T-F AC100-240

Voltage
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-Q2T AC100-240

E5CSV-Q2T-F AC100-240

0

Relay

E5CSV-RTD AC/DC24

---

Voltage
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-QTD AC/DC24

Relay

E5CSV-R1TD AC/DC24

E5CSV-R1T-DF AC/DC24

Voltage
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-Q1TD AC/DC24

E5CSV-Q1T-DF AC/DC24

Relay

E5CSV-R2TD AC/DC24

---

Voltage
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-Q2TD AC/DC24

24 VAC/
VDC

Number
of alarm
points

1

2 (See
note)

E5CSV-QT-F AC100-240

---

---

Note: Models with two alarm outputs always use the upper limit alarm mode for the alarm 2 output.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-15

E5C2	 Temperature Controllers

M229

1/16 DIN Sized, Analog-Set
Temperature Controller
•	 Fits standard 8-pin round sockets
•	 ON/OFF control models and proportional
control models available
•	 Front panel offset adjustment on
proportional control models
•	 Dual scale models available
•	 Contact or voltage output models
•	 Type J or K thermocouples, platinum RTD
and thermistor input models
•	 Panel mount hardware included
•	 Sockets, protective cover, and other
accessories available separately

Specifications
•	 Thermocouple Input: Type K or J models
•	 Platinum RTD Input: Pt100
•	 Relay Output: SPDT, 3 A at 250 VAC
resistive load
•	 Voltage (pulse) Output: 5 VDC, 10 mA max.
with short-circuit protection circuit
•	 Voltage Types Available:
	• 100 to 120 VAC 50/60 Hz
	• 200 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz

Ordering Information
Input type

Temperature range

Setting
accuracy

Voltage

Control
type

Control
output

Thermocouple (K)

32°F - 1112°F

100/120
VAC,
50/60 Hz

Relay

0°C - 200°C and
32°F - 392°F

±2% max.
of full
scale

ON/OFF

Thermocouple (J)

0°C - 400°C and
32°F - 752°F

I-16

E5C2-R20K-W AC100-240 32-1112
E5C2-R20J-W AC100-240 32-392

0°C - 400°C and
32°F - 752°F
0°C - 200°C and
32°F - 392°F

Model

E5C2-R20J-W AC100-240 32-752
Proportional

E5C2-R40J-W AC100-240 32-392
E5C2-R40J-W Ac100-240 32-752

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K8AK-TH	Temperature Monitoring Relays

R639

Space Saving, Ultra Slim 22.5 mm
Temperature Monitoring Relays
Prevent equipment against damage from
excessive temperature increases.
•	 Universal-input support for thermocouple
and RTD sensors

I

•	 Set Value Protection - prohibits changes
to set values of the temperature
monitoring relay
•	 Wide range of functions: alarm mode
(upper and lower limit), enable/disable
latch, selectable temperature setting:
Fahrenheit or degrees Celsius
•	 Simple rotary and DIP switch settings
•	 Alarm status identification with LED
indicator

Specifications
•	 Temperature sensor inputs:
•	 K8AK-TH11S - Thermocouple Types K,
J, T, E; Platinum RTD Pt100
•	 K8AK-TH12S - Thermocouple Types K,
J, T, E, B, R, S, PLII
•	 Relay capacity: 3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC
(resistive load)
•	 DIN track mounting
•	 Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

Ordering Information
Description

Features

Relay Output

Model

Temperature range 0 to 999°
C/F

Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 1°
C/F setting unit

SPDT 3 A @ 250 VAC (resistive
load)

K8AK-TH11S 100-240VAC
K8AK-TH11S 24VAC/DC

Temperature Range 0 to 1800°
C, 0 to 3200° F

Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 10°
C/F setting unit

K8AK-TH12S 100-240VAC
K8AK-TH12S 24VAC/DC

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-17

E5AR/E5ER	 Temperature Controllers

M424

1/4 and 1/8 DIN Digital Controllers
Offer 5-Digit, 3-Row Display
•	 A short 50 ms sampling period provides
high-speed response
•	 Single-loop PID control or Single-loop
heating and cooling control; multi-loop
control models available
•	 Displays PV, SP, and MV data
simultaneously in a 3-row, reverse LCD
display with backlight
•	 Multi-loop (2 or 4 Loop types) control
models offer cascade and proportional
control all in one unit
•	 Position-proportional relay output models
available for motor/valve control

Specifications
•	 Input Types:
•	Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, 	
	 S, B, W
•	Platinum RTD inputs: Pt100
•	Current Input: 4 to 20 mA DC, 0 to 20 mA 	
	 DC (including remote SP input)
•	Voltage Input: 1 to 5 VDC, 0 to 5 VDC, 0 	
	 to 10 VDC (including remote SP input 		
	 (Input impedance: 150 Ω for current input, 	
	 approx. 1 MΩ for voltage input)

•	 Output Types:
•	Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC, 40 mA 		
	 max. with short-circuit protection circuit
•	Current output: 0 to 20 mA DC, 4 to
	 20 mA DC; load: 500 Ω max. (including 		
	 transfer output) (Resolution: Approx. 		
	 54,000 for 0 to 20 mA DC; Approx. 43,000 	
	 for 4 to 20 mA DC)
•	 Control Method: PID or ON/OFF control

•	 Accuracy:
• Temperature: ±0.1% of PV, ±1 digit
• Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.

Ordering Information
Size

1/4
DIN

1/8
DIN

Voltage

100-240
VAC,
50/60
Hz

100-240
VAC,
50/60
Hz

Control
type

Control outputs

1 Loop

2 points: Pulse
voltage and Pulse
voltage/current

1 Loop

4 points: Pulse
voltage and Pulse
voltage/current and
Current (2 points)

1 Loop

2 points: Pulse
voltage and Pulse
voltage/current

1 Loop

4 points: Pulse
voltage and Pulse
voltage/current and
Current (2 points)

Additional features

Model

Auxiliary
outputs

Event
inputs

Serial
communications

4

2

No

E5AR-Q4B AC100-240

6

RS-485

E5AR-QC43DB-FLK AC100-240

2

No

E5ER-Q4B AC100-240

6

RS-485

E5ER-QC43DB-FLK AC100-240

4

Note: For 2 or 4 loop controllers visit www.omron247.com

I-18

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E5ZN	 Multi-Loop Temperature Controllers

M423

DIN Track Mounting Modular
Temperature Controller
•	 Two temperature control loops per unit 		

	 occupy just 30 mm rack space
•	 Easily expands to 32 control loops with up 	
	 to 16 E5ZN units
•	 Plug-in temperature controllers can be 		
	 replaced without changing terminal wiring
•	 No power supply and communications
	 wiring required between units when 		
	 multiple units are mounted side-by-side
•	 CX-Thermo support software simplifies 		
	 setup and monitoring via PC
•	 Optional 1/16 DIN Setting Display Unit for 	
	 in-panel setting/monitoring
•	 Field selectable heating or heat/cool 		
	control
•	 One event input per unit

I

•	
•	
	
•	
	
	

Serial RS-485 communications built in
Optional DeviceNet communications
unit available
Dimensions: 134.7 H x 30 W x 112 D mm 	
(socket mounted first unit); 22.5 W for 		
additional units

•	
•	
	
•	
	

Transistor Output: 100 mA at 30 VDC
Analog Current Output: 4 to 20/0 to 20 mA 	
DC; 350 Ω max.
Transfer Output Accuracy: ±0.5% FS +0.7 mA 	
or ±0.5% FS +0.175 V

Specifications
•	 Thermocouple Input: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, 	
N, R, S, B
•	 Platinum RTD Input: Pt100, JPt100
•	 Voltage Output for SSR: 12 VDC ±15% 	
	 (PNP); 21 mA max.; short-circuit protection

Modular Temperature Controllers
Input type

Accuracy

Supply voltage

Control output

Auxiliary output

Thermocouple
Platinum RTD

±0.5%
or ±1°C,
(whichever
is greater)
±1 digit
max.

24 VDC

Voltage for SSR

Transistor output: Heater burnout
2 pts (sinking)
alarm (Use
E54-CT1 or
Transistor output: E54-CT3 cur2 pts (sourcing)
rent transformer
Transistor output: as detector)
2 pts (sinking)

Thermocouple
Platinum RTD
Thermocouple
Platinum RTD
Thermocouple
Platinum RTD
Thermocouple
Platinum RTD
Thermocouple
Platinum RTD

Transistor

Additional
functions

Transistor output:
2 pts (sourcing)
Analog current
output

Transistor output: Transfer output
2 pts (sinking)
(linear voltage
Transistor output: output)
2 pts (sourcing)

Model
E5ZN-2QNH03TC-FLK
E5ZN-2QNH03P-FLK
E5ZN-2QPH03TC-FLK
E5ZN-2QPH03P-FLK
E5ZN-2TNH03TC-FLK
E5ZN-2TNH03P-FLK
E5ZN-2TPH03TC-FLK
E5ZN-2TPH03P-FLK
E5ZN-2CNF03TC-FLK
E5ZN-2CNF03P-FLK
E5ZN-2CPF03TC-FLK
E5ZN-2CPF03P-FLK

Terminal Units
Description

Application

Dimensions

Model

Terminal units (include
bus system without
backplane)

For first E5ZN unit or DeviceNet unit.
Equipped with terminals for power supply,
communications and setting devices.

134.7 H x 30 W x 46 D mm

E5ZN-SCT24S-500

For second and additional E5ZN units.

134.7 H x 22.5 W x 46 D mm

E5ZN-SCT18S-500

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-19

EJ1	 Multi-Loop Temperature & Process Controllers

M422

Modular In-Panel Temperature/
Process Controller Easily
Integrates with Host Devices
•	 Improves setup through high-speed
program-less communications with PLCs,
HMIs and Power Controller
•	 System expandable up to 256 loops for
large area control
•	 Sampling period of 250 ms
•	 Multi-input units (2 or 4 loops): RTD,
thermocouple, current and voltage inputs
•	 RS-232C/RS-4485 with Modbus RTU
and CompoWay/F communications, and
dedicated port for G3ZA power controller
•	 One operation loads all parameters for up
to 16 controllers connected to DeviceNet
unit

Specifications
•	 Universal Inputs:
•	Thermocouple: Types
K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II
•	Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
•	Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-260°C
•	Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
•	Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V
•	 Accuracy:
•	Temperature Input: (±0.5% of indicated
value or ±1°C) ±1 digit max.
•	Analog Input: ±0.5% FS+/-1 digit

Temperature/Process Controller Basic Units
Power
supply

Control
loops

Control
outputs
1 and 2

Control
outputs
3 and 4

Functions

24 VDC
from the
End Unit

2

2 voltage
outputs for
SSR

2 transistor
outputs (NPN)

2 heater
G3ZA Power
burnout
Controller port:
alarms; 2
RS-485
event inputs
From End Unit:
None
Port A or B:
RS-485

4

2

2 voltage
outputs for
SSR
2 current
outputs

2 transistor
outputs (NPN)

Communication
functions

2 event
inputs

Terminal

Model

M3 terminal

EJ1N-TC2A-QNHB

Cage clamp

EJ1N-TC2B-QNHB

M3 terminal

EJ1N-TC4A-QQ

Cage clamp

EJ1N-TC4B-QQ

M3 terminal

EJ1N-TC2A-CNB

Cage clamp

EJ1N-TC2B-CNB

Communications Units
Name

Power
supply

Auxiliary output

Event
inputs

Communication
functions

Terminal

Model

High
function
unit (HFU)
(See Note)

24 VDC
supplied
from
End Unit

Transistor output:
4 points (sinking)

4

Port C: RS-485 or
RS-232C selectable
End Unit Port A: RS-485

M3 terminal

EJ1N-HFUA-NFLK

4 points (sinking)

EJ1N-HFUB-NFLK

Port C: RS-422
End Unit Port A: RS-485

M3 terminal

EJ1N-HFUA-NFL2

Cage clamp

EJ1N-HFUB-NFL2

End unit

24 VDC

None

None

DeviceNet

Cage clamp

EJ1N-HFUB-DRT

Transistor output:
2 points (sinking)

None

Port A or B: RS-485
Connector: Port A

M3 terminal

EJ1C-EDUA-NFLK

Detachable connector

EJ1C-EDUC-NFLK

Note: The End Unit is always required for connection to a Basic Controller Unit or HFU. An HFU cannot operate without a Basic
Unit. External communications cannot be performed using a Basic Unit alone.

I-20

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Power Supplies
Contents
Selection Guide

J-ii

Single-Phase
S8VK-G

DIN Rail Mount

J-1

S8VK-R

Redundancy PS Module

J-2

S8VS

DIN Rail Mount with
Smart Display

J-3

S8VM

DC Source with Unique
Undervoltage Alarm

J-4

S8JX-G

Cost-Effective with Multiple
Mounting Options

J-5

S8JX-P

Power Factor Correction

J-6

Three-Phase
S8VK-T

3-Phase Switch Mode

J-7

J-i

J

Power Supplies

Reliable DC power for your panel
Keep critical equipment operational
with Omron Smart Display Power Supplies
Omron is a world leader in the development and manufacturing of industrial switching power
supplies. More than 25 years ago we launched our first compact line, the S82K, and since
2002, our S8VS compact series has been an automatic choice with customers. We expand
on this legacy with the introduction of the S8VK series. To provide the perfect solution to
match every customer's need, we have launched 3 different families within the S8VK series:
•  The standard S8VK-G models
•  The redundancy units S8VK-R models
•  The three-phase S8VK-T models
Which type of power supply you are looking for?

Single-phase

Three-phase

Din Rail Mount?

Cost Effective

Redundancy

S8VK-G

S8VK-R

120-960 W

Yes

J-ii

S8VK-T

Preventative Maintenance support?

No

60-480 W

15-150 W

15-1500 W

15-600 W

60-600 W

S8VS-A/-B

S8VM-A/-P

S8VM

S8JX-G

S8JX-P

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Selection Table
Category

Compact Power Supplies

Functions

Power

Selection
Criteria

Model
Phases
Rated voltage
Voltage
15 W
25 W
30 W
35 W
50 W
60 W
90 W
100 W
120 W
150 W
180 W
240 W
300 W
480 W
SEMI F47-0200
(200 VAC input)
Capacitor back-up
Undervoltage alarm
Overvoltage protection
Overload protection
DIN-rail mounting
Screw mounting
(with bracket)
EMI Class B
UL Class 2
Parallel operation
Series operation
Service life
display/output
Load run-time
display/output

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

S8VK-G

S8VK-R

Single-phase

S8VS

100 to 240 VAC
5V
12 V
4
4
–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F47-0706 (200 to 240 VAC)

24 V
4
–
4
–
–
4
–
–
4
–
–
4
–
4

48 V
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
–
4
–

DC Input
Voltage
5 to 30 VDC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Single-phase

–
4
4
4
4
4

–
4
4
4
4
4

–
4
4
4
4
4

–
4
4
4
4
4

–
–
–
–
–
–

8
4
4
4
4
–

4
4
4
4
–

4
4
4
4
–

4
4
4
4
–

4
4
4
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
4 60 W only
–
4
8 60-480 W

–

–

–

–

–

8 60-480 W

100 to 240 VAC
24 V
–
–
–
–
–
1.3 A
7.5 A
–
5A
–
7.5 A
10 A
–
20 A
4

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-iii

J

Selection Table

Functions

Power

Selection
Criteria

Category

Model
Phases
Rated voltage
Voltage
15 W
25 W
30 W
35 W
50 W
60 W
90 W
100 W
120 W
150 W
180 W
240 W
300 W
480 W
600 W
960 W
1500 W
SEMI F47-0200
(200 VAC input)
Undervoltage alarm
Overvoltage protection
Overload protection
DIN-rail mounting
Screw mounting
(with bracket)
EMI Class B
UL Class 2
Parallel operation
Series operation

4	 Standard	

J-iv

Slim Power Supplies

8	 Available	

Slim Power Supplies

S8VM
Single-phase
100 to 240 VAC
5V
12 V
3.0 A
1.3 A
–
–
6.0 A
2.5 A
–
–
–
4.3 A
–
–
–
–
20.0 A
8.5 A
–
–
27.0 A
12.5 A
–
–
–
–
–
27 A
–
–
–
53 A
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

S8JX-G

24 V
0.65 A
–
1.3 A
–
2.2 A
–
–
4.5 A
–
6.5 A
–
–
14 A
–
27 A
–
70 A
4

Single-phase
100 to 240 VAC
5V
12 V
3A
1.3 A
–
–
–
–
7A
3A
10 A
4.2 A
–
–
–
–
20 A
8.5 A
–
–
30 A
13 A
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4

15 V
1A
–
–
2.4 A
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4

24 V
0.65 A
–
–
1.5 A
2.1 A
–
–
4.5 A
–
6.5 A
–
–
14 A
–
27 A
–
–
4

–
4
4
4
4

4
4
4
4
4

–
4
4
4
4

–
4
4
4
4

–
4
4
4
4

–
4
4
4
4

4
–
–
4

4
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Power Supplies

Functions

Power

Selection
Criteria

Category

Power Factory Correction Power Supplies

Model
Phases
Rated voltage
Voltage
50 W
60 W
90 W
100 W
120 W
150 W
180 W
240 W
300 W
480 W
600 W
960 W
SEMI F47-0200
(200 VAC input)
Undervoltage alarm
Overvoltage protection
Overload protection
DIN-rail mounting
Screw mounting
(with bracket)
EMI Class B
UL Class 2
Parallel operation
Series operation

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

Slim Power Supplies

S8JX-P
Single-phase
–
5V
12 V
4
4
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–
4
4
–
–
F47-0706 (200 to 240 VAC)

S8VK-T

24 V
4
–
–
4
–
4
–
–
4
–
4
–

48 V
4
–
–
4
–
4
–
–
4
–
4
–

Three-phase
340 to 576 VAC
24 V
–
–
–
–
5A
–
–
10 A
–
20 A
–
40 A
–

4
4
4
4
4

4
4
4
4
4

4
4
4
4
4

4
4
4
4
4

–
4
4
4
8

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

4
–
4
4

J

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-v

S8VK-G	Switch Mode Power Supply

P234

Reliable and Easy Operation –
Worldwide
•	 Wide operating temperature range:
-40°C to 70°C
•	 15 W, 30 W, 60 W sizes conform to UL Class
2 Output
•	 Universal input for worldwide applications:
100 to 240 VAC
•	 Power boost function at 120%
•	 Can withstand up to 5G of shock & vibration
•	 5-year warranty

Specifications
•	 Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
•	 Output voltage: 5 VDC, 12 VDC, 24 VDC,
48 VDC 	
•	 Overload protection
•	 Overvoltage protection

Ordering Information
Power rating

Input voltage

Output voltage

Output current

Boost Current

15 W

Single Phase
100 to 240 VAC
90 to 350 VDC

5V

3A

3.6 A

S8VK-G01505

12 V

1.2 A

1.44 A

S8VK-G01512

Model

24 V

0.65 A

0.78 A

S8VK-G01524

5V

5A

6A

S8VK-G03005

12 V

2.5 A

3A

S8VK-G03012

24 V

1.3 A

1.56 A

S8VK-G03024

12 V

4.5 A

5.4 A

S8VK-G06012

24 V

2.5 A

3A

S8VK-G06024

120 W

24 V

5A

6A

S8VK-G12024

240 W

24 V

10 A

12 A

S8VK-G24024

48 V

5A

6A

S8VK-G24048

24 V

20 A

24 A

S8VK-G48024

48 V

10 A

12 A

S8VK-G48048

30 W

60 W

480 W

J-1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S8VK-R	

Redundancy Unit for Power Supplies

P237

Compact Din Rail Mount
Redundancy Units
•	 Wide input voltage: 5–30 VDC
•	 Status confirmation with operating LED
•	 Output signal for detection of failed power
supply
•	 Wide operating temperature:
-40°C to 70°C
•	 5-year warranty

Specifications
•	 Supply voltage: 5 to 30 VDC

J

Ordering Information
Input voltage

Output voltage

Output current

Model

5 to 30 VDC

5 to 30 VDC

10 A

S8VK-R10

10 to 60 VDC

10 to 60 VDC

20 A

S8VK-R20

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-2

S8VS	 Single-Phase Power Supplies

P222

DIN Rail Mount Power Supplies
with Smart Display
Models with Smart Display for diagnostics and
output monitoring show output voltage, output
current, and peak hold current.
•	 Ultra-compact size with wide power range of
60-480 W saves panel space
•	 Unique LED displays and alarm output (60480 W models) shorten troubleshooting and
support preventive maintenance
• Power supply service life monitor (“A” type)
• Run-time for connected load monitor
(“B” type)
•	 RoHS compliant
•	 Power Factor Correction function standard
•	 Meets international safety standards: UL, cUL,
UL508 Listed, SEMI F47 and CE

•	 5-year warranty
•	 Alarm outputs (90 - 480 W LED models)
available: 1 undervoltage outputs, 1 for
lifetime or run-time

Ordering Information
Input voltage

Power rating

Output voltage

Output current

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

100 to 240
VAC, 50/60
Hz

60 W

24 VDC

2.5 A

95 x 40 x 108.3

S8VS-06024A
S8VS-06024B

90 W

3.75 A

115 x 50 x 121.3

S8VS-09024AS
S8VS-09024A
S8VS-09024B

120 W

5A

S8VS-12024A

180 W

7.5 A

115 x 75 x 125.3

240 W

10 A

115 x 100 x 125.3

480 W

20 A

115 x 150 x 127.2

S8VS-12024B
S8VS-18024A
S8VS-18024B
S8VS-24024A
S8VS-24024B
S8VS-48024A
S8VS-48024B

J-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S8VM Single-Phase Power Supplies

P224

Reliable DC Source with Unique
Undervoltage Alarm
•	 Slim DIN-rail mounting units help
downsize machine panels
•	 Overvoltage protection (standard) of
105% to 160% rated load current
•	 Undervoltage alarm option signals an error
and helps identify the source
•	 Terminal block protects fingers against
electric shock
•	 Enclosed and open frame models available

•	 Power Factor Correction function standard

•	 RoHS compliant

•	 5-year warranty

J

Ordering Information
Input
voltage

Power
rating

Output
voltage

Output current

Undervoltage
alarm

Efficiency

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

100 to
240 VAC,
50/60 Hz

15 W

24 VDC

0.65 A

Yes

80% min.

84.5 x 33.5 x 84.5

S8VM-01524AD

30 W

1.3 A

Yes

81% min.

84.5 x 33.5 x 99.5

S8VM-03024AD

50 W

2.2 A

Yes

80% min.

84.5 x 33.5 x 124.5

S8VM-05024AD

100 W

4.5 A

Yes

82% min.

84.5 x 35 x 164.5

S8VM-10024AD

150 W

6.5 A

Yes

83% min.

84.5 x 44 x 164.5

S8VM-15024AD

84.5 x 33.5 x 84.5

15 W

30 W

50 W

100 W

150 W

5 VDC

3.0 A

N/A

75% min.

12 VDC

1.3 A

N/A

78% min.

24 VDC

0.65 A

N/A

80% min.

5 VDC

6.0 A

N/A

75% min.

12 VDC

2.5 A

N/A

79% min.

24 VDC

1.3 A

N/A

81% min.

5 VDC

10.0 A

N/A

80% min.

S8VM-01505CD
S8VM-01512CD
S8VM-01524CD

84.5 x 33.5 x 99.5

S8VM-03005CD
S8VM-03012CD
S8VM-03024CD

84.5 x 33.5 x 124.5

S8VM-05005CD

12 VDC

4.3 A

N/A

79% min.

S8VM-05012CD

24 VDC

2.2 A

N/A

80% min.

S8VM-05024CD

5 VDC

20.0 A

N/A

81% min.

12 VDC

8.5 A

N/A

81% min.

S8VM-10012CD

24 VDC

4.5 A

N/A

82% min.

S8VM-10024CD

5 VDC

27.0 A

N/A

81% min.

12 VDC

12.5 A

N/A

81% min.

24 VDC

84.5 x 35 x 164.5

84.5 x 44 x 164.5

S8VM-10005CD

S8VM-15005CD
S8VM-15012CD

6.5 A

N/A

83% min.

300 W

14 A; Peak current: 16.5 A
(200 VAC)

N/A

81% min.

83.5 x 62.5 x 188

S8VM-30024C

S8VM-15024CD

600 W

27 A; Peak current: 31 A
(200 VAC)

N/A

81% min.

83.8 x 101.8 x 192

S8VM-60024C

1500 W

65 A (100 VAC), 70 A (200
VAC); Peak current: 105 A
(200 VAC)

N/A

82% min.

82 x 126.5 x 327

S8VM-15224C

Note: Optional mounting brackets available.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-4

S8JX-G	 Single-Phase Power Supplies

P228

Cost-Effective Power Supplies with
Multiple Mounting Options
•	 Wide power range of 15 - 600 W and voltages
(5, 12, 15, 24, 48 VDC)
•	 Universal input voltage
•	 Multiple mounting options
•	 Series operation: connect up to 2
•	 Parallel operation on 300 and 600 W
•	 Built-in overload and overvoltage protection
•	 Approvals: UL, cUL, UL508 Listed, CE,
SEMI F47, VDE

•	 5-year warranty

•	 Adjustable voltage output (-10% to 15%)

•	 48 V output available

Ordering Information
Power
rating

15 W

35 W

50 W

100 W

Output
voltage

Output
current

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

96 x 39.5 x 114.5

Part numbers
Open frame

Covered frame

Front* mount

DIN-rail mount

Front* mount

DIN-rail mount

5V

3A

S8JX-G01505

S8JX-G01505D

S8JX-G01505C

S8JX-G01505CD

12 V

1.3 A

S8JX-G01512

S8JX-G01512D

S8JX-G01512C

S8JX-G01512CD

15 V

1A

S8JX-G01515

S8JX-G01515D

S8JX-G01515C

S8JX-G01515CD

25 V

0.65 A

S8JX-G01524

S8JX-G01524D

S8JX-G01524C

S8JX-G01524CD

5V

7A

S8JX-G03505

S8JX-G03505D

S8JX-G03505C

S8JX-G03505CD

12 V

3A

S8JX-G03512

S8JX-G03512D

S8JX-G03512C

S8JX-G03512CD

15 V

2.4 A

S8JX-G03515

S8JX-G03515D

S8JX-G03515C

S8JX-G03515CD

24 V

1.5 A

S8JX-G03524

S8JX-G03524D

S8JX-G03524C

S8JX-G03524CD

5V

10 A

S8JX-G05005

S8JX-G05005D

S8JX-G05005C

S8JX-G05005CD

12 V

4.2 A

S8JX-G05012

S8JX-G05012D

S8JX-G05012C

S8JX-G05012CD

24 V

2.1 A

S8JX-G05024

S8JX-G05024D

S8JX-G05024C

S8JX-G05024CD

S8JX-G10005

S8JX-G10005D

S8JX-G10005C

S8JX-G10005CD

S8JX-G10012

S8JX-G10012D

S8JX-G10012C

S8JX-G10012CD

5V

10 A

12 V

8.5 A

96 x 39.5 x 114.5

97 x 40 x 124.5

97 x 50 x 174.5

24 V

4.5 A

S8JX-G10024

S8JX-G10024D

S8JX-G10024C

S8JX-G10024CD

150 W

24 V

6.5 A

97 x 50 x 174.5

S8JX-G15024

S8JX-G15024D

S8JX-G15024C

S8JX-G15024CD

300 W

24 V

14 A

96 x 110 x 204.8

-

-

S8JX-G30024C

S8JX-G30024CD

600 W

24 V

27 A

92 x 150 x 184.2

-

-

S8JX-G60024C

-

* Front mount models can also be side- or bottom-mounted. Front mounting bracket included. See datasheet for other optional mounting
bracket details.

Optional Mounting Brackets
Description	

Part number

Mounting Bracket A (bottom mounting for 50 W models)

S82Y-JX05B

Mounting Bracket B (bottom mounting for 100 W: 24 V models)

S82Y-JX10B

Mounting Bracket C (bottom mounting for 100 W: 5 V and 12 V models and 150 W models)

S82Y-JX15B

Mounting Bracket D (front mounting for 100 W: 5 V and 12 V models and 150 W models)

S82Y-JX15F

J-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S8JX-P	 Single-Phase Power Supplies

P233

Dependable Power Supplies
with EMI Class B and
Power Factor Correction
•	 Wide selection of power ranges (50 to 600
W) of and voltages (5, 12, 24, 48)
•	 Conforms to EMI EN55011 Class B
•	 Universal input voltage
•	 Series operation: connect up to 2 units
•	 Parallel operation on 300 and 600 W
•	 Approvals: UL, CUL, UL508 Listed, CE,
SEMI 476, VDE

J

•	 Adjustable voltage output (-10% to 15%)
•	 5-year warranty

Ordering Information
Power
rating

Output
Voltage

Output Current

Dimensions
HxWxD

Model
Open Frame

Closed Frame

Front Mount

DIN-rail Mount

Front Mount

DIN-rail Mount

S8JX-P05005

S8JX-P05005D

S8JX-P05005C

S8JX-P05005CD

S8JXT-P05012

S8JX-P05012D

S8JX-P05012C

S8JX-P05012CD

5V

10 A

12 V

4.2 A

24 V

2.1 A

S8JX-P05024

S8JX-P05024D

S8JX-P05024C

S8JX-P05024CD

48 V

1.1 A

S8JX-P05048

S8JX-P05048D

S8JX-P05048C

S8JX-P05048CD

5V

20 A

S8JX-P10005

S8JX-P10005D

S8JX-P10005C

S8JX-P10005CD

12 V

8.5 A

S8JX-P10012

S8JX-P10012D

S8JX-P10012C

S8JX-P10012CD

24 V

4.5 A

S8JX-P10024

S8JX-P10024D

S8JX-P10024C

S8JX-P10024CD

48 V

2.1 A

S8JX-P10048

S8JX-P10048D

S8JX-P10048C

S8JX-P10048CD

5V

30 A

S8JX-P15005

S8JX-P15005D

S8JX-P15005C

S8JX-P15005CD

12 V

13 A

S8JX-P15012

S8JX-P15012D

S8JX-P15012C

S8JX-P15012CD

24 V

6.5 A

S8JX-P15024

S8JX-P15024D

S8JX-P15024C

S8JX-P15024CD

48 V

3.3 A

S8JX-P15048

S8JX-P15048D

S8JX-P15048C

S8JX-P15048CD

300 W

24 V

14 A peak current 110 x 77.6 x
16.5 A (200 VAC) 239.8

—

—

S8JX-P300224

S8JXP300224CD

600 W

24 V

27 A peak current 92 x 110 x
31 A (200 VAC)
239.8

—

—

S8JX-P60024C

S8JX-P60024CD

50 W

100 W

150 W

92 x 42 x
118

92 x 42 x
148

92 x 42 x
148

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-6

S8VK-T Three-Phase Power Supplies

P238

3-Phase Switch Mode Power
Supply
•	 Wide operation range: -40 to 70°C
•	 Power boost function at 120%
•	 Double pole on output terminal with one
extra negative terminal
•	 Wide input range:
3 x 380 to 480 VAC (3 x 320 to 576 VAC)
•	 Possible for 2 phases input usage with
derating:
2 x 380 to 480 VAC (2 x 340 to 576 VAC)
•	 DC input availability:
450 to 600 VDC (450 to 810 VAC)
•	 Protection: NEMA 1/IP20

Ordering Information
Input voltage

Power rating

Output voltage

Output current

Boost Current

Model

3x 380 to 480 VAC
2x 380 to 480 VAC
450 to 600 VDC

120 W

24 V

J-7

5A

6A

S8VK-T12024

240 W

10 A

12 A

S8VK-T24024

480 W

20 A

24 A

S8VK-T48024

960 W

40 A

48 A

S8VK-T96024

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Timers & Counters
Contents
Selection Guide

K-ii

Digital Timers
H5CX-N Digital multi-function timers,
1/16 DIN

K-1

H3CA

K-2

Digital-set timer with LCD bar
graph display, 1/16 DIN

Analog Timers
H3CR

Analog-set multi-function timers,
1/16 DIN

K-3

H3YN

Compact, socket mount,
analog-set relay timers with
multiple operating modes

K-4

H3JA

Economical, compact, plug-in
timer, 36 x 36 mm

K-4

H3DK

Slim 22.5 mm track-mount
analog-set timers

K-5

H3DS

Slim 17.5 mm track-mount
analog-set timers

K-6

Time Switches
H5S

Weekly and yearly timers with
AM/PM display

K-7

H5L

Digital weekly time switch with
large display

K-8

H5F

Digital daily time control with
simple operations

K-8

Digital Counters
H7CX-N Advanced 1/16 DIN size
preset counters

K-9

H7EC/
H7ET/
H7ER

Subminiature totalizer, time
counter, LCD tachometer

K-10

H7BX

72 x 72 mm multi-function
counter with a bright, easy-toview, negative transmissive LCD

K-11

H7CN

1/16 DIN, single preset counter
with four-digit LED Display

K-11

H7GP

Total count/total time 48x24 mm

K-12

H7HP

Total count/total time 72x36 mm

K-13

K-i

K

Timers

WHEN TIMING ACCURACY MATTERS!
H5CX-N – The most complete digital timer
The H5CX-N series offers multiple functions and timing ranges for precise timing control, as well
as real twin-timing and memory function. These and other added-value features ensure that the
H5CX-N covers almost every possible user requirement in timers.
•  15 different time functions
•  Three color display value: red, orange or green
•  Models with instantaneous contact outputs
•  10 different timing ranges to choose from: 0.001 s to 9999 h

Which type of timer is needed?

Analog

Which mounting method is required?

DIN rail

K-ii

Plug-in/Panel

17.5 mm

22.5 mm

28 x 21.5 mm

36 x 36 mm

1/16 DIN

0.1 s
Minimum time setting

0.1 s
Minimum time setting

0.1 s
Minimum time setting

0.1 s
Minimum time setting

0.05 s
Minimum time setting

H3DS

H3DK

H3YN

H3JA

H3CR

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K

Digital

Weekly/Yearly

Which mounting method is required?

Which mounting method is required?

DIN rail/Panel

DIN rail/Panel

Panel

1/16 DIN

1/16 DIN

1/4 DIN

72 x 72 mm

1/16 DIN

0.1 s
Minimum time setting

0.001 s
Minimum time setting

1 min
Minimum time setting

1 min
Minimum time setting

1 min
Minimum time setting

H3CA

H5CX-N

H5L

H5S

H5F

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-iii

Selection Table
Category

Analog Solid State Timer

H3DS-M

Time limit
Instantaneous
Programmable contacts
14 pins
11 pins
8 pins
Screw terminals
Screw-less clamp
terminals
Screw-less clamp
sockets

Outputs

Inputs

Contact configuration

Selection
criteria

Model

H3DS-S

Mounting DIN-rail
Width 17.5 mm
Type Multi-functional

Relay
output
type

Remarks

Functions

Features

Time
range

H3DS-A

H3DS-F

ON-delay (fixed)

Twin timer

4
–
–
–
–
–
4

4
–
–
–
–
–
4

4
–
–
–
–
–
4

4
–
–
–
–
–
4

8

8

8

8

–

–

–

–

Voltage input 8

8

8

–

–
4
–
4
–
–
–
0.1 s to 120 h
7

–
4
–
4
–
–
–
1 s to 120 h
7

–
4
–
4
–
–
–
2 s to 120 h
7

–
4
–
4
–
–
–
0.1 s to 12 h
6

24 to 230 VAC,
or 24 to 48 VDC

24 to 230 VAC,
or 24 to 48 VDC

24 to 230 VAC,
or 24 to 48 VDC

24 to 230 VAC,
or 24 to 48 VDC

8

4

1

2

4
4
4
4
4

4
–
4
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
4
4
–
–

4

4

–

–

4

4

–

–

–

–

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Transistor –

–

–

–

Transistor
Relay
SCR
SPDT
SPST-NO
DPDT
4PDT
Total time range
Number of sub
ranges
Supply voltage

Number of operating
modes
ON-delay
Flicker OFF start
Flicker ON start
Signal ON-/OFF-delay
Signal OFF-delay
Interval (signal or
power start)
One-shot output
(ON-delay)
ON-delay (fixed)
Independent
ON/OFF time setting
Star-delta

–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

K-iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Timers
Category

Analog Solid State Timer

H3DK-M

Selection
criteria

Model

H3DK-S

Mounting DIN-rail
Width 22.5 mm
Type Multi-functional

H3DK-H

Power OFF-delay

4
4
4
–
–
–
4

4
–
–
–
–
–
4

4
4
–
–
–
–
4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Voltage input 4

–

–

–

Transistor
Relay
SCR
SPDT
SPST-NO
DPDT
4PDT

–
4
–
4
–
4
–
0.1 s to 1200 h

–
4
–
4
–
–
–
0.1 s to 1200 h

8

8

24 to 240 VAC/DC,
or 12 VDC

24 to 240 VAC/DC,
or 12 VDC

8

4

2

–
4
–
4
–
–
–
0.1 to 12 s
1.0 to 120 s
2 (model
dependent)
100 to 120 VAC,
200 to 240 VAC, or
24 to 48 VAC/DC
1

4
4
4
4
4

4
–
4
–
–

–
4
4
–
–

–
–
–
–
4

4

4

–

–

4

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Transistor –

–

–

–

Contact configuration

4
4
4
–
–
–
4

Inputs

Twin timer

Outputs

Time limit
Instantaneous
Programmable contacts
14 pins
11 pins
8 pins
Screw terminals
Screw-less clamp
terminals
Screw-less clamp
sockets

H3DK-F

Relay
output
type

Remarks

Functions

Features

Time
range

4	 Standard	

Total time range

–
4
–
4
–
8
–
0.1 s to 1200 h

Number of sub 8
ranges
Supply voltage 24 to 240 VAC/DC,
or 12 VDC

Number of operating
modes
ON-delay
Flicker OFF start
Flicker ON start
Signal ON-/OFF-delay
Signal OFF-delay
Interval (signal or
power start)
One-shot output
(ON-delay)
ON-delay (fixed)
Independent
ON/OFF time setting
Star-delta

8	 Available	

K

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-v

Selection Table
Analog Solid State Timer

H3CR-A

Model

H3CR-F

H3CR-H

H3YN

H3JA

1/16 DIN

21.5 x 28 mm

36 x 36 mm

Twin timer
4
–
–
–
4
4
–

Power OFF-delay
4
4
–
–
4
4
–

Miniature
4
–
–
4
–
4
–

Miniature
4
–
–
–
–
4
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8

–

Voltage input 8

–

–

–

–

Transistor
Relay
SCR
SPDT
SPST-NO
DPDT
4PDT

–
4
–
–
–
4
–
0.05 s to 30 h or
1.2 s to 300 h
(model dependent)

–
4
–
8
–
8
–
0.05 s to 12 s,
0.05 to 12 min

–
4
–
–
–
4
4
0.1 s to 10 h
(model dependent)

–
4
–
4
–
4
–
0.1 s to 3 h

Contact configuration

1/16 DIN

Multi-functional
4
4
–
–
8
8
–

Inputs

Mounting Socket/on panel
Width 1/16 DIN

Outputs

Selection
criteria

Category

Type
Time limit
Instantaneous
Programmable contacts
14 pins
11 pins
8 pins
Screw terminals
Screw-less clamp
terminals
Screw-less clamp sockets

Relay
output
type

Number of sub 9
14
4
2
1 range per model,
ranges
12 models
•  100-120 VAC
Supply voltage •  100 to 240 VAC / •  100 to 240 VAC / •  100 to 240 VAC / •  24, 100 to 120,
•  200-240 VAC
100 to 125 VDC
100 to 125 VDC
100 to 125 VDC
200 to 230 VAC
•  24 to 48 VAC /
•  24 to 48 VAC /
•  24 to 48 VAC /
•  12, 24, 48, 100 to •  24 VAC
•  12 VDC
12 to 48 VDC
12 to 48 VDC
12 to 48 VDC
110, 125 VDC
•  24 VDC
6 (model
1
1
4
1
No. of operating modes
dependent)
ON-delay 8
–
–
4
4
Flicker OFF start 8
–
–
4
4
Flicker ON start 8
–
–
8
4
Signal ON-/OFF-delay 8
–
–
–
–
Signal OFF-delay 8
–
–
–
4
Interval (signal or
–
–
–
8
4
power start)
One-shot output
–
–
–
–
8
(ON-delay)
ON-delay (fixed) –
–
–
–
–
Independent
–
–
–
–
–
ON/OFF time setting
Star-delta –
–
–
–
–

Remarks

Functions

Features

Time
range

8
8
–
8
–
8
–
0.05 s to 300 h,
Total time range 0.1 s to 600 h
(model dependent)

Transistor 8

–

–

–

–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

K-vi

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

–

Timers
Category

Digital Timer

H5CX-N

Outputs

H3CA

H5S

Mounting Socket/on panel
DIN rail/panel
Width 1/16 DIN
1/16 DIN; 75 x 45 mm 72 x 72 mm
Type Multi-functional Multi-functional with
LCD bar graph display
Time limit 4
4
Instantaneous 4
4
Programmable contacts 4
–
14 pins –
–
11 pins 4
4
8 pins 4
4
Screw terminals 8
8 H3CA-FA
Screw-less clamp
–
–
terminals
Screw-less clamp sockets –
–

Inputs

Contact configuration

Selection
criteria

Model

Weekly Timer

Relay
output
type

Remarks

Functions

Features

Time
range

4	 Standard	

H5L

H5F

1/4 DIN

1/16 DIN

Digital weekly
and yearly timer
–
–
4
–
–
–
4

Digital weekly timer
with large display
–
–
4
–
–
–
4

Digital daily
timer
–
–
4
–
–
–
4

–

–

–

–

–

–

Voltage input –

–

–

–

–

Transistor
Relay
SCR
SPDT

8
8
–
8

–
4
–
4

–
4
–
–
2 @ 15 A

–
4
–
–
1 @ 15 A

SPST-NO –

–
4
–
0.1 s to 9990 h

–
4
–
–
2 @ 15 A weekly
or yearly, 4 @ 3 A
yearly
–
–
0.00 to 23.59 h

–
–
0.00 to 23.59 h

–
–
0.00 to 23.59 h

7

3

1

1

•  

•  

15
4
4
4
4
4

24 to 240 VAC
12 to 240 VDC
•  see datasheet
for H3CA-8
8
4
4
4
4
4

•  

•  

4

DPDT –
4PDT –
0.001 s to 9999 h
Total time range
configurable
Number of sub 10
ranges
Supply voltage •  100 to 240 VAC
•  24 VAC
•  12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC
24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

•  

•  

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

4

–

–

–

4

4

–

–

–

4

–

–

–

–

4

–

4

4

4

–

–

–

–

–

Transistor 4

–

–

–

–

No. of operating modes
ON-delay
Flicker OFF start
Flicker ON start
Signal ON-/OFF-delay
Signal OFF-delay
Interval (signal or
power start)
One-shot output
(ON-delay)
ON-delay (fixed)
Independent
ON/OFF time setting
Star-delta

8	 Available	

K

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-vii

Counters

MULTI-FUNCTIONAL PRESET COUNTER
H7CX-N – Designed with value-added features
The H7CX-N series offers the ultimate in versatility and intuitive programming.
•  7 basic functions in one
•  Choose green, orange, or red color for present value
•  Twin counter mode
•  Character height: 12 mm (4 digit models) and 10 mm (6 digit models)
•  Display 6 digits from -99999 up to 999999

Totalizer

Pre-set counter

Which size is required?

Single and dual presets?

48 x 24 mm
(1/32 DIN)

72 x 36 mm

Which type of application?

No

Yes

Totalizer

Time

Speed

Totalizer Time

Totalizer Time

48x48 mm
(1/16 DIN)

48x48 mm
(1/16 DIN)

72x72 mm

H7EC

H7ET

H7ER

H7GP

H7HP

H7CN

H7CX-N

H7BX

K-viii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Selection Table
Compact

Category

Self-powered Count
Totalizer

1111
Model
sadsaf
Display LCD

Selection
criteria

Model

Outputs
Inputs
Features
Terminals
Supply
voltage

Pre-set Counter

H7ET

H7ER

H7CN

LCD

LCD

LED

1/32 DIN

1/32 DIN

1/16 DIN

–

–

–
–
4
–
–
–
–
•  No-voltage
•  PNP/NPN
•  DC-voltage
•  AC/DC multi-voltage
–
7
–
8
4
4
–
–
–
IP66/NEMA 4

–
–
–
–
–
–
4
•  No-voltage
•  PNP/NPN
•  DC-voltage

Relay (SPST-NO or
SPDT) or solid state
open-collector
–
4
–
4
–
–
–
See datasheet
regarding inputs

–
4 or 5
–
8
–
–
–
–
–
IP66/NEMA 4

–
PV: 4, SV: 4
–
–
4
4
–
EEPROM
–
–

Screw Terminals 4

4

4

–

8-pin socket –

–

–

4

11-pin socket –

–

–

4

–
–
8
–
4
–
–
–
–

–
–
8
–
4
–
–
–
1 or 10 kHz

Size 1/32 DIN

5 stage
Total
Time
Preset
Batch
Dual
Tachometer
Control inputs

Dual operation
Number of digits
NPN/PNP switch
Back-lit
External reset
Manual reset
Number of banks
Memory backup
Built-in sensor power supply
IP rating (front face)

–
4
–
–
–
–
–
•  No-voltage
•  PNP/NPN
•  DC-voltage
•  AC/DC multi-voltage
–
8
–
8
4
4
–
–
–
IP66/NEMA 4

100 to 240 VAC
24 VAC, 12-24 VDC
24 VDC
12 to 48 VDC
Up
Down
Up/down
Reversible
Speed

–
–
8
–
4
–
–
–
20 Hz or switchable
30 Hz / 1 kHz
Counting range 0 to 99999999

Color

Functions

Self-powered
Tachometer

H7EC

Control outputs –

4	 Standard	

Self-powered Time
Totalizer

8	 Available	

0.0 h to 999999.9 h
<-->
0.0 h to 3999 d 23.9
h or
0 s to 999 h 59 min 59
s <-->
0.0 min to 9999 h 59.9
min

K

4
–
–
4
4
4
–
4
0.01 to 30 Hz or
0.01 to 5 kHz
1000 s-1 or 1000 min-1; 0 to 9999
1000 s-1 or
1000 min-1 <--> 10000
min-1

Beige 8

8

8

4

Black 4

4

4

–

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-ix

Counters
Counter Type

Features

Inputs

Outputs

Selection
criteria

Model

Multi-function

H7CX-N

LCD negative
Display
transmissive

Terminals
Supply
voltage
Functions

Total Count/
Total Time

H7BX

Total Count/
Total Time

H7GP

H7HP

LCD negative
transmissive

LCD negative
transmissive

LCD negative
transmissive

72 x 72 mm

48 x 24 mm

72 x 36 mm

Contact and NPN
transistor
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
•  No-voltage
•  PNP/NPN

–

–

–
4
4
–
–
–
–
•  PNP/NPN

–
4
4
–
–
–
–
•  PNP/NPN

4
PV: 6, SV: 6

–
6 or 8 digits

–
6 digits

4
4
4
8 (16- and 32-output
models only)
10 year data storage
–
IP54

–
4
4

–
4
4

–

–

20 year data storage
–
IP66/NEMA 4

20 year data storage
–
IP66/NEMA 4

4

4

4

8-pin socket –

–

–

–

11-pin socket 4

–
4
4
–
–
4
4
4
–
0.01 to 30 Hz or
0.01 to 5 kHz
–99999 to 999999

4
4
–
–
4
–
–
–
–

4
4
–
–
4
–
–
–
–

–99999 to 999999

0 to 999999

Beige –

–

4

4

Black 4

4

4

4

Size 1/16 DIN
Control outputs 1 relay (SPDT),
transistor
5 stage 4
Total 4
Time –
Preset 4
Batch 4
Dual 4
Tachometer 4
Control inputs •  No-voltage
•  PNP/NPN
Dual operation 4
PV: 4, SV: 4 or PV: 6,
Number of digits
SV: 6
NPN/PNP switch 4
Back-lit 4
External reset 4
Manual reset 4
Memory backup 10 year data storage
Built-in sensor power supply –
IP rating (front face) IP66/NEMA 4
Screw Terminals 4

100 to 240 VAC
24 VAC, 12-24 VDC
24 VDC
12 to 48 VDC
Up
Down
Up/down
Reversible
Speed

4
4
–
–
4
4
4
4
0.01 to 30 Hz or
0.01 to 5 kHz
Counting range –99999 to 999999

Color

*1 Lorem

Multi-function

–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

K-x

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H5CX-N	Multi-Mode Digital Timers

T322

Space-Saving 1/16 DIN Timer with
All-in-one Functionality
Easy-to-set timing and security functions
satisfy multiple design needs with a single
part, reducing your stock. High accuracy
setting and operation in all modes assures
reliable performance.
•	 Short body: Only 59 mm depth for 24 VAC/
VDC models, 78 mm depth for 100-240
VAC models
•	 Waterproof/dust proof front (UL 508 Type
4X and IP66)
•	 Isolated inputs and power eliminates
unwanted circuit paths
•	 Built-in output cycle counter supports
predictive maintenance
•	 Green and orange display shows change
in output status

K

Type

Time
specifications

Operating modes

Connection
type

Inputs

Output type

Supply
voltage

Model

H5CX-A
series
4-digit
models

0.001 to 9.999 s
0.01 to 99.99 s
0.1 to 999.9 s
1 to 9999 s
1 s to 99 min 59 s
0.1 to 999.9 min
1 to 9999 min
1 min to 99 h 59
min
0.1 to 999.9 h
1 to 9999 h

Timer Mode
A: Signal ON Delay I
A-1: Signal ON Delay II
A-2: Power ON Delay I
A-3: Power ON Delay II
b: Repeat cycle 1
b-1: Repeat cycle 2
d: Signal OFF Delay
E: Interval
F: Cumulative
Z: ON/OFF-dutyadjustable flicker
S: Stopwatch

Screw
terminals

Signal,
Reset,
Gate
(NPN/
PNP
input)

Contact
output (timelimit SPDT)

100 to
240 VAC

H5CX-A-N

12 to
24 VDC/
24 VAC

H5CX-AD-N

100 to
240 VAC

H5CXA11-N

12 to
24 VDC/
24 VAC

H5CXA11D-N

100 to
240 VAC

H5CX-L8-N

12 to
24 VDC/
24 VAC

H5CXL8D-N

Contact
output (timelimit SPDT +
instantaneous
SPDT)
Models with
instantaneous
contact
outputs

100 to
240 VAC

H5CX-L8E-N

12 to
24 VDC/
24 VAC

H5CXL8ED-N

Transistor
output (DPST)

12 to
24 VDC

H5CXBWSD-N

H5CX-L
series
4-digit
models

11-pin
socket
11-pin
socket
8-pin
socket

Signal,
Reset
(NPN
input)

Twin Timer Mode
t-off: Flicker OFF Start 1
t-on: Flicker ON Start 1
t-off-1: Flicker OFF Start 2
t-on-1: Flicker ON Start 2
Timer Mode
A-2: Power ON Delay I
b: Repeat cycle 1
E: Interval
Z: ON/OFF-dutyadjustable flicker

None

Twin Timer Mode
t-off: Flicker OFF Start 1
t-on: Flicker ON Start 1
H5CX-B
series
6-digit
model

0.01 to 9999.99 s
1 s to 99 h 59 min
59 s
0.1 to 99999.9 min
0.1 to 99999.9 h

A: Signal ON Delay I
F-1: Cumulative

Screw
terminals

Signal,
Reset,
Gate
(NPN/
PNP
input)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-1

H3CA	 Solid-State Digital Timers

T325

1/16 DIN, Digital-Set Timer with
LCD Bar Graph Display
•	 8 field selectable operation modes or
ON-delay only model
•	 Time remaining LCD bar graph and LCD
output indicator
•	 Two available mounting options: DIN rail
or socket (8 or 11 pin)
•	 Universal AC/DC Supply voltage timer
available

LR

•	 Selectable no-voltage start, reset, gate
and check inputs expand capabilities
•	 Time limit or instantaneous output, select
SPDT or DPDT models (3 A @ 250 VAC)
•	 Panel mounting adapters, sockets and
accessories available

Specifications
•	 Timing functions: Multi-mode: ON-delay,
Repeat cycle, Signal Interval/OFF-delay,
Signal-OFF delay (I & II), Interval, Cycle
and Signal ON-delay/OFF-delay,
ON-delay only

•	 Timing ranges: 7 ranges: 0.1 seconds to
9990 hours
•	 Repeat accuracy: ±0.3% of range, ±0.05
second
•	 Control output: 10 mA to 3 A at 250 VAC

Solid-State Timers with 8 Selectable Functions
Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Supply voltage

Output
type

Output rating

Inputs

Input
rating

Connection
type

Model

48 x 48 x 89

24 to 240 VAC,
50/60 Hz,
12 to 240 VDC

Relay

SPDT, 3 A at
250 VAC

Start,
Reset,
Gate

No-voltage

11-pin socket

H3CA-A

Front mounted
screw terminals

H3CA-FA

75 x 45 x 101

Solid-State Timers - ON-delay Only
Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Supply voltage

Output type

Output
rating

Inputs

Input rating

Connection
type

Model

48 x 48 x 89

Specify 24 VAC,
100/110/120 VAC,
or 200/220/240 VAC,
50/60 Hz

Relay (time
limit or
instantaneous)

SPDT, 3 A
at 250 VAC

Start,
Reset,
Gate

No-voltage

8-pin socket

H3CA-8H

Relay

Specify 12, 24, 48 or
110 VDC

K-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H3CA-8

H3CR	 Multi-Mode Timers

T323

1/16 DIN Analog-Set Timer
•	 Use for delay timing, repeatable cycles or
duration (interval) timing
•	 Select 4 (8-pin) or 6 (11-pin) function
models to handle most applications
•	 Repeat cycle models with independent
ON and OFF periods available
•	 Power-OFF delay models available
•	 5 A DPDT relay switches when timing
cycle completes
•	 Short, 80 mm (3.15 inch) panel mounting
depth with socket allows space-efficient
control panel design

Ordering Information
Multi-Mode Timers H3CR-A

T323

K

Output

Number
of pins

Supply voltage

Time
range

Operating mode

Model

Relay DPDT

11

100 to 240 VAC/
100 to 125 VDC

0.05 s
to
300 h

On-delay
Flicker OFF start
Flicker ON start
Signal ON/OFF-delay
Signal OFF-delay
Interval Signal ON/OFF-delay II
One-shot

H3CR-A AC100-240/DC100-125

ON-delay
Flicker ON-start
Interval
One-shot

H3CR-A8 AC100-240/DC100-125

24 to 48 VAC/
12 to 48 VDC
8

100 to 240 VAC/
100 to 125 VDC
24 to 48 VAC/
12 to 48 VDC

H3CR-A AC24-48/DC12-48

H3CR-A8 AC24-48/DC12-48

100 to 240 VAC/
100 to 125 VDC

H3CR-A8E AC100-240/DC100-125

24 to 48 VAC/VDC

H3CR-A8E AC24-48/DC12-48

T336

Twin Timers (Repeat Cycle) H3CR-F
Output

Number
of pins

Supply voltage

Time
range

Operating mode

Model

Relay DPDT

11

100 to 240 VAC

0.05 s
to
30 h

Flicker OFF start
(When timing starts the off
output indicator will illuminate.
On time and off time can be
independently set)

H3CR-F AC100-240/DC100-125

24 VAC/VDC
8

100 to 240 VAC
24 VAC/VDC

Power Off Delay Timers
See datasheet.

H3CR-F AC24-48/DC12-48
H3CR-F8 AC100-240/DC100-125
H3CR-F8 AC24-48/DC12-48

T337

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-3

H3YN	

Solid State Timers

T324

Analog-Set Relay Timers with
Multiple Operating Modes
•	 Space-saving and easy to operate
•	 Miniature timer offers selectable timing modes
•	 Seconds/minutes timing range models in
stock; minutes/hours models available
•	 Monitor relay status using independent
Power-ON and Time-Up indicators
•	 Socket-mount timers simplify installation
and maintenance

LR

•	 Sockets, hold-down clips and mounting
accessories available separately

Specifications
•	 Supply voltage: 100-120 VAC, 200-230 VAC,
or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 24 VDC
•	 Timing functions: ON-delay, Interval and
Repeat cycle with OFF-start or ON-start
(DIP switch selectable)

•	 Timing ranges: 4 ranges: 0.1 second to 10
minutes; 0.1 minute to 10 hours
•	 Repeat accuracy: ±1% FS max.
•	 Control output: DPDT, 5 A at 250 VAC
(H3YN-2), 4PDT, 5 A at 250 VAC (H3YN-4)

H3JA	 Solid State Timers

T327

Economical, Compact, Plug-in Timer
•	 ON-delay time limit operation with
automatic resetting
•	 DIN size (36 x 36 mm), fits standard
8-pin socket
•	 Wide choice of time ranges: 1, 3, 5, 10, 30,
60 seconds/3, 5,10, 30, 60 minutes/3 hours
•	 Time-limit 5 A DPDT contact models
stocked; 7 A SPDT models available
•	 Dual LEDs indicate power and output status
•	 Large transparent setting knob
•	 Surface, flush and DIN track mountable

Specifications
•	 Supply voltage: 100-120 VAC, 200-240
VAC, or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 12 VDC or
24 VDC
•	 Timing functions: ON-delay, time limit;
automatic resetting
K-4

•	 Timing ranges: 0.1 to 1 second, 0.3
to 3 seconds, 0.5 to 5 seconds, 1 to
10 seconds, 3 to 30 seconds, 6 to 60
seconds, 0.3 to 3 minutes, 0.5 to 5
minutes
•	 Repeat accuracy: ±2% max.
•	 Control output: DPDT, 100 mA to 5 A at
125/250 VAC (resistive load)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H3DK	 Multi-Function Timers

T335

DIN 22.5 mm Width Timers,
Track-Mount, Analog Set
Space-saving slim track-mount timers
easily fit into panel designs. Multi-function
models with switch selectable dual time limit
and instantaneous outputs satisfy multiple
design needs with a single part, reducing
your stock.

Features
•	 4- and 8-function models
•	 All sub-series include models with
12 VDC power supply

LR

•	 Finger-safe terminal block and captive
screws according to EN 50274
•	 EMC (EN 61812-1) compliance for
application in heavy or light industrial,
commercial and residential environments

K

Ordering Information
Type

Time
specifications

Operating modes

Connection
type

Inputs

Output type

Supply
voltage

Model

H3DK-M
series
8-mode
timer

0.1 to 1.2 s
1 to 12 s
10 to 120 s
1 to 12 min
10 to 120 min
1 to 12 hr
10 to 120 hr
100 to 1,200 hr

Timer Mode
A ON Delay
B: Repeat cycle OFF
start
B2: Repeat cycle ON
start
C: Signal ON/OFF
Delay
D: Signal OFF Delay
E: Interval
G: Signal ON/OFF delay
J: One-shot output

9 screw
terminals

Voltage
input

Contact
output (DPDT
time-limit
or SPDT
time-limit +
instantaneous
SPDT), switch
selected

24 to 240
VAC/VDC

H3DK-M2

12 VDC

H3DK-M2A

Contact
output (SPDT
time-limit)

24 to 240
VAC/VDC

H3DK-M1

12 VDC

H3DK-M1A

A: ON Delay
B2: Repeat cycle ON
start
E: Interval
J: One-shot output

6 screw
terminals

Contact
output (DPDT
time-limit
or SPDT
time-limit +
instantaneous
SPDT), switch
selected

24 to 240
VAC/VDC

H3DK-S2

12 VDC

H3DK-S2A

Contact
output (SPDT
time-limit)

24 to 240
VAC/VDC

H3DK-S1

12 VDC

H3DK-S1A

Contact
output (SPDT
time-limit)

24 to 240
VAC/VDC

H3DK-F

12 VDC

H3DK-FA

H3DK-S
Series
4-mode
timer

H3DK-F
Repeat
cycle timer

Repeat cycle, ON start,
Independent ON and
OFF time settings

6 screw
terminals

–

–

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-5

H3DS	

Solid State Timers

T328

Ultra-slim 17.5 mm Timers,
Track-Mount Analog Set
•	 Eight operating modes (H3DS-M) and four
operating modes (H3DS-S) to cover a wide
range of applications
•	 Offers wide time setting range of 0.10 s
to 120 h
•	 Smart Dial/Selector-Locking Mechanism
prevents the dials and selectors on the
timer’s front panel from being operated
without authorization (can only be
unlocked and locked with an optional
pen-type Lock Key)
•	 Additional single function models
available: Repeat cycle independent ON/
OFF, ON-delay, ON-delay timer 2 wire

LR

•	 Finger protection terminal block prevents
shock, meets VDE0106/P100
•	 High immunity to inverter noise

Specifications
•	 Supply voltage: 24 to 230 VAC/24 to 48 VDC
•	 Timing functions: ON-delay (Signal or Power); Repeat-cycle OFF-start (Signal or Power);
Repeat-cycle ON-start (Signal or Power); Signal ON/OFF-delay; Signal OFF-delay;
Interval (Signal or Power); Signal ON/OFF-delay; One-shot (Signal or Power)
•	 Timing ranges: 0.1 to 1.2 s, 1 to 12 s, 0.1 to 1.2 min., 1 to 12 min., 0.1 to 1.2 h, 1 to 12 h,
10 to 120 h
•	 Repeat accuracy: ±1% max. of full scale
•	 Control output: 5 A at 250 VAC/30 VDC (resistive load)
H3DS

K-6

H3DS-M/S/A

H3DS-F

H3DS-G

H3DS-X

Standard Timer

Twin Timer

Star-delta Timer

Two-wired Timer

H3DS-M (eight multi-modes)
H3DS-S (Four multi-modes)
H3DS-A (single mode)

H3DS-F

H3DS-G

H3DS-X

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H5S	 Weekly and Yearly Time Switches

T332

Weekly and Yearly Timers with
AM/PM Display
•	 Control lighting, HVAC systems and
production equipment for energy saving
operation
•	 Independent Day Keys provide easier
operation
•	 Temporary holiday setting function makes
it easy to turn OFF output for holidays and
non-operating days
•	 Easy-to-use, prompted programming with
test mode for easy program checking
•	 Automatic or manual operation following
power failure
•	 Field-adjustable ON/OFF, cycle and pulse
output
•	 Battery back-up for memory protection

K

•	 2-circuit models include time counter
and total counter functions with alarm
indicator
•	 Compact DIN size 72 x 72 mm
•	 Protective cover and other accessories
available separately

Ordering Information
Control
cycle

Number of
outputs

Temperature
compensation

Mounting method

Supply voltage

Model

Weekly

2 circuits

N

Flush Mounting

100 to 240 VAC

H5S-WB2

24 VDC

H5S-WB2D

N
N

Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC

N
Y

Yearly

Flush Mounting

Y
Y

4 circuits

Y
Y
Y
Y

24 VDC

H5S-WFB2D

100 to 240 VAC

H5S-YB2-X

24 VDC

H5S-YB2D-X

Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC

Y
Flush Mounting

H5S-WFB2

H5S-YFB2-X

24 VDC

H5S-YFB2D-X

100 to 240 VAC

H5S-YB4-X

24 VDC

H5S-YB4D-X

Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC
24 VDC

H5S-YFB4-X
H5S-YFB4D-X

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-7

H5L	Digital Weekly Time Switch

T334

1/4 DIN Size Weekly Timer, Easy
Programming and Large Display
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

Set programs with just five switches
24 program steps available
Two independent 15 A control circuits
Manual override switch for each output
10-year battery backup for memory
Large, easy-to-read LCD display
Multiple-day operation
Designed for track mounting; panel and
surface mounting hardware included

Specifications
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
Timing functions: Weekly timer, 24 hrs x 7 days, ON or OFF programming
Timing ranges: 00:00 to 23:59 (hours: minutes), one minute cycle minimum
Repeat accuracy: ±0.01%, ±0.05 s max.
Control output: 15 A at 250 VAC (resistive load)

H5F	Digital Daily Time Switch

T333

1/16 DIN Size Timer with Simple
Programming
•	 Control up to 12 ON/OFF operations per
day (24 for pulse output operation) for one
independent circuit
•	 Special holidays can be handled easily
with the holiday setting function
•	 Adjustments for sudden schedule changes
•	 Enables pulse output operation and summer
can be made easily using output override
time setting
and automatic return operation
•	 Incorporates finger-safe terminals
•	 Operation program can be easily checked
•	 Flush, surface, and DIN track mounting options
with the program check function

Specifications
•	 Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
•	 Timing functions: Daily timer, ON or OFF programming
•	 Timing ranges: 24 h × 7 days (Operation days can be specified) 1 to 59 s, or 1 to 60 min.
Pulse-output operation (Pulse width can be set in units of 1 s from 1 to 59 s and in units of
1 min from 1 to 60 min)
•	 Repeat accuracy: ±0.01%, ±0.05 s max.
•	 Control output: SPST-NO contact, 15 A at 250 VAC, resistive load. 10 A at 24 VDC, resistive
load. Minimum applied load: 100 mA at 5 VDC (failure level: P, reference value).
K-8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H7CX-N	Multi-Function Digital Counters

T422

Advanced 1/16 DIN Size Preset Counters
•	 Space-saving counter solves most
counting and positioning applications
•	 Small and flexible: Only 59 mm depth (24
VAC/VDC) or 78 mm depth (100-240 VAC)
•	 Waterproof, dust-proof front panel (UL508
Type 4X and IP66)
•	 High visibility character height: 4 digit
models (12 mm) and 6 digit models
(10 mm)
•	 Protect settings with 5 levels of key
access
•	 Built-in Tachometer functions:
•	 One-input measurement
•	 Independent measurement for 2 inputs
•	 Differential input for 2 inputs
•	 Absolute ratio for 2 inputs
•	 Error ratio between 2 inputs

•	 Isolated power supply and input 	
circuits prevent unwanted circuit paths
•	 Built-in output counter supports
preventive maintenance
•	 Switchable display colors show output 		
status changes at a glance

K

Ordering Information
Classification

Counting action

Settings

Display
digits

Output

Supply voltage

Model

Preset
counter

1-stage preset counter
Total and preset
counter

1-stage

4 digits

Contact output
(SPDT)

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-A114-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-A114D1-N

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-A11-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-A11D1-N

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-A4-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-A4D-N

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-A-N	

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-AD-N

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-A4W-N

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-AW-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-AWD1-N

Contact (SPDT)
Transistor
(SPST)

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-AU-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-AUD1-N

1-stage (1
input and
output)

Contact output
(SPDT)

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-R11-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-R11D1-N

1-stage
(2 inputs
and
outputs)

Contact output
(SPDT + SPST)

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-R11W-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-R11WD1-N

6 digits
4 digits
6 digits

Preset
counter/
Tachometer

1-stage preset counter
2-stage preset counter
Total and preset
counter
Batch counter
Dual counter
Twin counter

2-stage

1-stage preset counter
2-stage preset counter
Total and preset
counter
Batch counter
Dual counter
Twin counter
Tachometer

Tachometer

4 digits

Contact output
(SPST + SPDT)

6 digits

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-9

H7EC/H7ET/H7ER Counters

T423

Subminiature Totalizer, Time
Counter, LCD Tachometer
The self-powered H7E series features a
large display with 8.6 mm character height.
It includes models with backlight for
improved visibility in dimly lit places. The
1/32 DIN size family includes total counters,
time counters and tachometers.
•	 1/32 DIN size: 24 H x 48 W x 55.5 D mm
•	 Black or light-grey housing
•	 Make all basic settings with a DIP switch
•	 8 digits (H7EC), 7 digits (H7ET), 5 digits
(H7ER), 8.6 mm character height

•	 Dual time ranges in each model (H7ET)

•	 Dual input speed: 30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (H7EC)

•	 Dual revolution display (H7ER)

Ordering Information
H7EC Count Totalizer
Count input

Max. counting speed

T423
Display

Model
Light grey body

Black body

No-voltage

30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (switchable)

7-segment LCD

H7EC-N

H7EC-N-B

PNP/NPN universal DC
voltage input

30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (switchable)

7-segment LCD

H7EC-NV

H7EC-NV-B

7-segment LCD with backlight

H7EC-NV-H

H7EC-NV-BH

AC/DC multi-voltage
input

20 Hz

7-segment LCD

H7EC-NFV

H7EC-NFV-B

T424

H7ET Time Totalizer
Timer input

Display

Model
Time range 999999.9h <->
3999d23.9h (switchable)
Light grey body

Black body

Time range 999h59m59s <->
9999h59.9m (switchable)
Light grey body

Black body

No-voltage input

7-segment LCD

H7ET-N

H7ET-N-B

H7ET-N1

H7ET-N1-B

PNP/NPN universal DC
voltage input

7-segment LCD

H7ET-NV

H7ET-NV-B

H7ET-NV1

H7ET-NV1-B

7-segment LCD with blacklight

H7ET-NV-H

H7ET-NV-BH

H7ET-NV1-H

H7ET-NV1-BH

7-segment LCD

H7ET-NFV

H7ET-NFV-B

H7ET-NFV1

H7ET-NFV1-B

AC/DC multi-voltage
input

T425

H7ER Tachometer
Count input

Display

Model
Max. revolutions displayed (applicable encoder resolution)
1,000 s-1 (1 pulse/rev.)
1,000 min-1 (60 pulse/rev.)

No-voltage input
PNP/NPN universal DC
voltage input

K-10

7-segment LCD

1,000.0 s-1 (10 pulse/rev)
1,000.0 min-1 (600 pulse/rev) <->
10,000 min-1 (60 pulse/rev)
(switchable)

Light grey
body

Black body

Light grey
body

Black body

H7ER-N

H7ER-N-B

-

-

7-segment LCD

H7ER-NV

H7ER-NV-B

H7ER-NV1

H7ER-NV1-B

7-segment LCD with blacklight

H7ER-NV-H

H7ER-NV-BH

H7ER-NV1-H

H7ER-NV1-BH

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H7BX Digital Counters

T427

72 x 72 mm Multi-Function Counter
with a Bright, Easy-to-view,
Negative Transmissive LCD
•	 Provides a total and preset counter, batch
counter, dual counter, and tachometer
•	 Large highly visible display with backlit
transmissive LCD
•	 Selectable display color (red/green) enables
checking output status at a distance
•	 Easy operation with a key for each digit
•	 Perform all basic settings with a DIP switch

•	 Wide range of inputs accepted for NPN/
PNP inputs (multi-inputs) and 2-wire DC
sensors
•	 Degree of protection: IP54 equivalent
(front section only)

Specifications
•	 Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC, 24
VAC/12 to 24 VDC
•	 Inputs: Voltage or no-voltage inputs; 12
VDC external power supply
•	 Ranges: Counting -99,999 to 999,999
(6-digit); tachometer 0 to 999,999 (6 digits)

•	 Control output: Contact output: 3 A at 250
VDC/30 VDC (resistive load); transistor
output: 100 mA max. at 30 VDC max.
•	 Output functions: One-shot and sustained
outputs with up to 12 user selections
•	 Reset time: 1 ms or 20 ms selectable

H7CN	 Digital Counters

T428

1/16 DIN, Single Preset Counter
with Four-Digit LED Display
•	 Simple to set and operate
•	 Easy-to-read 10 mm-high LED display
•	 Contact (SPST-NO or SPDT) or solid-state
(open-collector) outputs
•	 Single counting speed per model: 30 cps
models stocked; 5 kcps available
•	 Separate UP, DOWN and REVERSIBLE
counting models
•	 Memory protection circuit available on
AC models
•	 8-pin or 11-pin round socket models
available
•	 Panel-mount adapter, sockets and
accessories available separately

Specifications
• 	 Supply voltage: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• 	 Counting functions: 1-stage (single preset) 	
	 UP counter
• 	 Counting ranges: 0 to 9,999 (4-digit)
• 	 Output functions: Sustained output until reset

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-11

K

H7GP Digital Counters

T432

Compact Count and Time Totalizers
•	 Large easy to ready 8.5 mm transmissive
LCD displays
•	 NEMA protection when used with Y92S-33
rubber gasket
•	 High-visibility, negative transmissive LCD
display with built-in LED backlight
•	 Short (80 mm) body
•	 Switch between NPN and PNP operation
•	 Units can be externally or manual reset
•	 Dimensions: 24 H x 44 W x 80 D mm

Ordering Information
H7GP-C Totalizing Counter
Count input
NPN or PNP

Max. counting
speed

Counting
Range

30 cps or 5 cps
(selectable)

99999.6

Display

Supply Voltage

Model
Light grey body

Black body

8 mm, 6-digit

100 to 240 VAC

H7GP-C

H7GP-CB

12 to 24 VDC

H7GP-CD

H7GP-CDB

Supply Voltage

Model

H7GP-T Time Totalizer
Count input
NPN or PNP

K-12

Max. counting
speed

Time Range

30 cps or 5 cps
(selectable)

99999.9 h or
99 h 59 m 59 s

Display
8 mm, 6-digit

Light grey body

Black body

100 to 240 VAC

H7GP-T

H7GP-TB

12 to 24 VDC

H7GP-TD

H7GP-TDB

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H7HP Digital Counters

T433

Compact Count and Time Totalizers
•	 Large easy to ready displays: 6-digit
(15 mm); 8-digit (12 mm) models
•	 NEMA protection when used with Y92S-33
rubber gasket
•	 High-visibility, negative transmissive LCD
display with built-in LED backlight
•	 Short (66 mm) body
•	 Switch between NPN and PNP operation
•	 Units can be externally or manual reset
•	 Dimensions: 32 H x 67.7 W x 65.8 D mm

Ordering Information
H7HP-A Counter/Timer
Count input
NPN or PNP

Max. counting
speed

Time Range

Display

Supply Voltage

30 cps or 5 cps
(selectable)

Model
Light grey body

Black body

99999.9 h or
99 h 59 m 59 s

15 mm, 6-digit

100 to 240 VAC

H7HP-A

H7HP-AB

12 to 24 VDC

H7HP-AD

H7HP-ADB

Max. counting
speed

Counting
Range

Display

Supply Voltage

Model

30 cps or 5 cps
(selectable)

99999999

12 mm, 8-digit

K

H7HP-C Totalizer
Count input
NPN or PNP

Light grey body

Black body

100 to 240 VAC

H7HP-C8

H7HP-C8B

12 to 24 VDC

H7HP-C8D

H7HP-D8D8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-13

Timers and Counters

K-14

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Digital Panel Meters
Contents
Selection Guide

L-ii

K3HB
-X, -H,
-V, -S

Process, Temperature, Weighing
and Linear Sensor Indicators

L-1

K3HB
-C, -P,
-R

Rotary Pulse, Timer Interval and
Up-/Down-Counting Pulse
Indicators

L-2

K3MA
-J, -L,
-F

Process, Temperature,
Frequency/Rate Meters with
Built-in Outputs

L-3

K3GN

1/32 DIN Process Meter with
Relay or Transistor Output

L-3

L

L-i

Digital Panel Meters

LOOKING FOR PERFECT MEASURING & Read-out?
K3HB-V – For perfect weighing
With our K3HB series, we cover a wide range of applications. One of them is the weighing
indicator which performs perfect measurement in any weighing application. The instrument
can be equipped with a load-cell power supply of 10 V/100 mA. Several option boards for
communication, contact output boards or event inputs are also available. On top of these,
you can get direct DeviceNet communication.
•  High-speed sampling 20 ms
•  Equipped with position meter
•  Two-color display for easy recognition

Which size is required?

48 x 24 mm (1/32 DIN)

Process/Frequency/Rate

General purpose

Which application is required?

K3GN

L-ii

Process

Temperature

Frequency/
Rate

K3MA-J

K3MA-L

K3MA-F

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

96 x 48 mm (1/8 DIN)

L
Advanced

Which application is required?

Process

Temperature

Weighing

Linear sensor

Rotary pulse

Time interval

Up/down
counting pulse

K3HB-X

K3HB-H

K3HB-V

K3HB-S

K3HB-R

K3HB-P

K3HB-C

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-iii

Selection Table
Multifunctional Digital
Panel Indicator

Process Indicator

Temperature
Indicator

Frequency/Rate
Indicator

K3GN

K3MA-J

K3MA-L

K3MA-F

Model
Size
Color change display
Number of digits
Leading zero suppression
Forced zero function
Min./max. hold function
Average processing
User selectable inputs
Start-up compensating time
Key protection
Decimal pt. position setting
Accuracy

Input range

Features

Selection Criteria

Category

Sample rate
Features

Outputs

Inputs

Sensor power supply
Front protection – IP rating
Supply voltage
NPN
PNP
Temperature
Contact
Voltage pulse
Load cell
DC voltage
DC current
AC voltage
AC current
Relay
NPN
PNP
Linear
BCD
Comms

1/32 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
±0.1% of full scale

1/8 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
–
4
4

1/8 DIN
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
–
4
4

1/8 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

0 to 20 mA,
4 to 20 mA
or 0 to 5 V,
1 to 5 V,
-5 to 5 V,
-10 to 10 V
or 0 to 30 Hz
or 0 to 5 kHz
250 ms
Remote/local
processing, parameter
initialization,
programmable output
configuration, process
value hold

0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20
mA or 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5
V, -5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V

Pt100, JPt100 or
thermocouple K, J, T,
E, L, U, N, R, S, B

0 to 30 Hz or 0 to 5
kHz

250 ms
Teaching, comparative
output pattern
selection, parameter
initialization,
programmable
output configuration,
process value hold
–
IP66/NEMA 4
24 VAC/VDC or
100 to 240 VAC
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–

500 ms
Programmable output
configuration,
process value hold

–
Teaching,
comparative output
pattern selection,
programmable
output configuration,
process value hold

–
IP66/NEMA 4
24 VAC/VDC or
100 to 240 VAC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–

4
IP66/NEMA 4
24 VAC/VDC or
100 to 240 VAC
4
4
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–

–
IP66/NEMA 4
24 VDC
4
4
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–
4
4
4
–
–
4
–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

L-iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Digital Panel Meters

Model
Size
Color change display
Number of digits
Leading zero suppression
Forced zero function
Min./max. hold function
Average processing
User selectable inputs
Start-up compensating time
Key protection
Decimal pt. position setting
Accuracy

Input range

Features

Selection Criteria

Category

Sample rate
Features

Outputs

Inputs

Sensor power supply
Front protection – IP rating
Supply voltage

4	 Standard	

NPN
PNP
Temperature
Contact
Voltage pulse
Load cell
DC voltage
DC current
AC voltage
AC current
Relay
NPN
PNP
Linear
BCD
Comms
8	 Available	

Process Indicator

Temperature
Indicator

Weighing Indicator

Linear Sensor
Indicator

K3HB-X

K3HB-H

K3HB-V

K3HB-S

1/8 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
–
4
4
±0.1% of full scale (DC
voltage & DC current),
±0.5% of full scale (AC
voltage & AC current)
0.000 to 10.000 A
0.0000 to 19.999 mA
-199.99 to 199.99 mA
4.000 to 20.000 mA
0.0 to 400.0 V
0.0000 to 1.999 V
-199.99 to 199.99 V
1.0000 to 5.0000 V
20 ms
Scaling, teaching,
averaging, output
hysteresis, output
OFF-delay, output
test, bank selection,
reset, comparative
output
8
IP66/NEMA 4
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
8
8
–
–
–
–
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
–
8

1/8 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
–
4
4
Thermocouple:
±0.3%of full scale,
Pt-100: ±0.2% of full
scale
Pt100, thermocouple
K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R,
S, B, W

1/8 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
–
4
4
±0.1% of full scale

0.00 to 199.99 mV,
0.000 to 19.999 mV,
100.00 mV, 199.99 mV

1/8 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
–
4
4
One input: ±0.1% of
full scale,
two inputs: ±0.2% of
full scale
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20
mA, 0 to 5 V, -5 to 5 V,
-10 to 10 V

20 ms
Scaling, teaching,
averaging, output
hysteresis, output
OFF-delay, output
test, bank selection,
reset, comparative
output
8
IP66/NEMA 4
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
8
8
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
8
8
8
8
–
8

20 ms
Scaling, teaching,
averaging, output
hysteresis, output
OFF-delay, output
test, bank selection,
reset, comparative
output
8
IP66/NEMA 4
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
8
8
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
8
8
8
8
–
8

0.5 ms
Scaling, 2-input
calculation, teaching,
averaging, output
hysteresis, output
OFF-delay, output test,
bank selection, reset,
comparative output
8
IP66/NEMA 4
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
8
8
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–
8
8
8
8
–
8

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-v

L

Selection Table

Selection Criteria

Category

Up/Down Counting Pulse
Indicator

Time Interval Indicator

Rotary Pulse Indicator

K3HB-C

K3HB-P

K3HB-R

Model
Size
Color change display
Number of digits
Leading zero suppression
Forced zero function
Min./max. hold function
Average processing
User selectable inputs
Start-up compensating time
Key protection
Decimal pt. position setting
Accuracy

Features

Input range

Sample rate
Features

Outputs

Inputs

Sensor power supply
Front protection – IP rating
Supply voltage
NPN
PNP
Temperature
Contact
Voltage pulse
Load cell
DC voltage
DC current
AC voltage
AC current
Relay
NPN
PNP
Linear
BCD
Comms

1/8 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
–
4
4
–

1/8 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
–
4
4
±0.08% rgd ±1 digit

No voltage contact: 30 Hz,
voltage pulse: 50 kHz,
open collector: 50 kHz
–
Scaling, measurement
operation selection, output
hysteresis, output OFF-delay,
output test, display value
selection, display color
selection, key protection,
bank selection, display refresh
period, maximum/minimum
hold, reset

No voltage contact: 30 Hz,
voltage pulse: 50 kHz,
open collector: 50 kHz
–
Scaling, measurement
operation selection, output
hysteresis, output OFF-delay,
output test, teaching, display
value selection, display color
selection, key protection,
bank selection, display refresh
period, maximum/minimum
hold, reset

8
IP66/NEMA 4
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
4
4
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
8
8
8
8
8
8

8
IP66/NEMA 4
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
4
4
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
8
8
8
8
8
8

1/8 DIN
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
±0.006% rgd ±1 digit
±0.02% rgd ±1 digit
No voltage contact: 30 Hz,
voltage pulse: 50 kHz,
open collector: 50 kHz
–
Scaling, measurement
operation selection,
averaging, previous average
value comparison, output
hysteresis, output OFF-delay,
output test, teaching, display
value selection, display color
selection, key protection,
bank selection, display
refresh period, maximum/
minimum hold, reset
8
IP66/NEMA 4
100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC
4
4
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
8
8
8
8
8
8

–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

L-vi

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K3HB-X, -H, -V, -S Digital Panel Indicators

X322

Process, Temperature, Weighing
and Linear Sensor Indicators
These indicators with analog input, feature a
color change display for easy monitoring. K3HB
series is high-speed, with a sample rate of 50 Hz,
and even 2,000 Hz for K3HB-S.
•	 Communications: DeviceNet, RS-232C, RS-485
•	 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing

Ordering Information
Type of indicator

Input sensor type and range

Model

Process indicator
K3HB-X

DC current input, from ±199.99 mA, to 4.000 to 20.000 mA

K3HB-XAD 100-240VAC
K3HB-XAD 24VAC/VDC

DC voltage input from ±199.99 V to 1.0000 to 5.0000 V

K3HB-XVD 100-240VAC
K3HB-XVD 24VAC/VDC

Temperature indicator
K3HB-H

Temperature input Pt100, thermocouple K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W

Weighing indicator
K3HB-V

Load cell input (DC low voltage input), 0.00 to 199.99 mV, 0.000 to
19.999 mV, 100.00 mV, 199.99 mV

K3HB-HTA 100-240VAC
K3HB-HTA 24VAC/VDC
K3HB-VLC 100-240VAC
K3HB-VLC 24VAC/VDC

Sensor Power Supply/Output Boards
Slot
B

Output

Sensor power
supply

Relay

PASS: SPDT

Linear current

DC0(4) - 20 mA

12 VDC ±10%,
80 mA

Linear voltage

DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V

Sensor power supply only

Relay

PASS: SPDT

Linear current

DC0(4) - 20 mA

10 VDC ±5%,
100 mA

Linear voltage

DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V

Sensor power supply only

Communications

Applicable indicator
types

Model

-

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-CPA

-

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-L1A

-

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-L2A

-

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-A

RS-232C

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-FLK1A

RS-485

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-FLK3A

-

K3HB-V

K33-CPB

-

K3HB-V

K33-L1B

-

K3HB-V

K33-L2B

-

K3HB-V

K33-B

RS-232C

K3HB-V

K33-FLK1B

RS-485

K3HB-V

K33-FLK3B

L

Relay/Transistor Output Boards
Slot

Output

C

Relay
Transistor
-

Communications

Model

H/L: SPDT each

-

K34-C1

HH/H/LL/L: SPST-NO each

-

K34-C2

NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-T1

PNP open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-T2

-

DeviceNet

K34-DRT

Event Input Boards
Slot

Output

Number of points

Communications

Model

DT

NPN open collector

5

M3 terminal blocks

K35-1

PNP open collector

5

M3 terminal blocks

K35-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-1

K3HB-C, -P, -R Digital Panel Indicators

X326

Rotary Pulse, Timer Interval and
Up/Down Counting Pulse Indicators
These indicators with analog input feature a clear
and easy-to-use color change display. All models are
equipped with NEMA 4 IP66 housing. K3HB-R and
-C are high-speed, with a color rate up to 50 kHz.
•	 Position meter indication for easy monitoring
•	 Communications: DeviceNet, RS-232C, RS-485
•	 Double display with 5 digits in two colors
•	 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing

K3HB-P

X327

Ordering Information

K3HB-R

X328

Type of indicator

Input ranges

Input sensor

Model

Rotary pulse indicator K3HB-R

No voltage contact:
30 Hz max.
Voltage pulse:
50 kHz max.
Open collector:
50 kHz max.

NPN input/
voltage pulse

K3HB-RNB 100-240VAC

PNP input

K3HB-RPB 100-240VAC

Timer interval indicator K3HB-P

K3HB-RNB 24VAC/VDC
K3HB-RPB 24VAC/VDC

NPN

K3HB-PNB 100-240VAC

PNP

K3HB-PPB 100-240VAC

PNP

K3HB-CNB 24VAC/VDC

NPN

K3HB-CNB 100-240VAC

NPN

K3HB-CPB 24VAC/VDC

PNP

K3HB-CPB 24VAC/VDC

PNP

K3HB-CPB 100-240VAC

Sensor power supply

Communications

Model

12 VDC ±10%, 80 mA

-

K33-CPA

Up/down counting pulse indicator K3HB-C

Sensor Power Supply/Output Boards
Slot

Output

B

Relay

PASS: SPDT

Linear current

DC0(4) - 20 mA

-

K33-L1A

Linear voltage

DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V

-

K33-L2A

-

-

-

K33-A

-

-

RS-232C

K33-FLK1A

-

-

RS-485

K33-FLK3A

Communications

Model

H/L: SPDT each

-

K34-C1

HH/H/LL/L: SPST-NO each

-

K34-C2

NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-T1

PNP open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-T2

-

-

DeviceNet

K34-DRT

BCD + transistor

NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-BCD

Relay/Transistor Output Boards
Slot

Output

C

Relay
Transistor

Event Input Boards
Slot

Output

Number of points

Communications

Model

D

NPN open collector

5

M3 terminal blocks

K35-1

NPN open collector

5

M3 terminal blocks

K35-3

L-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K3MA-J, -L, -F Digital Panel Meters

X324

Digital Panel Meters Offer Built-in
Outputs
The K3MA series is available as a process
meter, a frequency/rate meter or a temperature
meter. All are equipped with the same quality
display and have the same short mounting
depth of 80 mm.
•	 1/8 DIN size housing: 97 L x 96 W x 48 H mm
•	 Highly visible, 2-color negative transmissive
backlit LCD display
•	 14.2 mm high characters

Ordering Information

•	 5 digits (-19,999 to 99,999), K3MA-L: 4 digits
•	 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing

K3MA-L

X329

K3MA-F

X323

Indicator

Supply voltage

Input type and ranges

Output

Process
meter

100 to 240 VAC

DC voltage: 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V,
-5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V

2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-J-A2 100-240VAC

24 VAC/VDC
Temperature
meter

2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-J-A2 24VAC/VDC

100 to 240 VAC

Platinum-resistance
thermometer: Pt100, JPt100

24 VAC/VDC
Frequency/
rate meter

Model

100 to 240 VAC

Rotary pulse - No voltage:
0.05 to 30.00 Hz

24 VAC/VDC

1 relay contact output (SPDT)

K3MA-L-C 100-240VAC

1 relay contact output (SPDT)

K3MA-L-C 24VAC/VDC

2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-F-A2 100-240VAC
2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-F-A2 24VAC/VDC

L

K3GN	 Digital Panel Meters

X325

Intelligent Digital Panel Meter,
1/32 DIN Size
The K3GN has three main functions are process
meter, RPM processor/tachometer and digital
data display for PC/PLC.
•	 5-digit display with programmable display
color, in red or green
•	 Very compact 1/32 DIN housing:
24 H x 48 W x 83 D mm
•	 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing

Ordering Information
Input type

Supply voltage

Output

No communications

RS-485

DC voltage/current, NPN

24 VDC

Dual relays (SPST-NO)

K3GN-NDC 24 DC

K3GN-NDC-FLK 24 DC

Dual relays (SPST-NO)

K3GN-PDC 24 DC

K3GN-PDC-FLK 24 DC

DC voltage/current, PNP

Model

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-3

Digital Panel Meters

L-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Monitoring Products
Contents
Selection Guide

M-ii

Monitoring Relays
K8AK-VS/ Single phase voltage
K8AK-VW monitoring relays

M-1

K8AK-AS

M-2

Single phase current
monitoring relays

K8AK-AW Single phase overcurrent/
undercurrent monitoring relays

M-3

K8AK-PA/ 3-phase voltage monitoring
PM/PW
relays

M-4

K8AK-PH/ Phase-sequence/Phase-loss
K8DS-PH monitoring relays

M-5

K8AK-TH

M-6

Temperature monitoring relays

Liquid Level Controls and Detectors
K8AK-LS

Liquid level controller

M-7

K7L-AT50

Protect your process
equipment from liquid spills
and leaks

M-8

M

M-i

Monitoring Products

MONITORING RELAYS
The K8AK/K8DS series power monitoring relays can detect problems such as:
•	 Over- and under-currents, and over- and under-voltages
•	 Phase losses (where voltage is not supplied to one or more phases because of
disconnected power lines, loose terminals, or contact failures)
•	 Phase-sequence problems (which can result, for example, in motors rotating
backwards)
•	 Voltage asymmetries where the voltages of different phases are different because of
phase losses or other causes).
The relays are available in various single- and three-phase versions for currents up to
200 A and voltages up to 600 V. The 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm wide DIN-rail mounting devices
save space in control panels.
Which application is required?

Three Phase Circuit Monitoring

3-phase 3-wires voltage
or
3-phase 4-wire voltage

3-phase 3-wires voltage

Phase-sequence,
Loss
Phase Asymmetry

3-Phase
Voltage,
Over
& Under
Voltage
Sequence,
Loss Relay
Phase-sequence,
(WindowLoss
comparator)

3-Phase Voltage,
Over & Under
Voltage
Sequence,
Loss
Relay
(Window comparator)

3-Phase
Voltage,
3-Phase
Asymmetry,
Sequence,
Sequence, Loss
Loss Relay
Relay
(Window comparator)

3-Phase Voltage,
Sequence, Loss Relay
(Window comparator)

3-Phase
3-Phase
Voltage,
Sequence,
VoltageLoss
Relay
Relay
(Window comparator)

3-PhaseSequence,
Voltage,
3-Phase
Sequence,
Loss Relay
Loss Relay
(Window comparator)

3-PhaseSequence,
Voltage,
3-Phase
Sequence,
Loss Relay
Loss Relay
(Window comparator)

K8AK-PM
K8AK-PA

K8AK-PM

K8AK-PW
K8AK-PM

K8AK-PM
K8AK-PH

K8AK-PM
K8DS-PH

M-ii

Phase-sequence,
Loss

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Single Phase Circuit Monitoring

Voltage Input

Temperature Monitoring

Thermocouple
Pt100/Pt1000

Current Input

Over & Under Voltage

Over or Under Voltage

Over & Under Current

Over or Under Current

Temperature Alarms

3-Phase
Voltage,
1-Phase
Sequence,
Relay
VoltageLoss
Relay
(Window comparator)

3-Phase
Voltage,
1-Phase
Sequence,
Relay
VoltageLoss
Relay
(Window comparator)

3-Phase
1-Phase
Voltage,
Sequence,
CurrentLoss
Relay
Relay
(Window comparator)

3-Phase
Voltage,
1-Phase
Sequence,
Relay
CurrentLoss
Relay
(Window comparator)

3-Phase
Voltage,
Temperature
Sequence,
Loss
Relay
Monitoring
Relay
(Window comparator)

K8AK-VW
K8AK-PM

K8AK-PM
K8AK-VS

K8AK-AW
K8AK-PM

K8AK-PM
K8AK-AS

K8AK-PM
K8AK-TH

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-iii

M

Selection Table
Type

Temperature

Model

K8AK-TH

Selection criteria

Mounting

Input
Output
Features

K8AK-AS

K8AK-AW

K8AK-VS

K8AK-VW

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

Size

22.5W x 90H x
100D

22.5W x 90H x
100D

22.5W x 90H x
100D

22.5W x 90H x
100D

22.5W x 90H x
100D

Type

Temperature
Monitoring

Current
Monitoring

Overcurrent/
Undercurrent
Monitoring

Voltage
Monitoring

Overvoltage/
undervoltage
monitoring

•  

2-500 mA
0.1-8 A
•  10-200 A

•  

2-500 mA
0-5 A
•  0-200 A

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Range

Indicators

1-Phase

Type K, J,
T, E, B, R, S
Thermocouple

•  

1-150 V
20-600 V

1-10 V
60-300 V

Power Supply

100-240 VAC

100-240 VAC

100-240 VAC

100-240 VAC

100-240 VAC

Power Supply

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

Relay SPDT

4

4

4

4

–

Relay 2x SPDT

–

–

–

–

4

Relay DPDT

–

–

–

–

–

Reset mode: manual

–

4

4

4

4

Reset Mode:
Automatic

–

4

4

4

4

Operation Time (With
Timer)

–

0.1-30 Sec.

0.1-30 Sec.

0.1-30 Sec.

0.1-30 Sec.

Startup Lock

–

4

4

4

4

Power (Green)

4

4

4

4

4

Relay Output (Yellow)

4

4

4

4

4

Alarm Output (Red)

4

4

4

4

4

–	 No/not available 	

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

M-iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Monitoring Relays
Type

3-Phase

K8AK-PH

Model
Selection criteria

Mounting

Input
Output
Features

K8AK-PA

K8AK-PM

K8DS-PH

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

Size

22.5W x 90H x
100D

22.5W x 90H x
100D

22.5W x 90H x
100D

22.5W x 90H x
100D

17.5W x 73H x
80D

Type

Phase-Sequence
Phase-Loss
Monitoring

Voltage
Monitoring

Asymmetry and
Phase-Sequence
Phase-Loss
Monitoring

Phase-Sequence
Phase-Loss
Monitoring

Phase-Sequence
Phase-Loss
Monitoring

Range

Indicators

K8AK-PW

•  

200-480 VAC
3-Phase

•  

200-240 or
380-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire
•  115-138 or
220-277 VAC 3
Phase, 4-Wire

•  

200-240 or
380-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire
•  115-138 or
220-277 VAC 3
Phase, 4-Wire

•  

200-240 or
380-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire
•  115-138 or
220-277 VAC 3
Phase, 4-Wire

•  

200-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire

Power Supply

200-480 VAC
3-Phase

200-240 or 380480 VAC 3-Phase,
3-Wire

200-240 or 380480 VAC 3-Phase,
3-Wire

200-240 or 380480 VAC 3-Phase,
3-Wire

200-480 VAC
3-Phase, 3-Wire

Power Supply

–

115-138 or 220227 VAC 3-Phase,
4-Wire

115-138 or 220227 VAC 3-Phase,
4-Wire

115-138 or 220227 VAC 3-Phase,
4-Wire

–

Relay SPDT

–

4

4

4

4

Relay 2x SPDT

–

–

–

–

–

Relay DPDT

4

–

–

–

–

Reset mode: manual

–

–

–

–

–

Reset Mode:
Automatic

4

4

4

4

4

Operation Time (With
Timer)

–

–

–

–

–

Startup Lock

–

–

–

–

–

Power (Green)

4

4

4

4

4

Relay Output (Yellow)

4

4

4

4

4

Alarm Output (Red)

–

4

4

4

–

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

M

–	 No/not available 	

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-v

Monitoring Products

Liquid level controls and detectors
K8AK-LS
•	 Ideal for liquid level control for industrial facilities and equipment
•	 Floatless level control for liquid supply and drainage operations
•	 Self holding (ON or OFF) outputs can be easily selected to match
application

What function do you need?

Control liquid level

Category

K8AK-LS

Floatless level
control for liquid
supply and drainage
operations

Compatible
liquids

Distilled water, city
water, well water,
industrial water,
sea water, and
sewage with specific
impedance
10 to 100 kΩ

12.8 mm wide

K7L-AT50

K8AK-LS

Function

Operating
resistance
Inputs

Supply
voltage
Dimensions

M-vi

Leakage Detection

Detect liquid leaks

Model

22.5 mm wide

Liquid Level Controller

Conductive
electrodes: SUS304
or SUS316,
1 m long segments

100-120 VAC,
21 VAC/VDC
90 H x 22.5 W x 100
D mm

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K7L-AT50
Detects liquid spills
using a conductive
sensing band and
socket-mount
controller
Water, ammonia, and
Hydrogen Peroxide

0 to 50 MΩ (variable)
Sensing band:
Polyethylene
standard; PTFE
fluororesin for high
temperature and
organic solvents, 10
m max. length
12 to 24 VDC
85.5 H x 19.5 W x 84
D mm max. in socket

K8AK-VS and K8AK-VW	

R642

Voltage Monitoring Relays

Overvoltage or Undervoltage
Monitoring Relays
featuring single or dual contacts
Designed to protect single-phase
applications from overvoltage and
undervoltage conditions.
•	 K8AK-VW features two independent SPDT
(5 A @ 240 VAC) contacts
•	 K8AK-VS features one SPDT (5 A @ 250
VAC) contact
•	 Input frequency of 40 to 500 Hz supported
•	 Can be configured for manual or
automatic reset
•	 Monitor output status via LED indicators
•	 Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

Ordering Information
K8AK-VS Voltage Monitoring
Description

Features

Setting Range*

Input Voltage

Output

Model

Single phase
Overvoltage or
Undervoltage
Relay

2 independent
current adjustment
knobs, Operating
time adjustment
knob, Startup lock
adjustment knob

0 to 10 V AC/DC
0 to 30 V AC/DC
15 to 150 V AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

"SPDT, 5 A @ 250
VAC (resistive
load)"

K8AK-VS2 24 VAC/DC

20 to 200 V AC/DC
30 to 300 V AC/DC
60 to 600 V AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-VS3 24 VAC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-VS3 100-240 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-VS2 100-240 VAC

K8AK-VW Overvoltage and Undervoltage
Description

Features

Setting Range*

Input Voltage

Output

Model

Single-phase
Overvoltage and
Undervoltage
Relay

2 independent
current adjustment
knobs, Operating
time adjustment
knob, Startup lock
adjustment knob, 2
independent SPDT
relays

0 to 10 V AC/DC
0 to 30 V AC/DC
15 to 150 V AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

"2 - SPDT, 5 A @
250 VAC (resistive
load)"

K8AK-VW2 24 VAC/DC

20 to 200 V AC/DC
30 to 300 V AC/DC
60 to 600 V AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-VW3 24 VAC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-VW3 100-240 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

M

K8AK-VW2 100-240 VAC

*The range is selected using connected terminals.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-1

K8AK-AS	 Current Monitoring Relays

R634

Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Single Phase
Current Monitoring Relays
•	 Monitor for overcurrent or undercurrent in
industrial equipment
•	 Automatic and Manual resetting is
supported by one relay
•	 Startup lock time and operating time can
be set independently
•	 Output relay can be switched between
normally open and normally closed
contacts
•	 Monitor output status from LED indicator

Specifications
•	 Operating time range: 0.1 to 30 s
•	 Startup lock time range: 0 to 30 s
•	 Output relay One SPDT (NO/NC switched
using DIP switch)
•	 Maximum switching current: 5 A
•	 Ambient Operating Temperature:
-4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C)

Ordering Information
Setting Range

Supply Voltage

Model

2 to 20 mA AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AS1 24VAC/DC

10 to 100 mA AC/DC
50 to 500 mA AC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AS1 100-240VAC

0.1 to 1 A AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AS2 24VAC/DC

0.5 to 5 A AC/DC
0.8 to 8 A AC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AS2 100-240VAC

10 to 100 mA AC*

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AS3 24VAC/DC

20 to 200 mA AC*

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AS3 100-240VAC

*K8AK-AS3 is designed to be used in combination with OMRON K8AC-CT200L Current Transformer (CT). (Direct input is not
possible)

M-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K8AK-AW	 Current Monitoring Relays

R635

Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Single Phase
Overcurrent and Undercurrent
Monitoring Relays
K8AK-AW designed to protect singlephase applications from overcurrent and
undercurrent conditions.
•	 Startup lock time and operating time can
be independently set
•	 Monitor output status via LED indicators
•	 Two independent SPDT (5 A @ 240 VAC)
contacts
•	 Can be configured for manual or
automatic reset
•	 Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

Ordering Information
Setting Range

Supply Voltage

Output

Model

2 to 20 mA

24 VAC/VDC

2 – SPDT relay, 5 A @ 250 VAC

K8AK-AW1 24VAC/DC

10 to 100 mA
50 to 500 mA

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AW1 100-240VAC

0.1 to 1 A AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AW2 24VAC/DC

0.5 to 5 A AC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AW2 100-240VAC

10 to 100 mA AC*

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AW3 24VAC/DC

20 to 200 mA AC*

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AW3 100-240VAC

*K8AK-AW3 is designed to be used in combination with OMRON K8AC-CT200L Current Transformer (CT). (Direct input is not
possible)

M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-3

K8AK-PA/PM/PW	Phase Monitoring Relays

R637

Ultra-Slim 3-Phase Voltage
Monitoring Relays
K8AK-P series can monitor a 3-phase (3-wire
or 4-wire) system on a global basis.
•	 Monitor 3-phase voltage asymmetry
(K8AK-PA)
•	 Monitor overvoltage, undervoltage, phase
sequences and phase loss (K8AK-PM)
•	 Monitor overvoltages and undervoltages
(K8AK-PW)
•	 K8AK-PA features one SPDT (5 A @ 250
VAC, resistive loads)
•	 K8AK-PM and –PW feature two
independent SPDT (5 A @ 250 VAC,
resistive loads) relays which allows for
separate outputs for overvoltage and
undervoltage detection
•	 Easy to configure global power
specifications which can be configured by
adjusting external DIP switches
•	 Output relay can be configured between
normally open and normally closed
contacts
•	 Monitor output status from LED indicators
mounted on front of K8AK-P units

Ordering Information
Description

Features

3-Phase,
3-Wire

3-Phase, 4-Wire Output

Model

3-Phase asymmetry,
phase sequence, phase
loss

Asymmetry Rate and
Operation time settings,
Power Indicator, Relays
status indicator, Alarm
Indicator

200, 220, 230,
240 VAC

115, 0127, 133,
138 VAC

K8AK-PA1

380, 400, 415,
480 VAC

220, 230, 240,
277 VAC

3-Phase undervoltage,
overvoltage, phase
sequence, phase loss

Overvoltage , Undervoltage
and Operation Time
settings, Relay Indicator,
Alarm Indicator, Power
Indicator

200, 220, 230,
240 VAC

115, 0127, 133,
138 VAC

380, 400, 415,
480 VAC

220, 230, 240,
277 VAC

3-Phase undervoltage,
overvoltage

Overvoltage , Undervoltage
and Operation Time
settings, Relay Indicator,
Alarm Indicator, Power
Indicator

200, 220, 230,
240 VAC

115, 0127, 133,
138 VAC

380, 400, 415,
480 VAC

220, 230, 240,
277 VAC

M-4

SPDT Relay (5
A @ 250 VAC)

K8AK-PA2
2 independent
SPDT Relays (5
A @ 250 VAC)

K8AK-PM1

2 independent
SPDT Relays (5
A @ 250 VAC)

K8AK-PW1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K8AK-PM2

K8AK-PW2

K8AK-PH and K8DS-PH	

R638

Phase Monitoring Relays

Ultra-Slim 3-Phase
Phase-sequence and Phase-loss
Relays
K8AK-PH and K8DS-PH are designed to
protect three-phase applications from
transient phase-sequence and phase-loss.
•	 Capable to distinguish between positive
phases, reversed phases, and phase loss
when unit is energized (K8DS-PH)
•	 Capable of detecting phase loss when
motor is in operating condition
•	 SPDT relay (5 A @ 240 VAC, resistive
loads)
•	 Output and relay status can be monitored
using LED indicators
•	 K8AK-PH slim 22.5 mm width
•	 K8DS-PH slim 17.5 mm width

Ordering Information
Description

Features

Rated Input Voltages

Relay Output

Mounting Dimensions

Model

3-Phase phase
sequence, phase loss

Power Indicator,
Relay Indicator

200 to 480 VAC

5 A @ 250 VAC
(resistive load)

100 x 22.5 x 90 mm

K8AK-PH1

3-Phase phase
sequence, phase loss

Power Indicator,
Relay Indicator

200 to 480 VAC

5 A @ 250 VAC
(resistive load)

100 x 17.5 x 90 mm

K8DS-PH1

M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-5

K8AK-TH	Temperature Monitoring Relays

R639

Space Saving, Ultra Slim 22.5 mm
Temperature Monitoring Relays
Prevent equipment against damage from
excessive temperature increases.
•	 Universal-input support for thermocouple
and RTD sensors
•	 Set Value Protection - prohibits changes
to set values of the temperature
monitoring relay
•	 Wide range of functions: alarm mode
(upper and lower limit), enable/disable
latch, selectable temperature setting:
degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius
•	 Simple rotary and DIP switch settings
•	 Alarm status identification with LED
indicator

Specifications
•	 Temperature sensor inputs:
•	 K8AK-TH11S - Thermocouple Types K,
J, T, E; Platinum RTD Pt100
•	 K8AK-TH12S - Thermocouple Types K,
J, T, E, B, R, S, PLII
•	 Relay capacity: 3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC
(resistive load)
•	 DIN track mounting
•	 Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

Ordering Information
Description

Features

Relay Output

Model

Temperature range 0 to 999°
C/F

Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 1°
C/F setting unit

SPDT 3 A @ 250 VAC (resistive
load)

K8AK-TH11S 100-240VAC
K8AK-TH11S 24VAC/DC

Temperature Range 0 to 1800°
C, 0 to 3200° F

Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 10°
C/F setting unit

K8AK-TH12S 100-240VAC
K8AK-TH12S 24VAC/DC

M-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K8AK-LS	Liquid Level Controller

R636

Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Liquid Level
Controller
Protect equipment against damage from
unforeseen spills and leaks.
•	 Reliable, floatless level control for
automatic water supply and drainage in
industrial facilities and equipment
•	 Adjustable sensitivity for conductive
liquids ranging from distilled water,
city water, well water, industrial water,
sea water and sewage with specific
resistance from 10 to 100 kΩ impedance

•	 Relay capacity: 5 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC
(resistive load)

•	 Delay timer to prevent relay contact
chatter from waves

•	 Timer setting: 0.1 to 10 s

•	 Relay status identification with LED
indicator

•	 Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

•	 DIN track mounting

Ordering Information-Floatless, Conductive Level Controller
Features
3-electrode system for water supply
or drainage control; order electrodes,
holders and sockets separately. Adjustable
operating resistance sensitivity.

Input Voltage

Output

Model

24 VAC/VDC

SPDT 5 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

K8AK-LS 24VAC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-LS 100-240VAC

Accessories-Electrode Rods
Application

Model

Purified water service, industrial water, and sewage

F03-60-SUS304

Purified water service, industrial water, sewage, and weak alkaline solutions

F03-60-SUS316

Accessories-Electrode Holders, Covers, Separator
Application

Model

For 3 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water)

PS-3S

For 4 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water)

PS-4S

For 35 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water)

PS-5S

Areas with limited space

PS-31 SUS304 300 mm

Liquids with low resistance

BF-1

When mounting accuracy is required

BF-3/5

Resistance to high-temperature or high-pressure liquids

BS-1

Resistance against corrosion

BS-1T

Long distance installations from liquid

PH-1/2

Protective Cover (Electrode Holders for PS series)

F03-11

Mounting Piece (Electrode Holder for PS series)

F03-12

One Pole Separator

F03-14 1P

Three Pole Separator

F03-14 3P

Five Pole Separator

F03-14 5P

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M

M-7

K7L-AT50	

Liquid Leak Detector

X423

Protect your Process Equipment
from Liquid Spills and Leaks
•	 Detects liquid leaks by monitoring the
resistance between conductive sensing
bands
•	 Four selectable sensing ranges for liquids
with impedance high as 50 MΩ
•	 Ideal for all grades of water, ammonia (NH3),
hydrogen peroxide (H202), hydrochloric acid
(HCl), phosphoric acid (H3PO4), fluorine (F)
and isopropyl alcohol (IPA)
•	 Track-mount sockets and plug-in
sensor amplifier simplify installation and
maintenance

Liquid Leakage Sensor
Description

Input signal

Output signal

Dimensions (mm)

Supply voltage

Model

Liquid Leakage Sensor
Amplifier

0 to 50 MΩ
impedance

NPN open collector,
100 mA at 30 VDC

28.8 H x 12.8 W x
46 D

24 VDC

K7L-AT50

Sensing Bands
Description

Specification and appearance

Model

Sensing band, 1 m length

Sheath: polyethylene; Core: 316 stainless
steel; 8 W x 1.7 H mm

F03-16PE-1M

Sensing band, 2 m length

F03-16PE-2M

Sensing band, 5 m length

F03-16PE-5M

Sensing band, 10 m length

F03-16PE-10M

Sensing band, 25 m length

F03-16PE-25M

Sensing band, 50 m length

F03-16PE-50M

Adhesive backed sensing band mounting bracket;
30 per pack

Material: Polyethylene; 13 L x 32 W x 3 H mm

F03-26PES

Screw mount sensing band bracket with two M3.5
dia. hole; 30 per pack

Material: Polyethylene; 13 L x 32 W x 3 H mm

F03-26PEN

Terminal block; 10 per pack

17 H x 29.1 W x 25 D mm Connects Sensing
Band to Wiring Cable for sensor amplifier

F03-20

Socket with finger-protection

85.5 H x 16 W x 61 D mm Mounts sensor
amplifier to DIN rail

P2RF-08-E

Socket

71.5 H x 19.5 W x 54 D mm Mounts sensor
amplifier to DIN rail

P2RF-08

M-8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Electromechanical &
Solid State Relays
Contents

Solid State Relays

Electromechanical Relays
Selection Guide

N-ii

Selection Guide

N-viii

Panel Mounted

Industrial Plug-in Relays
Ultra-slim industrial 6 A relay for
PLC expansion

N-1

G3NE

Low profile, switching 20 A solid
state relay

N-11

G2R9-S Slim general purpose 10 A plugin relays

N-2

G3NA

N-12

MY

Multi-pole, long life general
purpose relay

N-3

Hockey puck style solid state
relay for up to 90 A load,
660 VAC available

LY

Plug-in general purpose relay
with variable HP rating

N-4

MKS

10 A octal base general purpose
relay

N-5

MJN

Flange mount plug-in general
purpose relay

N-6

G2RV

DC Plug-in Relay
MKS-X

Maximum switching 10 A @
220 VDC LED, two position test
button

Built-in Heat Sink
G3PH

High power 150 A solid state
relay, replaceable output
cartridge

N-13

G3PA

High power 60 A solid state
relay for 1-3 phase load with
easy connection

N-14

G3PE

1-3 phase solid state relay,
without heat sink type available
(*3 phase type)

N-15

G3PF

SSR with built-in CT and enable
to detect heater burnout, SSR
short-circuit

N-16

N-7

Industrial High Power Relay
G7J

Heavy duty 25 A relay for
switching for inductive load

N-8

G7Z

Multi-pole 40 A relay with mirror
contact for safety purposes

N-9

MGN

Heavy-duty power relay
switches 30 A loads

N-10

Socket Mounted
G3RV

Ultra-slim industrial 3 A solid
state relay for PLC expansion

N-17

G3R-I/O

High-isolation solid state relay,
Terminal comparable with
G2R9-S

N-18

PCB Mounted
G3MC

Ultra-slim compact 1-2 A PCB
solid state relay

N-19

G3TB

Color-coded PCB solid state
relay with LED indicator

N-20

N

N-i

Electromechanical Relays

NONBENDABLE!
G2RV-SL500 – Reduce wiring time by using push-in technology
and cross bars
With the G2RV-SL500 series, only two steps are required to achieve a reliable connection
between wire and terminal. Just remove the isolation and push in the wire. Cross bars
make your life even easier, as they can be tailored by breaking pins away to meet your
configuration requirements.
•  No tools required
•  Fits stranded wires (with ferrules) 0.5 - 2.5 mm²
•  Fits solid wires 0.5 - 4.0 mm²

Plug-in industrial relay – switching capacity up to 15 A

General purpose/Power

Interface/Power

1-pole
SPDT

6A

2-pole
DPDT

1-pole
SPDT

2-pole
DPDT

3-pole
3PDT

5A

15 A

10 A

10 A

10 A

Mech. flag
LED indicator

Slim outline
6mm width

G2RV

N-ii

LED
indicator

LED
indicator

Mech. flag
LED indicator

Two position
test button

G2R-1-S

G2R-2-S

Two position
test button

LY1

LY2

MKS

MY2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

MKS

High power relays – up to 40 A

DC-switching

3-pole
3PDT

4-pole
4PDT

10 A

10 A

LED
indicator

SPST-NO,
SPST-NO/
SPST-NC

5A

10 A

Slim outline
6mm width

Operation
indicators

4-pole, 4PST-NO
3PST-NO/SPST-NC
DPST-NO/DPST-NC

25 A

30 A

40 A

Two position
test button

LY3

LY4

MY4

MKS(X)

Mirror
contact

G7J

MJN

MGN

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G7Z

N-iii

N

Selection Table
Category

Interface/Power

G2RV

Family

Features
Wiring to
socket

MY

G2R9-S

4
–
–
–
SPDT

4
–
–
–
SPDT

–
4
–
–
DPDT

–
4
–
–
DPDT

–
–
–
4
4PDT

6A

10 A

5A

10 A

5A

100 mA at 5
VDC

10 mA at 5
VDC

1 mA at 5 VDC

1 mA at 1 VDC

0.1 mA at
1 VDC

8
6.2 mm

–
13.0 mm

8
13.0 mm

–
21.5 mm

4
21.5 mm

4
21.5 mm

4
4
–

8
4
–

8
4
–

8
4
–

8
4
–

8
4
–

–

8

8

8

8

8

8
4
–
4

8
8
–
–

8
8
–
–

8
8
–
8

8
8
–
8

8
8
–
8

8
–
–
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

Rise-up clamp 8

8

8

8

8

8

Screw-less clamp 8

8

8

8

8

8

Selection criteria

1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
4-pole
Contact
configuration
Max. switching
current

General purpose/Power

Min. switching 1 mA at
current 100 VDC
Gold clad/plate
Width max.
(Relay only)
LED indication
Mechanical flag
Push-to-test
button
Two position test
button
Label
Diode (DC coil)
Varistor (AC coil)
RC circuit
(AC coil)
Socket mounting
Flange mounting
PCB mounting
Screw

–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

N-iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

–
–
–
4
4PDT
bifurcated
5A

Electromechanical Relays
Category

General purpose/Power

LY

Family

Features
Wiring to
socket

–

–

4
–
–
DPDT

4
–
–
DPDT
bifurcated

10 A

100 mA
at 5 VDC
–
21.5 mm

MKS
–
–
4
–
3PDT

–
–
–
4
4PDT

4
–
–
DPDT

4
–
–
–
SPST-NO

7A

10 A

10 A

10 A

10 A

100 mA
at 5 VDC
–
31.5 mm

100 mA
at 5 VDC
–
41.5 mm

10 mA at
1 VDC
–
34.5 mm

10 mA at
1 VDC
–
34.5 mm

10 A, 220
VDC; 15 A,
250 VAC
10 mA at
24 VDC
–
34.5 mm

5 A, 220
VDC; 15 A,
250 VAC
10 mA at
24 VDC
–
34.5 mm

100 mA
at 5 VDC
–
21.5 mm

10 mA at
5 VDC
4
21.5 mm

8
–
8

8
–
8

8
–
8

8
–
8

8
–
8

8
4
–

8
4
–

8
–
–

8
–
–

–

–

–

–

–

8

8

8

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

8
–
8

8
–
8

8
–
8

8
–
8

8
8
8
8

–

8
–
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

8
–
–
8

8
–
–
8

8
–
Optional
for socket
8
–
–
8

8
–
Optional
for socket
8
–
–
8

Rise-up clamp –

–

–

–

–

8

8

–

–

Screw-less clamp –

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4
–
–
–
SPDT

Max. switching 15 A
current
Min. switching
current
Gold clad/plate
Width max.
(Relay only)
LED indication
Mechanical flag
Push-to-test
button
Two position test
button
Label
Diode (DC coil)
Varistor (AC coil)
RC circuit
(AC coil)
Socket mounting
Flange mounting
PCB mounting
Screw

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

–

MKS(X)

–
–
4
–
3PDT

Selection criteria

1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
4-pole
Contact
configuration

–
4
–
–
SPST-NO/
SPST-NC

–	 No/not available

N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-v

Electromechanical Relays
Category

High power

G7J

Family

Mounting

Relay
terminal

Selection criteria

1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
4-pole

General purpose/Power

–
–
–
4

G7Z

MJN

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

–
–
–
4

4
–
–
SPDT

3PSTNO/
SPSTNC
25 A

DPSTNO/
DPSTNC
25 A

4PSTNO

40 A

3PSTNO/
SPSTNC
40 A

DPSTNO/
DPSTNC
40 A

100
mA
at 24
VDC
–

100
mA
at 24
VDC
–

2A
at 24
VDC

2A
at 24
VDC

2A
at 24
VDC

4

4

–

–

–

8

8

Quick-connect 8

8

PCB terminals 8

8

Contact 4PSTconfiguration NO

Max. switching 25 A
current
Min. permissible 100
load mA
at 24
VDC
Auxiliary contact –
block
Mirror contact
Momentary test –
button
Screw 8

High power

MGN
–
–
4
3PDT

4
–
–
SPST

–
4
–
DPST

–
4
–
DPDT

10 A

–
4
–
DPST
DPDT
30 A

10 A

30 A

30 A

30 A

38.7
mm
8

38.7
mm
8

38.7
mm
8

63.5
mm
–

63.5
mm
–

84.3
mm
–

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8

8

8

–

–

–

4

4

4

8

8

8

4

4

4

8

–

–

–

8

8

8

–

–

–

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Screw –

–

–

4

4

4

–

–

–

4

4

4

DIN rail –
Bracket (screw) 8

–
8

–
8

4
–

4
–

4
–

8
–

8
–

8
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

Flange (screw) –

–

–

–

–

–

8

8

8

–

–

–

–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

N-vi

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Sockets & Accessories
Relay Type

DIN rail mount socket
Socket

Back connecting socket
PCB Terminal

Quick Connect/Solder Terminal

Hold down clip

Socket

Hold down clip

Socket

Hold down clip

P2R-05A

–

P2R-057P
P2R-05P

–
–

P2R-08A

–

P2R-057P
P2R-08P

–
–

PYC-A1 *3
PYC-A1 *3

PT08

PYC-P *4

PT08-0

PYC-P *4

PTF11A

PYC-A1 *3

PT11

PYC-P *4

PT11-0

PYC-P *4

LY4

PTF14A
PTF14A-E

PYC-A1 *3
PYC-A1 *3

PT14

PYC-P *4

PT14-0

PYC-P *4

MJN without mounting flange

PTF11PC

PYMJN-S

PTF11QDC

PYMJN-PCB

PTFPCB

PYMJN-PCB

MKK

PF113A

PFC-A1

PL11

PLC

PLE11-0

PLC-10

MKS2P

PF083A
PF083A-E
PF083A-D

PFC-A1
PFC-A1

–

–

–

–

MKS3P

PF113A
PF113A-E
PF113A-D

PFC-A1
PFC-A1

–

–

–

–

MKS(X)

P7MF-06
P7MF-06-D

PYC-A2
PYC-A2

–

–

P7M-06P

PYC-A2

MY2(S) without Latching lever

PYF08A-E
PYF08A-N
PYF08S

PYC-A1
PYC-A1
PYCM-08S

PY08
PY08-Y1

PY08-02

PYC-P or
PYC-P2

MY2(S) with Latching lever

PYF08A-E
PYF08A-N
PYF08S

PYC-E1
PYC-E1
PYCM-08S

PY08

PYC-P2

PY08-02

PYC-P2

MY4(S)

PYF14A-E
PYF14A-N
PYF14S

PYC-A1
PYC-A1
PYCM-14S

PY14
PY14-Y1

PYC-P or
PYC-P2
-

PY14-02

PYC-P or
PYC-P2

MY2K

PYF14A-E

PYC-A1

PY14

PYC-P

PY14-02

PYC-P

MY4(Z)H

PYF14A-E

PYC-A1

–

–

–

–

MJN

PTF11PC
PTF21PC

PYMJN-S

PTF11QDC

PYMNB-PCB

PTFPCB

PYMNB-PCB

–
–

G2R-1-S

P2RF-05
P2RF-05-E
P2RF-05-S

G2R-2-S

P2RF-08
P2RF-08-E
P2RF-08-S

P2CM-S

LY1, LY2

PTF08A
PTF08A-E

LY3

Note:

–
–

–

–

1. -E and -N models are finger-protect construction. Round terminals cannot be used. Use Y-shaped terminals.
2. -S or S types are screwless terminal styles.
3. RC circuit type need to use Y92H-3 hold down clips.
4. Push button type need to use PYC-P2, RC circuit need to use PYC-1 hold down clips.

Relay Type
G7J-(All)

P2CM-S

Mounting

Adaptor

Front connecting socket

Bracket

Track Mount/Panel Mount

Track Mount/Panel Mount

R99-04-FOR-G5F

–

–

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N

N-vii

Solid State Relays

VARIOUS KINDS OF SOLID STATE RELAYS
G39 series – Reliable interfacing and power switching
Omron offers Solid State Relays (SSRs) in a wide variety of output currents and voltages to
handle frequently cycling loads. Control-panel mount types with built-in heat-sink (G3PE)
and without (G3NA) are ideal for power switching. Compact SSRs for I/O Interfacing
include ultra-slim G3RV and G3R.
•  Industrial 6 mm ‘slim’ SSR which is G2RV compatible (G3RV)
•  G2RS compatible high-speed interface solutions (G3R-I/O)
•  G3NA with 5-90 A output current, G3PE up to 45 A
•  Output voltages up to 660 VAC / 200 VDC available on G3NA
•  Effectively absorbing of external surge thanks to the built-in varistor/surge pass circuit

Type of application

Interfacing

Power switching (up to 150 A)

Single-phase

Hockey
puck style

Socket
mounted I/O
6 mm slim

Socket
mounted I/O

Up to 3 A

100 mA In/
2 A Out

Up to 20 A

Up to 90 A

Up to 60 A

Up to 150 A

G3RV

G3R-I/O

G3NE

G3NA

G3PA

G3PH

N-viii

Integrated heat sink/
replaceable output

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

PCB

Three-phase

Integrated
heat sink

Integrated heat sink/
Failure detection

Hockey
puck style

Integrated
heat sink

0.2” width

0.4” width

Up to 45 A

Up to 30 A

Up to 45 A

Up to 45 A

Up to 2 A

25 mA In/
3 A Out

G3PE

G3PF

G3PE-H

G3PE

G3MC

G3TB

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N

N-ix

Selection Table
Category

Socket mounted

VAC

Features
Mounting

Input Module

G3NE

Output Module

4

8

–

Heater Control 8

–

8

4

Motor Control 8

–

8

4

100 mA (DC)

2 A (AC, DC)

20 A (AC)

200 V Range 75 to 264 V

–

75 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

400 V Range –

–

–

–

600 V Range –

–

–

–

4 to 32 V

4 to 60 V
40 to 200 V

–

DC 4

4

4

4

AC 4

4

–

–

Built-in Heat Sink –

–

–

–

Zero-cross Circuit 8

–

8

8

Built-in Varistor –

–

–

4

LED Indicator 4

4

4

–

Protective Cover –

–

–

–

DIN-Rail 4

–

–

8

Panel –

–

–

4

Socket (DIN, Panel) 4

4

4

4

N/A

N/A

4

UL Recognized 4

4

4

4

UL Listed 4

–

–

–

CSA 4

4

4

4

CE 4

4

4

4

TÜV 4

4

4

4

VDE –

–

–

–

2 A (AC)
Max. current rating
3 A (DC)

DC Output Range 3 to 26.4

PCB N/A

Safety Standards

G3R-I/O

G3RV

Signal Switching 4

Input
Voltage

VDC

Load Voltage/
current Rating

A

Application

Model

Panel mounted

–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

N-x

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Solid State Relays
Category

Panel mounted

VAC

Features
Mounting
Safety Standards
4	 Standard	

G3NA

G3PA

G3PE

G3PH

1-phase

3-phase

Signal Switching –

–

–

–

–

Heater Control 4

4

4

4

4

Motor Control 4

8

–

–

–

60 A (AC)

150 A (AC)

45 A (AC)

45 A (AC)

200 V Range 19 to 264 V

19 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

400 V Range 180 to 528 V

150 to 440 V
180 to 528 V

180 to 528 V

180 to 528 V

180 to 528 V

600 V Range 360 to 660 V

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

DC –

4

4

4

4

AC 4

8	
by using G32A-B

8	
by using G32A-B

8	
by using G32A-B

8	
by using G32A-B

Built-in Heat Sink –

4

4

4

4

Zero-cross Circuit 4

8

8

8

4

Built-in Varistor 4

4

4

4

4

LED Indicator 4

4

4

4

4

Protective Cover 4

4

4

4

4

Replaceable Power
–
Cartridge

4

4

–

–

DIN-Rail 8

4

–

4

8

Panel 4

4

4

4

4

Socket (DIN, Panel) –

–

–

–

–

PCB –

–

–

–

–

UL Recognized 4

4

cULus

4

4

UL Listed –

–

–

–

–

CSA 4

4

cULus

4

4

CE 4

4

4

4

4

TÜV 4

–

4

4

4

VDE –

4

–

–

–

90 A (AC)
Max. current rating
10 A (DC)

DC Output Range 4 to 220 V

Input
Voltage

VDC

Load Voltage/
current Rating

A

Application

Model

8	 Available	

N

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-xi

Selection Table
Category

Panel mounted

G3PF

Features
Mounting

Input Module

Output Module

8

4

8

Heater Control 4

8

–

8

Motor Control –

8

–

8

2 A (AC)

25 mA

3 A (AC)

200 V Range 75 to 264 V

75 to 132 V
75 to 264 V

–

75 to 264 V

400 V Range 180 to 528 V

–

–

–

600 V Range –

–

–

–

Max. current rating 35 A (AC)

DC Output Range –

–

4 to 32 V

4 to 60 V
40 to 200 V

DC 4

4

4

4

–

4

–

Built-in Heat Sink 4

–

–

–

Zero-cross Circuit 4

4

8

8

Non-Zero-cross Circuit –

4

8

8

Built-in Varistor 4

–

–

–

LED Indicator 4

–

4

8

Protective Cover 4

–

–

–

Alarm Output 4

–

–

–

Built-in Failure Detection 4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

DIN-Rail 4

–

–

–

Panel 4

–

–

–

Socket (DIN, Panel) –

–

–

–

PCB –

4

4

4

UL Recognized 8

4

4

4

UL Listed –

–

–

–

CSA 4

4

4

4

CE 4

–

–

–

TÜV 4

–

–

–

VDE –

4

–

–

AC

8	
by using G32A-B

SSR Open Circuits
4
Detection
SSR Short Circuit
4
Detections

Safety Standards

G3TB

G3MC

Signal Switching –

Input
Voltage

VDC

VAC

A

Application

Model

Load Voltage/
current Rating

PCB mounted

–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

N-xii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G2RV Industrial Plug-in Relay

R226

General Purpose Plug-in Ultra Slim
Relay Switching 6 A @ 250 VAC
The G2RV is an ultra-slim 6 mm wide DIN mount
relay-socket unit with maintenance friendly
features.
•	 Mechanical indicator and socket LED provide
quick verification relay is functioning
•	 Large terminal-receptacle area: 20 to 14 AWG
•	 Electrical Life of 100K Cycles lasting
performance
•	 Interface and cable accessories allow PLC
control of G2RV Relays
•	 Cross (Buss) bars provide a quick and easy
way to connect multiple G2RV Relays together
•	 RoHS Compliant; Relay-Socket models cULus
Listed; VDE, CE, and cULus approved
•	 For PLC input control use gold plated contact
versions with suffix "-AP"

Ordering Information
Rated resistive load

Contact form

Socket
terminals

LED indicator
on socket

6 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Push-in

Yes

6 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Screw

Yes

Coil voltage

Model

110 VAC

G2RV-SL500 AC110

24 VDC

G2RV-SL500 DC24(DC21)

24 VAC/24 VDC

G2RV-SL700 AC/DC24

110 VAC

G2RV-SL700 AC110

230 VAC

G2RV-SL700 AC230

12 VDC

G2RV-SL700 DC12(DC11)

24 VDC

G2RV-SL700 DC24(DC21)

Note: Model number contains relay and socket.:

N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-1

G2R9-S Industrial Plug-in Relay

R225

Slim and Space-saving
Plug-in Relay
The G2R9-S is a maintenance-friendly 5 A 10 A 1/2 inch wide general purpose relay.
•	 Mechanical indicator comes standard
allowing user to verify contact operation
•	 Space saving 16 mm wide DIN mount
socket
•	 Finger safe G2R9-S socket
•	 Energy efficient DC coil (530 mW
consumption)
•	 RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE, and VDE
Approved

Ordering Information
Rated resistive
load

Contact form

Terminal type

LED indicator Diode

Two position
test button

Coil voltage

Model

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

No

No

No

120 VAC

G2R-1-S
AC120 (S)

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

No

No

No

24 VDC

G2R-1-S
DC24 (S)

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

Yes

No

No

120 VAC

G2R-1-SN
AC120 (S)

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

Yes

Yes

No

24 VDC

G2R-1-SND
DC24 (S)

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

Yes

Yes

Yes

24 VDC

G2R-1-SNDI
DC24 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

No

No

No

24 VDC

G2R-2-S
DC24 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

Yes

No

No

120 VAC

G2R-2-SN
AC120 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

Yes

Yes

No

24 VDC

G2R-2-SND
DC24 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

Yes

Yes

Yes

24 VDC

G2R-2-SNDI
DC24 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

Yes

No

Yes

120 VAC

G2R-2-SNI
AC120 (S)

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.

N-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

MY	 Industrial Plug-in Relay

R223

Miniature General Purpose Relay
The MY is a multi-pole long life general
purpose relay ideal for various applications.
•	 DPDT models: 500K electrical life cycles;
4PDT models: 200K (100K bifurcated) at
Rated Load
•	 MY2K Latching relays: Great option for
reduced energy consumption
•	 MY4Z bifurcated models can switch
loads under 1 mA at 1 VDC; great for PLC
Control
•	 RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE, VDE, SEV,
IMQ and Lloyd Approved

Ordering Information
MY

R223

Factory rated
resistive load

Contact
Form

Mounting Style

Bifurcated model

LED
indicator

LED indicator/Lockable
test button

Diode

Coil voltage

Model

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

24 VDC

MY2N DC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

24 VAC

MY2N AC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

110/120 VAC

MY2N AC110/120(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

220/240 VAC

MY2N AC220/240(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

Yes

24 VDC

MY2N-D2 DC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

12 VDC

MY2IN DC12(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MY2IN DC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

24 VAC

MY2IN AC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

110/120 VAC

MY2IN AC110/120(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

110/120 VAC

MY2IN AC220/240(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

24 VAC

MY4N AC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

110/120 VAC

MY4N AC110/120(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

12 VDC

MY4N DC12(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

24 VAC

MY4IN AC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MY4IN DC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

110/120 VAC

MY4IN AC110/120(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

110/120 VAC

MY4IN AC220/240(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

24 VDC

MY4N-D2 DC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

24 VDC

MY4ZIN DC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

Yes

Yes

No

No

110/120 VAC

MY4ZN AC110/120(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

PCB

No

No

No

No

12 VDC

MY4-02 DC12

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.

R238

MYK
Factory rated
resistive load

Contact
form

Terminal
type

Bifurcated
model

Two position
test button

LED
indicator

Diode

Coil voltage

Model

3 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

No

No

No

No

120 VAC

MY2K-US AC120*

*This model is a latching relay.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-3

N

LY	Industrial Plug-in Relay

R224

Long Life General Purpose Relay
with HP Rating Ideal for HVAC and
Appliance Market
The LY is a reliable multi-pole general
purpose relay with Plug-in, Quick Connect
and PCB Terminals.
•	 500K electrical life DPDT models; 200K
for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT models at
rated load
•	 HP rating ideal for Appliances and
HVAC Systems
•	 RoHS Compliant; CE, UL, CSA, SEV, VDE
and TÜV Approved

Ordering Information
Rated resistive

Contact
form

Mounting Style

UL horsepower

LED indicator

Diode

Coil voltage

Model

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY1 DC12

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY1 DC24

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VAC

LY1 AC24

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY1 AC110/120

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Flange

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY1F DC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY2 DC12

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY2 DC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VAC

LY2 AC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY2 AC110/120

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

Yes

Yes

110/120 VAC

LY2N AC110/120

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

PCB

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY2-0 DC12

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY2-0 AC110/120

10 A @ 110 VAC

3PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY3 DC12

10 A @ 110 VAC

3PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY3 DC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

3PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

24 VAC

LY3 AC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

3PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY3 AC110/120

10 A @ 110 VAC

4PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY4 DC12

10 A @ 110 VAC

4PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY4 DC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

4PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

24 VAC

LY4 AC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

4PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY4 AC110/120

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.

N-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

MKS	 Industrial Plug-in Relay

R235

General Purpose Relay with Octal
Base, Latching Test Button
Two- and three-pole socket mount relays with
UL Rated 10 A resistive Load @ 250 VAC/
30 VDC, and 100K cycles.
•	 Mechanical indicator comes standard,
allowing user to verify contact operation
•	 Manual and latched position testing
possible when using MKS Test
Button Models
•	 LED indicator models come with white
name plate ideal for marking key notes
•	 Various internal connection for MRO
purpose: Standard type (-5), non-Standard
type (-2 or blank)

•	 RoHS Compliant; cULus Recognized; CE,
and TÜV Approved

Ordering Information
Rated resistive Load
(NO Contact)

Contact
Form

Mounting
Style

Mechanical indicator

Mechanical indicator/LED
indicator

Mechanical
indicator/LED
indicator/Pushto-test button

Coil
voltage

Model

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

12 VDC

MKS2P DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

24 VDC

MKS2P DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

24 VAC

MKS2P AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

120 VAC

MKS2P AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

12 VDC

MKS2PN DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MKS2PN DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VAC

MKS2PN AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

120 VAC

MKS2PN AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

12 VDC

MKS2PIN DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

24 VDC

MKS2PIN DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

24 VAC

MKS2PIN AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

120 VAC

MKS2PIN AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

12 VDC

MKS3P-5 DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

24 VDC

MKS3P-5 DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

24 VAC

MKS3P-5 AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

120 VAC

MKS3P-5 AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

12 VDC

MKS3PI-5 DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MKS3PI-5 DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VAC

MKS3PI-5 AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

120 VAC

MKS3PI-5 AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

12 VDC

MKS3PIN-5 DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

24 VDC

MKS3PIN-5 DC24

N

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

24 VAC

MKS3PIN-5 AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

120 VAC

MKS3PIN-5 AC120

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-5

MJN	 Industrial Plug-in Relay

R232

Multi-Pole 10-30 A General Purpose
Relay with 600 VAC Maximum
Switching Voltage
The MJN is an SPDT, DPDT, and 3PDT general
purpose relay ideal for motor applications.
•	 UL and CSA Recognized as motor
controllers up to 600 VAC
•	 10 A models have UL 1/3 HP @ 120 VAC
•	 Rugged power divider offers 3/16” clearance
and 3/8” creepage
•	 MJN models have max. 15 A @ 600 VAC load
rating
•	 MJN capable of switching 277 VAC loads
•	 10 A DPDT latching models available;
a good option for reducing power
consumption.

Ordering Information
Rated resistive Load (NO
Contact)

Contact
Form

Mounting
Style

Latching
Model

LED indicator

Test Button

Coil Voltage

Model

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Socket

No

No

No

12 VDC

MJN1C DC12

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VDC

MJN1C DC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VAC

MJN1C AC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Socket

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN1C AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Flange

No

No

No

12 VDC

MJN1CF DC12

30 A @ 28 VDC

SPDT

Flange

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN1Z-E-RP AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

12 VDC

MJN2C DC12

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VDC

MJN2C DC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VAC

MJN2C AC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN2C AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

110 VDC

MJN2C DC110

20 A @ 277 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Flange

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN2C-E AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Flange

No

No

No

24 VAC

MJN2CF AC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Flange

Yes

No

No

120 VAC

MJN2CK AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

No

12 VDC

MJN3C DC12

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VDC

MJN3C DC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VAC

MJN3C AC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN3C AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

Yes

120 VAC

MJN3C-IN AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MJN3C-N DC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

110 VDC

MJN3C-N DC110

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.

N-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

MKS-X DC Plug-in Relay

R234

Plug-in Relay with High Switching
Capacity (10 A@ 220 VDC)
•	 MKS-X Socket Mount Relays are at least
4 mm shorter versus main competitors
•	 Manual and latched position testing
possible when using MKS-X Test Button
Models
•	 Wide range of coil voltages available
•	 RoHS Compliant; cULus Recognized; CE,
and TÜV Approved

Ordering Information
Rated resistive load
(NO Contact)

Contact form

Terminal
type

Two position
test button

LED
indicator

Coil voltage

Model

15 A @ 250 VAC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

Yes

Yes

120 VAC

MKS1TIN-10 AC120

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

No

No

240 VAC

MKS1XT-10 AC240

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

No

No

24 VDC

MKS1XT-10 DC24

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

Yes

No

120 VAC

MKS1XTI-10 AC120

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

Yes

No

24 VDC

MKS1XTI-10 DC24

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

Yes

Yes

24 VDC

MKS1XTIN-10 DC24

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

No

Yes

24 VDC

MKS1XTN-10 AC24

5 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO + SPSTNC

Plug-In

No

No

24 VDC

MKS2XT-11 DC24

5 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO + SPSTNC

Plug-In

Yes

Yes

120 VAC

MKS2XTIN-11 AC120

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.

N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-7

G7J	Industrial High Power Relay

R233

Multi-Pole Relay for
Heavy Duty Load
The G7J is a multi-pole relay ideal for
switching motors, compressors, and pump
controls.
•	 UL 3 HP @ 277 VAC (NO contact)
•	 UL 3-phase rating of 5 HP @ 277 VAC
•	 UL general use rating of 25 A @ 240 VAC
•	 UL 1.5 kW @ 120 VAC Tungsten Rating
(NO contact)
•	 RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE and VDE
Approved

Ordering Information
Rated resistive load
(NO Contact)

Contact form

Terminal type

Coil voltage

Model

25 A @ 220 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

Screw

200/240 VAC

G7J-2A2B-B-W1 AC200/240

25 A @ 220 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

Screw

24 VDC

G7J-2A2B-B-W1 DC24

25 A @ 220 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

Quick-Connect

100/120 VAC

G7J-2A2B-T-W1 AC100/120

25 A @ 220 VAC

3PST-NO, SPST-NC

Screw

24 VDC

G7J-3A1B-BZ DC24

25 A @ 220 VAC

3PST-NO, SPST-NC

Screw

100/120 VAC

G7J-3A1B-W1 AC100/120

25 A @ 220 VAC

4PST-NO

Screw

100/120 VAC

G7J-4A-B-W1 AC100/120

25 A @ 220 VAC

4PST-NO

Screw

200/240 VAC

G7J-4A-B-W1 AC200/240

25 A @ 220 VAC

4PST-NO

Screw

24 VDC

G7J-4A-B-W1 DC24

Note: For Metal mounting Bracket, add "-W1" to the Part Number before the Coil voltage suffix.

N-8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G7Z	 Industrial High Power Relay

R228

Multi-Pole High Power Relay
The G7Z can switch Contactor Range (40 A
@ 440 VAC) and contribute to space saving.
•	 40% less volume versus typical IEC 50 A
contactor– great for limited space panels
•	 3.7 W approximate power consumption
about 50% lower than typical IEC 50 A
contactor
•	 4PST-NO models can carry up to 160 A by
wiring all 4 NO Contacts in parallel
•	 Ideal applications are: solar energy
systems, robotic equipment, and grinding
machines
•	 Auxiliary contacts can switch loads under
10 mA @ 5 VDC = controllable by PLC
•	 RoHS Compliant; CE, cULus, TÜV and
CCC Approved

Ordering Information
Rated resistive load
(NO Contact)

AC inductive load
rating (NO Contact)

Contact form

Auxiliary
Contact

Coil voltage

Model

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

-

24 VDC

G7Z-2A2B DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

DPST-NC

24 VDC

G7Z-2A2B-02Z DC24

24 VDC

G7Z-2A2B-11Z DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

spst-no/
spst-nc

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

3PST-NO, SPST-NC

spst-no/
spst-nc

24 VDC

G7Z-3A1B-11Z DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

4PST-NO

DPST-NC

24 VDC

G7Z-4A-02Z DC24

24 VDC

G7Z-4A-11Z DC24

24 VDC

G7Z-4A-20Z DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

4PST-NO

spst-no/
spst-nc

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

4PST-NO

DPST-NO

N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-9

MGN	 Industrial High Power Relay

R229

Heavy-Duty General Purpose
Relay with Class F Coil Insulation
The MGN is a rugged general purpose relay
with high maximum operating temperature –
great for heavy duty HVAC and Motor Loads.
•	 UL rating of 30 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC and
20 A @ 600 VAC
•	 UL Ballast rating of 3.6 kW @ 120 VAC
•	 -45°C to +115°C DC coil operating
temperature
•	 Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) of
5 kA @ 600 VAC
•	 Magnetic blow-out models switch up to
20 A @ 125 VDC (resistive)
•	 cULus Listed

Ordering Information
Rated resistive load

Contact
form

Terminal
type

Size in inches
(L x W x H)

UL horsepower
rating

Coil voltage

Model

30 A @ 240 VAC

SPDT

Screw

2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

24 VAC

MGN1C-AC24

30 A @ 240 VAC

SPDT

Screw

2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

120 VAC

MGN1C-AC120

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPST-NO

Screw

2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

120 VAC

MGN2A-AC120

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPST-NO

Screw

2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

24 VDC

MGN2A-DC24

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPDT

Screw

3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

120 VAC

MGN2C-AC120

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPDT

Screw

3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

12 VDC

MGN2C-DC12

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPDT

Screw

3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

24 VDC

MGN2C-DC24

20 A @ 125 VAC

DPDT

Screw

3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

24 VDC

MGN2CM-DC24

N-10

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G3NE Solid State Relays

R429

Compact 5-20 A Panel Mount Solid
State Relay
The G3NE is a space-saving solid state relay
which can switch 5 A, 10 A, or 20 A load @
100-240 VAC.
•	 G3NE Relays have 65% less volume
versus standard "hockey puck" SSRs
•	 Fast wiring possible using quick-connect
input and output terminals
•	 Different size quick connect terminals
prevent miss wiring: Input terminals
require #110/Output terminals
require #250
•	 Built in varistor prevents surges to protect
output loads
•	 RoHS Compliant; “-US” Models have UL,
CSA, and TÜV Approval

Ordering Information
Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
LxWxH

Zero cross

Mounting

Model

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 5 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-205T-US DC5

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 5 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-205T-US DC12

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 5 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-205T-US DC24

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-210T-US DC5

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-210T-US DC12

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-210T-US DC24

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-210T-2-US DC5

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-220T-US DC5

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-220T-US DC12

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-220T-US DC24

N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-11

G3NA Solid State Relays

R422

The Reliable Choice for "Hockey
Puck Style" Solid State Relay.
Available in a wide range of Load
Current (5 A to 90 A) and Load
Voltage (max. 660 VAC)
All G3NAs feature industry standard
mounting holes for usability and versatility
(optional heat sink is available). LED
provides quick verification of G3NA
operational status.
•	 Minimize surge and input noise by utilizing
AC load models with zero cross
•	 Included plastic cover provides finger
protection for workers' safety
•	 Built in varistor prevents surges to protect
output loads
•	 All models have UL and CSA Approval:
"UTU" models also have TÜV Approval.
RoHS compliant.

Ordering Information
Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
LxWxH

Zero
cross

Mounting

Model

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 5 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-205B DC5-24

100 to 120 VAC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-210B AC100-120

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-210B DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-210B-UTU DC5-24

100 to 120 VAC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-220B AC100-120

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-220B DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 40 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-240B DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.2 to 40 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-440B-2 DC5-24

100 to 240 VAC

24 to 240 VAC

1.0 to 75 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-275B-UTU-2 AC100-240

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

1.0 to 90 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-290B-UTU-2 DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

5 to 200 VDC

0.1 to 10 A

58 x 43 x 27

No

Panel

G3NA-D210B DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

400 to 600 VAC

0.5 to 50 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-650B DC5-24

N-12

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G3PH Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink

R438

High Power Solid State Relay with
Heat Sink, Features Replaceable
Output Power Cartridge
Applicable Load: 75 or 150 A @ 240 or 480 VAC
•	 Models available with zero crossing and nonzero crossing
•	 Conforms to cULus standards and EN
standards (TÜV certification)

Ordering Information
Insulation method

Operation
indicator

Photocoupler

Yes (yellow)

Zero cross
function

Applicable output load

Rated input
voltage

Model

5 to 24 VDC

G3PH-2075B DC5-24

100 to 240 VAC

G3PH-2075B AC100-240

5 to 24 VDC

G3PH-2150B DC5-24

100 to 240 VAC

G3PH-2150B AC100-240

75 A, 100 to 240 VAC

5 to 24 VDC

G3PH-2075BL DC5-24

150 A, 100 to 240 VAC

5 to 24 VDC

G3PH-2150BL DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

G3PH-5075B DC5-24

100 to 240 VAC

G3PH-5075B AC100-240

5 to 24 VDC

G3PH-5150B DC5-24

75 A, 100 to 240 VAC
Yes
150 A, 100 to 240 VAC
No

75 A, 180 to 480 VAC
Yes
150 A, 180 to 480 VAC
No

100 to 240 VAC

G3PH-5150B AC100-240

75 A, 180 to 480 VAC

5 to 24 VDC

G3PH-5075BL DC5-24

150 A, 180 to 480 VAC

5 to 24 VDC

G3PH-5150BL DC5-24

N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-13

G3PA	 Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink

R423

Solid State Relay with Built-in
Heat Sink and Replaceable Power
Cartridge
The G3PA is a DIN rail mounted Solid State
Relay which can switch 10 - 60 A Loads.
•	 Quick and easy DIN rail mounting
•	 High Insulation voltage between input
and output with 4,000 VAC
•	 Side-by-side mounting of 3 relays
possible with G3PA linking terminals
•	 Reduce replacement cost and wiring time
by using G3PA power cartridges
•	 3 phase switching with G3PAs possible
with G32A-D accessory cartridge
•	 RoHS Compliant; All G3PA models are
certified by UL and CSA. "-VD" models are
certified by UL, CSA and VDE

Ordering Information
Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
LxWxH

Zero
cross

Mounting

Model

24 VAC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

100 x 27 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-210B-VD AC24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

100 x 27 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-210B-VD DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

100 x 27 x 100

No

DIN/panel

G3PA-210BL-VD DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

100 x 37 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-220B-VD DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 40 A

100 x 47 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-240B-VD DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 60 A

110 x 100 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-260B-VD DC5-24

12 to 24 VDC

180 to 400 VAC

0.5 to 20 A

100 x 37 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-420B-VD DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

180 to 400 VAC

0.5 to 30 A

100 x 47 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-430B-VD DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 30 A

100 x 47 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-430B-VD-2 DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 50 A

110 x 100 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-450B-VD-2 DC12-24

N-14

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G3PE Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink

R425

Compact, Slim-profile SSRs with
Built-in Heat Sink
The G3PE is capable of suppressing
transient voltages (min. 30 kV).
•	 Quick and easy DIN rail mounting.
•	 3-phase types are also available
(G3PE-999B-3H type)
•	 Single-phase 15 A and 25 A models
occupy less than 1” of DIN track width
•	 Side-by-side mounting of eight relays
possible for single phase models
•	 Minimize surge and input noise by utilizing
zero cross models
•	 All models are RoHS Compliant and have
UL, CSA, CE, and TÜV Approvals

Ordering Information
Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
LxWxH

Zero cross

Number
of poles

Model

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 15 A

100 x 22.5 x 100

Yes

1

G3PE-215B DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 15 A

100 x 22.5 x 100

Yes

1

G3PE-225B DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 35 A

100 x 44.5 x 100

Yes

1

G3PE-235B DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 45 A

100 x 44.5 x 100

Yes

1

G3PE-245B DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 15 A

100 x 80 x 155

Yes

3

G3PE-515B-3N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 25 A

100 x 80 x 155

Yes

2

G3PE-525B-2N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 25 A

120 x 80 x 155

Yes

3

G3PE-525B-3N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 35 A

120 x 80 x 155

Yes

2

G3PE-535B-2N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 35 A

140 x 80 x 155

Yes

3

G3PE-535B-3N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 45 A

140 x 110 x 155

Yes

3

G3PE-545B-3N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 45 A

80 x 80 x 35

Yes

3

G3PE-245B-3H DC12-24

* G3PE-999B-3H type is not built-in heat sink type.

N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-15

G3PF	 Solid State Relay

R447

Built-in Current Transformer with
Heater Burnout and Relay Failure
Detection
Can handle up to 35 A @ 240 VAC with up to 2
alarm outputs when failure occurs.
•	 Current transformer is built into the SSR,
therefore eliminating unnecessary CT wiring
•	 Heater burnout detection for single-phase or
three-phase heaters
•	 Built-in CT can detect SSR short circuit
failures
•	 Alarm indicator shows if a heater burnout or
SSR short-circuit failure has occurred
•	 Rotary switches can be used to easily set the
heater burnout detection level

Ordering Information
Input terminal
model

Zero cross
function

M3 terminals
Screwless clamp
terminals
Compact slotted
screw terminals

N-16

Yes

Alarm output

Applicable load

Model

1 output (Heater Burnout
Detection, SSR short-circuit
Failure Detection, Common

2 to 25 A @ 100 to 240 VAC

G3PF-225B DC24

2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC

G3PF-235B DC24

2 outputs (Heater Burnout
Detection, SSR Shortcircuit Failure Detection

2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC

G3PF-235B-CTB DC24

2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC

G9PF-235B-STB DC24

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G3RV	

6 mm Solid State Relays

R427

Solid State Plug-in Ultra-Slim
Relay
The G3RV is an ultra-slim 6 mm wide solid
state relay in a DIN mount relay-socket unit
with maintenance-friendly features.
•	 LED indicator allows verification of current
flow of input
•	 Large plug-in terminal ensures reliable
connection
•	 PLC interface and cable accessories are
available
•	 Easily connect multiple G3RV Relays
together with cross bars
•	 RoHS Compliant; cULus Listed, CE and
TÜV Approval

Ordering Information
Terminal wiring connection

Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Zero
cross

Model

Push-in

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-A AC230

Push-in

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-A DC24

Push-in

230 VAC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µA to 3 A

–

G3RV-SL500-D AC230

Push-in

24 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µA to 3 A

–

G3RV-SL500-D DC24

Screw

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A AC110

Screw

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A AC230	

Screw

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A DC24	

Screw

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

No

G3RV-SL700-AL AC110	

Screw

110 VAC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µA to 3 A

–

G3RV-SL700-D AC110

Screw

24 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µA to 3 A

–

G3RV-SL700-D DC24

Note: Model number contains relay and socket.

N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-17

G3R-I/O	Solid State Relays

R428

Space Saving Input/Output Socket
Mounted Solid State Relay
The G3R-I/O is a high isolation solid state
relay ideal for PLC applications.
•	 High Insulation voltage between input and
output with 4,000 VAC
•	 Process high-speed inputs using G3RIDZR models: 0.1 ms max. On/Off time
•	 Applicable load up to 2 A @ 240 VAC with
AC output models
•	 LED indicator allows verification of current
flow of input
•	 Terminal arrangement equivalent with
G2RS relay (socket: P2R series)
•	 RoHS Compliant; All G3R-I/O have UL and
CSA approval, "-UTU" models have UL,
CSA and TÜV approval

Ordering Information
Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
LxWxH

Zero
cross

Mounting

Model

5 VDC

4 to 32 VDC

0.1 to 100 mA

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-IDZR1SN DC5	

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 32 VDC

0.1 to 100 mA

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-IDZR1SN DC12-24

5 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.05 to 2 A

29 x 13 x 28

Yes

Socket

G3R-OA202SZN DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.05 to 2 A

29 x 13 x 28

Yes

Socket

G3R-OA202SZN-UTU DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

48 to 200 VDC

0.01 to 1.5 A

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-OD201SN DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

5 to 48 VDC

0.01 to 2 A

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-ODX02SN DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

5 to 48 VDC

0.01 to 2 A

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-ODX02SN-UTU DC5-24

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii.

N-18

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G3MC	 PCB Solid State Relays

R432

Ultra-Slim PCB Solid State Relays
with Reinforced Insulation
PCB mount DC input and AC output SSR.
•	 4.5 mm thin design for high-density PCB
applications
•	 DC input and AC output for applicable load
of 1 A (at 40°C) and 2 A (at 25°C)
•	 High Insulation voltage between input and
output with 3,000 VAC for "-1" model
•	 RoHS Compliant; All G3MC models have
UL, CSA approval and "-VD" models have
additional VDE approval

Ordering Information
Input
voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
LxWxH

Zero
cross

Insulation
(input/output)

Model

5 VDC

100 to 120 VAC

0.1 to 1 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 13.5

Yes

2500 VAC

G3MC-101P DC5

5 VDC

100 to 120 VAC

0.1 to 1 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 13.5

Yes

2500 VAC

G3MC-101P-VD DC5

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5

Yes

2500 VAC

G3MC-202P-VD DC5

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5

Yes

3000 VAC

G3MC-202P-VD-1 DC24

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5

No

2500 VAC

G3MC-202PL-VD DC5

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5

No

2500 VAC

G3MC-202PL-VD DC12

N

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-19

G3TB	

PCB Solid State Relays

R435

Input/Output Color–Coded PCB
Solid-State Relays with LED
Indicator Models
The G3TB is a PCB mount Input/Output solid
state relay with width (10 mm width).
•	 High Insulation voltage between input and
output with 4,000 VAC
•	 Easy to identify (black: AC output, Yellow:
AC Input, Red: DC output, White: DC
input)
•	 RoHS Compliant; "-US" Models have UL
and CSA Approval

Ordering Information
Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
LxWxH

Zero
cross

Relay color

Model

100 to 240 VAC

4 to 32 VDC

25 mA max.

44 x 10 x 21

No

Yellow

G3TB-IAZR02P-US AC100-240

4 to 24 VDC

4 to 32 VDC

25 mA max.

44 x 10 x 21

–

White

G3TB-IDZR02P-US DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.05 to 3 A

44 x 10 x 31

Yes

Black

G3TB-OA203PZ-US DC5-24

4 to 24 VDC

5 to 48 VDC

0.01 to 3 A

44 x 10 x 31

–

Red

G3TB-ODX03PM-US DC4-24

N-20

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Pushbuttons & Indicators
O

Contents
Selection Guide

O-ii

Pilot Lights
M22R

Pilot lights

O-1

22 mm dia. metal bezel,
pushbutton switches
A22R/
A22RL

Pushbutton switches
Lighted pushbutton switches

O-2

A22RS/
A22RW

Selector switches
Lighted selector switches

O-3

A22RK

Keyed selector switches

O-3

22 mm dia. plastic bezel,
pushbutton switches
A3U

Flat type, pushbutton switches

O-4

16 mm dia. plastic bezel,
pushbutton and selector switches
A16/
A16L/
A165/
A165L

Pushbutton switches
Lighted pushbutton switches
IP65 Pushbutton switches
IP65 Lighted pushbutton
switches

O-5

A165S/
A165W

Selector switches
Lighted selector switches

O-6

A165K

Keyed selector switches

O-7

M16/
M165

Pilot lights
IP65 Pilot lights

O-8

M2BJ

Panel-mounted buzzer

O-9

30 mm dia. non-lighted,
pushbutton switches
ZAP

Pushbutton switches

O-9

O-i

Pushbutton Switches

SUB-ASSEMBLED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES
A22R - Full range with IP65 rating
All our 22 mm pushbuttons are rated IP65 to increase their reliability in your application.
The short mounting depth, ease of assembly and uniform lighting make them ideal for all
control panels.
•  	Easy assembly and installation
•  Metal or plastic bezel
•  Wide range of shapes and colors
Which application is required?

Pushbutton switches

Indicator

Selector switches

Panel cutout dimensions?

Panel cutout dimensions?

Panel cutout dimensions?

16 dia.

16 dia.

22 dia.

Illumination?

Illumination?

Illumination?

22 dia.

16 dia.
Illumination?

Illumination?

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Keyed

Plastic
bezel

Plastic
bezel

Metal
bezel

Metal
bezel

Plastic
bezel

Plastic
bezel

Plastic
bezel

Plastic
bezel

Plastic
bezel

A16L

A16

A22RL

A22R

M16

M22R

A165W

A165S

A165K

O-ii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O

Buzzer

Flat type pushbutton
switches

Non-lighted
pushbutton switches

Panel cutout dimensions?

Panel cutout dimensions?

Panel cutout dimensions?

22 dia.

Yes

22 dia.

16 dia.

Illumination?

Illumination?

No

Keyed

No

Illumination?

30 dia.

Yes

No

No

Plastic
bezel

Plastic
bezel

Plastic
bezel

Illumination?

No

Selector Switch?
Metal
bezel

Metal
bezel

Metal
bezel

Plastic
bezel

A22RW

A22RS

A22RK

M2BJ

A3UL

Yes

No

Metal
bezel

A3US-SB2M-C

A3U-TB

ZAP
M2BJ

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-iii

Selection Table
Category

A16/A165

Model

Selection
criteria
LED-lighted
Non-lighted

Pushbutton color

Features
Terminals
LED Operating
voltage
Form

Pushbutton switch

Mounting
Size

A22R

Indicator

A3U

ZAP

M16/M165

Buzzer

M22R

M2JB-B

Nut-mounting
16 mm
22 mm

22 mm

30 mm

16 mm

22 mm

16 mm

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4
4
–
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4
4
–
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
4
4
4
4

4
4
4
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–

4
4
–
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4

4

4

4

4

–

–

–

4
–
–
1 or 2
IP40/IP65
4
• 5 A,
125 VAC
•  3 A,
250 VAC
•  3 A,
30 VDC
4
4
4
–
–
4
–
4
4
4
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–

4
–
–
1 or 2
IP65
4
•  3 A,
240 VAC

–
–
–
1 or 2
IP40
4
•  0.1 A,
30 VDC

–
–
–
1 or 2
–
–
•  15 A,
250 VAC
•  0.5 A,
125 VDC

–
–
–
–
IP40/IP65
4
–

–
–
–
–
IP65
4
–

–
–
–
–
IP40
–
–

–
–
–
4
–
–
4
4
4
–
4
–
–
4
4
4
4
4

–
–
–
–
4
4
–
4
4
–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–

4
4
4
–
–
4
–
4
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
4
–
–
4
4
4
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Shape
Red
Yellow
Pure yellow
Green
White
Blue
Red
Yellow
Green
White
Blue
Black
Momentary
operation
Self-holding
2-position selector
3-position selector
Number of contacts
IP rating
Legend plate
Switch ratings
(Resistive load)

Solder
PCB
Screw-less clamp
Screw
Connector
5 VDC
6 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
110 VAC
220 VAC
SPDT
DPDT
SPST-NO
SPST-NC
SPST-NO + SPST-NC
DPST-NO
DPST-NC

–	 No/not available

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

O-iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Pushbutton Switches
Category

Selection
criteria
LED-lighted
Non-lighted

Pushbutton color

Features
Terminals
LED Operating
voltage
Form

A165W

Model
Mounting
Size

O

Selector switch

A165S

A165K

A22RW

A22RS

A3US

A22RK

16 mm

16 mm

16 mm

22 mm

22 mm

Nut-mounting
22 mm
22 mm

4
4
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4

4
4
–
4
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
4
4
1 or 2
IP65
–
•  5 A,
125 VAC
•  3 A,
250 VAC
•  3 A,
30 VDC
4
4
4
–
–
4
–
4
4
4
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–

–
4
4
1 or 2
IP65
–
•  5 A,
125 VAC
•  3 A,
250 VAC
•  3 A,
30 VDC
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–

–
4
4
1 or 2
IP65
–
•  5 A,
125 VAC
•  3 A,
250 VAC
•  3 A,
30 VDC
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–
–
–
–

–
4
4
1 or 2
IP65
–
•  3 A,
240 VAC

–
–
–
–
IP65
4
•  3 A,
240 VAC

–
4
–
1
IP40
–
•  0.1 A,
30 VDC

–
4
4
1 or 2
IP65
–
•  3 A,
240 VAC

–
–
–
4
–
–
4
4
4
–
4
–
–
4
4
4
4
4

–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
4
4
4
4

–
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Shape
Red
Yellow
Pure yellow
Green
White
Blue
Red
Yellow
Green
White
Blue
Black
Momentary
operation
Self-holding
2-position selector
3-position selector
Number of contacts
IP rating
Legend plate
Switch ratings
(Resistive load)

Solder
PCB
Screw-less clamp
Screw
Connector
5 VDC
6 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
110 VAC
220 VAC
SPDT
DPDT
SPST-NO
SPST-NC
SPST-NO + SPST-NC
DPST-NO
DPST-NC

4	 Standard	

8	 Available	

4
4
4
4
4

–	 No/not available

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-v

M22R Series Pilot Lights

P645

22 mm Dia. Pilot Lights
•	 Pilot lights indicate status of machinery and
processes on control panels
•	 Bright LED light source is easy to read under
most lighting conditions
•	 Easy mounting and removal of socket unit
•	 Short mounting depth, less than 40.5 mm
below panel

Specifications
•	 Current consumption:
20 mA @ 12 V AC/DC ±5%
20 mA@ 24 V AC/DC ±5%
•	 Enclosure rating: IP65
Pilot lights

Model

Round flat pilot light

M22R

• LED Lamp Ratings
Model

Operating Voltage

Current Consumption

M22R-E*-12A

AC/DC 12 V ± 5%

20 mA

M22R-E*-24A

AC/DC 24 V ± 5%

20 mA

M22R-E*-T1

AC120 V (110 to 130 V)

20 mA

M22R-E*-T2

AC200 V (190 to 230 V)

20 mA

O-1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A22R/A22RL Series	

P642

Pushbutton Switches

O

22 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted
Pushbutton Switches
•	 Robust and aesthetic design
•	 Shiny metal bezel
•	 Smooth rounded edges
•	 Short mounting depth,
less than 46.8 mm below panel

Specifications
•	 Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC
•	 Enclosure rating: IP65
•	 Rated durability service life:
•	 Mechanical:
3,000,000 operations - Momentary switch
300,000 operations – Alternate switch
•	 Electrical: 500,000 operations

Non-Lighted

Model

Lighted

Model

Round flat

A22R-F

Lighted round flat

A22RL-F

Round projection

A22R-T

Lighted round projection

A22RL-T

• LED Lamp Ratings
Model

Operating Voltage

Current Consumption

A22R-6A

AC/DC 6 V ± 5%

20 mA

A22R-12A

AC/DC 12 V ± 5%

20 mA

A22R-24A

AC/DC 24 V ± 5%

20 mA

Operating Voltage

Current Consumption

• Voltage reduction unit (for LED lamp)
Model
A22R**-T1

AC120 V (110 to 130 V)

20 mA

A22R**-T2

AC200 V (190 to 230 V)

20 mA

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-2

A22RS/A22RW Series	
Selector Switches

P643

22 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted
Selector Switches
•	 2- and 3-position switches with manual or
automatic reset to meet panel building needs
•	 New “super-bright” LED used in all lighted
models
•	 Short mounting depth, less than
46.8 mm below panel

Specifications
•	 Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC

•	 “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and
easy tool-free assembly

•	 Enclosure rating: IP65
•	 Rated durability service life:
•	 Mechanical: 300,000 operations
•	 Electrical: 500,000 operations

•	 	Shiny metal bezel

Non-Lighted

Model

Lighted

Model

Non-lighted selector switch

A22RS

Lighted selector switch

A22RW

A22RK Series	 Keyed Selector Switches

P644

22 mm Dia. Keyed Non-Lighted
Selector Switches
•	 Design in extra security with keyed selector
switches; only authorized operators are
allowed to change settings using the key
•	 2- and 3-position switches with manual or
automatic reset to meet panel building needs

Specifications

•	 Short mounting depth, less than
46.8 mm below panel

•	 Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC

•	 “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and
easy tool-free assembly

•	 Enclosure rating: IP65
•	 Rated durability service life:
•	 Mechanical: 300,000 operations
•	 Electrical: 500,000 operations

•	 Shiny metal bezel
Keyed

Model

Keyed selector switch

A22RK

O-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A3U Series	Pushbutton and Selector Switches

P646

O

22 mm Dia. Flat-type Lighted and
Non-Lighted Pushbutton Switches
and Selector Switch
Easy connector enables less assembly and
less wiring.
•	 50 mm body length
•	 Easy one push to connect the Operation
and Switch units

Specifications
•	 Rated load: 0.1 A @ 30 VDC
•	 Rated durability service life:
•	 Mechanical:
1,000,000 operations - Pushbutton switches
250,000 operations - Selector switch
•	 Electrical:
200,000 operations - Pushbutton switches
1000,000 operations - Selector switch
•	 Enclosure: IP40

Pushbutton switches

Model

Selector switch

Model

Lighted

A3U

Non-lighted

A3US

Non-lighted

A3UL

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-4

A16/A165 Series	Pushbutton Switches

P632

16 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted
Pushbutton Switches
•	 Wide range of options to match most panel
building needs
•	 Protection: IP65 oil-resistant models (A165)
and standard IP40 models (A16)
•	 Lighting: Non-lighted (A16 and A165) and
lighted (A16L and A165L)
•	 New “ultra-bright” LED used in all lighted
models
•	 Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm
below panel

•	 “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and easy
tool-free assembly
•	 RoHS compliant

Specifications
•	 Rated load (SPDT, DPDT):
•	 5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC
(NO & NC)
•	 3 A at 30 VDC
•	 Operating force:
•	 SPDT 2.45N/DPDT:4.41N(IP40);
SPDT:2.94N/DPDT4.91 N (IP65)

•	 Rated durability service life:
•	 Mechanical: Momentary
operation: 2,000,000 operations min.;
Alternating operation: 200,000
operations min.
•	 Electrical: 100,000 operations min.
•	 Approvals:
•	 UL: UL508, File No. E41515
•	 cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
•	 TÜV: EN60947-5-1:2004
•	 CCC: GB14048.5

Round Projection

Model

Lighted

A16L-T,
A165L-T

Non-Lighted

A16-T,
A165-T

Lighted, 110 VAC
transformer

A16L-T-T1,
A165L-T-T1

Rectangular

Model

Unlit, 2-way guard

A16-J,
A165-J

Lighted, 220 VAC
transformer

A16L-T-T2,
A165L-T-T2

Lit, 2-way guard

A16L-J,
A165L-J

Lighted rectangular
2-way guard 110 VAC
transformer

A16L-J-T1,
A165L-J-T1

Lighted rectangular
2-way guard, 220 VAC
transformer

A16L-J-T2,
A165L-J-T2

Square

Model

Unlit, 2-way guard

A16-A,
A165-A

Lit, 2-way guard

A16L-A,
A165L-A

Lighted square
2-way guard,
110 VAC transformer

A16L-A-T1,
A165L-A-T1

Lighted square
2-way guard,
220 VAC transformer

A16L-A-T2,
A165L-A-T2

O-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A165S/W Series	 Selector Switches

P634

O

16 mm Dia. Lighted and
Non-Lighted Selector Switches
•	 Knob-style selector switches provide users
a reliable way to start or choose between
machine operations
•	 2- and 3-position switches with manual
or automatic reset to meet panel building
needs
•	 IP65-rated for oil resistance
•	 Lighting: Non-lighted (A165S) and lighted
(A165W)
•	 New “ultra-bright” LED used in all lighted
models
•	 Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm
below panel

•	 RoHS compliant

•	 “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and easy
tool-free assembly

•	 Use optional legend plates to identify the
selections

Specifications
•	 Rated load (SPDT, DPDT):
•	 5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC
(NO & NC)
•	 3 A at 30 VDC
•	 Operating force:
•	 SPDT/DPDT: 0.1 Nm

•	 Rated durability service life:
•	 Mechanical: 250.000 operations min.
•	 Electrical: 100,000 operations min.
•	 Approvals:
•	 UL: UL508, File No. E41515
•	 cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
•	 TÜV: EN60947-5-1:2004
•	 CCC: GB14048.5

Non-lighted

Model

Lighted

Model

Square base selector
switch

A165S-A

Lighted square base
selector switch

A165W-A

Rectangular base
selector switch

A165S-J

Lighted rectangular
base
selector switch

A165W-J

Round base selector
switch

A165S-T

Lighted round base
selector switch

A165W-T

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-6

A165K Series	 Keyed Selector Switches

P635

16 mm Dia. Keyed Selector
Switches
•	 Design in extra security with keyed
selector switches; only authorized
operators are allowed to change settings
using the key
•	 2- and 3-position switches with manual
or automatic reset to meet panel
building needs
•	 IP65-rated for oil resistance
•	 Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm
below panel
•	 “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and easy
tool-free assembly
•	 RoHS compliant
•	 Use optional legend plates to identify
the selections

Specifications
•	 Rated load (SPDT, DPDT):
•	 5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC
(NO & NC)
•	 3 A at 30 VDC
•	 Operating force:
•	 SPDT/DPDT: 0.1 Nm

Keyed switches

Model

Square base keyed
selector switch

A165K-A

Rectangular base
keyed
selector switch

A165K-J

Round base keyed
selector switch

A165K-T

O-7

•	 Rated durability service life:
•	 Mechanical: 250,000 operations
min.
•	 Electrical: 100,000 operations min.
•	 Approvals:
•	 UL: UL508, File No. E41515
•	 cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
•	 TÜV: EN60947-5-1:2004
•	 CCC: GB14048.5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M16/M165 Series	 Pilot Lights

P636

O

16 mm Dia. Pilot Lights
•	 Pilot lights indicate status of machinery
and processes on control panels
•	 Bright LED light source is easy to read
under most lighting conditions
•	 Easy mounting and removal of socket unit
•	 Standard IP40 and oil-resistant IP65
models
•	 Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm
below panel
•	 RoHS compliant
•	 Use optional legend plates to identify
indicators

Specifications
•	 Approvals:
•	 UL: UL508, File No. E76675
•	 cUL: CSA C22 No. 14

•	 Current consumption:
•	 8 mA @ 5 VDC ±5%
•	 8 mA @12 VAC/VDC ±5%
•	 8 mA @ 24 VAC/VDC ±5%
•	 8 mA @ 110 VAC/VDC
•	 8 mA @ 220 VAC/VDC

Keyed switches

Model

Square pilot light

M16-A,
M165-A

Rectangular pilot light

M16-J,
M165-J

Round pilot light

M16-T,
M165-T

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-8

M2BJ Series Buzzers

P637

16 mm Dia. Panel-Mounted Buzzers
•	 Intermittent or continuous sound selected by
jumper setting
•	 Complements the A16 range of Pushbuttons,
Selector Switches and Key Switches
•	 RoHS compliant
•	 LEDs incorporated on high-sound model indicators

Specifications:
Current consumption:
•	Standard sound types:
•	DC: 7 mA max.
•	AC: 20 mA max.
•	High-sound (includes LED) types:
•	DC: 50 mA max.
•	AC: 100 mA max.

Buzzers

Model

Standard sound buzzer

M2BJ-B

High volume sound
buzzer

M2BJ-BH

ZAP Series	 Non-lighted Pushbutton Switches

P654

30 mm Dia. Non-lighted Pushbutton
Switches
•	 Using a Basic Switch enables direct switching of
large-capacity loads
•	 Shock-absorbing structure of Operation unit
protects the Switch
•	 IP65 rated pushbutton structure enables use in
dusty locations and resists oil and water splashes
•	 Pushbuttons are available in three shapes and six
colors

Specifications
•	 Rated load: 15 A at 250 VAC, 0.5 A at 125 VDC
•	 Electrical durability: 500,000 operations minimum
Shape of Operation Unit
36 dia with 25 dia button
36 dia with 25 dia button
40 dia button

O-9

Output

Operation Unit Color
Blue (-A)

Black (-B)

Green (-G)

Red (-R)

White (-W)

Yellow (-Y)

1

ZAP-A

ZAP-B

ZAP-G

ZAP-R

ZAP-W

ZAP-Y

2

2ZAP-A

2ZAP-B

2ZAP-G

2ZAP-R

2ZAP-W

2ZAP-Y

1

ZAP-1A

ZAP-1B

ZAP-1G

ZAP-1R

ZAP-1W

ZAP-1Y

2

2ZAP-1A

2ZAP-1B

2ZAP-1G

2ZAP-1R

2ZAP-1W

2ZAP-1Y

1

ZAP-2A

ZAP-2B

ZAP-2G

ZAP-2R

ZAP-2W

ZAP-2Y

2

2ZAP-2A

2ZAP-2B

2ZAP-2G

2ZAP-2R

2ZAP-2W

2ZAP-2Y

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Machine & Process Safeguarding

MAKING SAFETY SIMPLE —
OMRON’S CONCEPT FOR THE FUTURE
Today, forward-thinking manufacturers clearly realize the new
role of increased safety on the factory floor.

P

•	 Recently adopted international safety standards have
shifted the way systems are evaluated.
•	 Safety is a corporate responsibility, not an obstruction
to productivity.
•	 Safety is essential to increased productivity and
profitability.

“The modern user of safety
products demands a new vision.”

Poised at the leading-edge of safety solutions worldwide,
Omron’s STI safety products focus on making safety work. 
We are aware of the many demands of automation safeguarding. Consequently, our automation safety products meet or
exceed local and international safety standards.
Omron is committed to providing safeguarding solutions that
meet your needs for safety and productivity. We design and
engineer our products by listening to and working closely
with our customers and authorized distributors. We also
provide you with:
•	Experienced assistance
•	Expert guidance in application, integration and
maintenance
•	World-class support through Omron’s global network of
250 sales locations in 65 countries

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

i

Machine and Process Safeguarding

enhanced worker safety
1 Safety Light Curtains
A4EG

The MS4800 and F3SJ models are simple to install,
and available in a wide selection of protected heights
and resolutions.

8 Enabling Switches

See page P-i.

Provides the additional protection needed
during set-up, programming and servicing of
robotic and automatic equipment.
•	 Has distinct clicks for three easily
discernible positions

6

See page R-i.

F3SJ-A

F3SJ-B

MSF4800

MS4800

F3SJ-E

2	Safety Laser
	Scanners

1

Our OS32C is a very
compact safety laser
scanner. It has 70 zone
configurations for complex
guarding parameters.
OS32C

1

See www.sti.com for
Safety Laser Scanners

2

New Industry First!
EtherNet/IP capable of status and measurement data reporting.

7
2

3 Safety Interlock Switches
Tamper resistant switches enhance
mechanical guarding methods.
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

Guardlocking switches
Hinge pin switches
Non-contact switches
Limit switches
Tongue switches
Explosion-proof versions

See page R-i.

ii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

7	Safety Programmable Controllers
7	Safety Monitoring Relays
The G9SP stand-alone programmable safety
controller for mid-sized applications supports direct
connection to safety mats and non-contact switches.
The NE1A DeviceNet safety network controller is
well-suited for large complex applications, while
safety monitoring relays are ideal for ensuring control
reliability in smaller applications.
•	
•	
•	
•	

NX-S
NE1A

Multiple input versions
Delayed outputs
Two-hand control
Stop motion sensing

See www.sti.com for Programmable Controllers
and page S-i for Safety Monitoring Relays
G9SX

G9SP

6 Perimeter Guarding
PA4600 models are available with single and
multiple-beam models with an operating range
to 70 meters. They’re perfect when installing
fences is not practical.

6

See page P-i.

6

8

PA4600

4

4
5

3
4

3

5	Safety Edges & Bumpers
5 Safety Mats & Area Guarding
Built tough for tough environments. Combine a mat
with a controller to provide proven reliability.
See page Q-i.

4 Emergency Stop Devices
•	 Enclosed and panel-mounted models available with
key-operated reset.
•	 Combination rope and push button actuated
emergency stop switches.
•	 Heavy duty housing offering rope spans to 200
meters
See page T-i.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

iii

Machine & Process Safeguarding

iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

Safety Light Curtains &
Perimeter Access Guarding
Contents
Type 4 Light Curtains
F3SJ-E

“Easy” Light Curtain

P-1

F3SJ-B

“Basic” Light Curtain

P-2

F3SJ-A

“Advanced” Light Curtain

P-3

MS4800,
MSF4800

MiniSafe® Light Curtain

P-4

Light Curtain Resource Modules
RM-1

Resource Module Converts
Solid-State Outputs to ForceGuided Relay Outputs

P-5

Resource Module – Converts
RM-2,
RM-2AC,
Solid-State Outputs to ForceRM-2AC-IP Guided Relay Outputs

P-5

RM-3

Resource Module – Mute
Module

P-6

RM-X

Resource Module – Converts
Solid-State Outputs to ForceGuided Relay Outputs

P-6

Perimeter Access Guarding
PA4600

Perimeter Access Guarding
Device

P-7

Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.

P-i

P

F3SJ-E	 Safety Light Curtains

F3SJE

“Easy” Safety Light Curtains
•	 Fast and easy installation
•	 Resolution: 25 mm (1.01 in.)
•	 Range: 7 m (23 ft.)
•	 Protected heights: 185 to 1105 mm (7.28
to 43.50 in.)
•	 Very compact size: 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x
1.18 in.)
•	 Cross-talk prevention
•	 3 m integrated cables

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

F3SJ-E0185P25

11082-7001

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 185 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-E0305P25

11082-7003

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 305 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-E0465P25

11082-7005

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 465 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-E0625P25

11082-7007

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 625 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-E0785P25

11082-7009

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 785 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-E0945P25

11082-7011

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 945 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-E1105P25

11082-7013

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1105 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F39-LJB1

11083-0001

F3SJ-E/B TOP/BOTTOM BRACKET, INCLUDES 4 PCS

F39-LJB4

11083-0007

F3SJ-E/B COMPATIBLE MOUNTING BRACKET, USE WHEN REPLACING F3SJ-A OR
F3SN, INCLUDES 4 PCS

P-1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

F3SJ-B	 Safety Light Curtains

F3SJB

“Basic” Safety Light Curtains
•	 Fast and easy installation
•	 Resolution: 25 mm (1.01 in.)
•	 Range: 7 m (23 ft.)
•	 Protected heights: 185 to 2065 mm (7.28
to 81.26 in.)

P

• 	Very compact size: 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x
1.18 in.)
•	 Cascaded designs possible – 3 segments
•	 Simple muting
•	 Cross-talk prevention

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

F3SJ-B0185P25

11037-7001

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 185 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-B0305P25

11037-7003

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 305 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-B0465P25

11037-7005

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 465 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-B0625P25

11037-7007

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 625 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-B0785P25

11037-7009

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 785 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-B0945P25

11037-7011

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 945 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-B1105P25

11037-7013

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1105 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-B1265P25

11037-0015

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1265 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SJ-B1505P25

11037-0018

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1505 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT

F3SP-B1P

11042-6001

F3SJ-A/B CONTROL UNIT

F39-JD3A

11077-1003

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 3 M PAIR

F39-JD7A

11077-1004

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 7 M PAIR

F39-JD10A

11077-1005

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 10 M PAIR

F39-JD15A

11077-1006

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 15 M PAIR

F39-JD20A

11077-1007

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 20 M PAIR

F39-JDR5B

11077-1008

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 0.5 M PAIR

F39-JD1B

11077-1009

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 1 M PAIR

F39-JD3B

11077-1010

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 3 M PAIR

F39-JD5B

11077-1011

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 5 M PAIR

F39-JD7B

11077-1012

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 7 M PAIR

F39-JD10B

11077-1013

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 10 M PAIR

F39-JD15B

11077-1014

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 15 M PAIR

F39-JD20B

11077-1015

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 20 M PAIR

F39-LJB1

11083-0001

F3SJ-E/B TOP/BOTTOM BRACKET, INCLUDES 4 PCS

F39-LJB4

11083-0007

F3SJ-E/B COMPATIBLE MOUNTING BRACKET, USE WHEN REPLACING F3SJ-A OR
F3SN, INCLUDES 4 PCS

F39-CN10

11083-1001

F3SJ-B MUTING KEY CAP

F39-JBR2W

11083-1002

F3SJ-B CONNECTION CABLE FOR EXTENSION, 0.2 M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

P-2

F3SJ-A	 Safety Light Curtains

F3SJA

“Advanced” Safety Light Curtains
•	 Resolution: 14 mm (0.55 in.), 20 mm (0.79 in.), 25 mm
(1.01 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.), or 55 mm (2.17 in.)
•	 Range: 7 m (23 ft.) or 9 m (29.5 ft.) dependent on
minimum object resolution and protected height
•	 Protected heights: 14 mm protected heights from 245
to 1631 mm (9.6 to 64 in.), 20 mm, 25 mm and 30 mm
protected heights from 245 to 2495 mm (9.6 to 98 in.),
55 mm from 270 to 2470 mm (10.6 to 97 in.)
•	 Very compact size – 30 x 24 mm (1.18 x 0.94 in.)
•	 Cascaded designs possible – 4 segments, up to
400 beams
•	 Partial muting and position detection muting
•	 Cross-talk prevention

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model
F3SJ-A0245P20
F3SJ-A0245P30
F3SJ-A0305P20
F3SJ-A0320P30
F3SJ-A0395P30
F3SJ-A0455P20
F3SJ-A0470P30
F3SJ-A0605P20
F3SJ-A0620P30
F3SJ-A0695P30
F3SJ-A0755P20
F3SJ-A0770P30
F3SJ-A0870P30
F3SJ-A0905P20
F3SJ-A0920P30
F3SJ-A1025P20
F3SJ-A1045P30
F3SJ-A1220P30
F3SJ-A1495P30
F39-CN6
F39-LJ1
F39-LJ2
F39-LJ3
F39-GWUM
F39-TC5P01
F39-TC5P02
F39-CN8
F39-JC3A
F39-JC7A
F39-JC10A
F39-JC15A
F39-JC20A
F3SP-B1P

P-3

Part Number
40560-2001
40560-3001
40560-2003
40560-3004
40560-3007
40560-2008
40560-3010
40560-2013
40560-3016
40560-3019
40560-2018
40560-3022
40560-3026
40560-2023
40560-3028
40560-2027
40560-3033
40560-3040
40560-3045
11033-0007
11033-0008
11033-0009
11033-0010
11033-0155
11033-0180
11033-0181
11033-0184
11034-1001
11034-1002
11034-1003
11034-1004
11034-1071
11042-6001

Description
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 245 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 245 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 305 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 320 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 395 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 455 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 470 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 605 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 620 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 695 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 755 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 770 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 870 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 905 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 1025 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1045 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1220 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1495 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SJ-A KEY CAP FOR MUTING
F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, STANDARD MOUNTING
F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, FLAT SIDE MOUNTING
F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, FREE-LOCATION MOUNTING
F3SJ-A SD-MANAGER SETTING SUPPORT SOFTWARE
F3SJ-A CONNECTOR TERMINAL BOX WITH MUTING SENSOR OUTPUT MODE (PNP)
F3SJ-A CONNECTOR TERMINAL BOX WITH OVERRIDE MODE (PNP)
F3SJ-A SHORT-CIRCUIT CONNECTOR
F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 3 M PAIR
F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 7 M PAIR
F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 10 M PAIR
F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 15 M PAIR
F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 20 M PAIR
F3SJ-A/B CONTROL UNIT

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

MS4800	Safety Light Curtain

MS4800

MiniSafe® Light Curtains
•	 Resolutions: 14 mm (0.55 in.), 20 mm (0.79
in.), 30 mm (1.18 in.), and 40 mm (1.57 in.)
•	 Ranges: 7 m (23 ft.) for 14 mm resolution
systems; and 20 m (65 ft.) for 20, 30 and
40 mm resolution systems

P

•	 Protected Heights: 280 to 2120 mm (11 to
83.5 in.)
•	 Compact size: 50 x 38 mm (2 x 1.5 in.)
•	 “Two-box” design — no separate control
box; no cable between transmitter and
receiver
R

•	 Individual Beam Indicators

C

US

C

US

•	 Quick and easy fixed blanking
programming option “SB1”
•	 Simple cascading models

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

MS4800S-20-0320

70230-1180

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 320 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-0440

70230-1183

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 440 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-0600

70230-1187

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 600 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-0760

70230-1191

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 760 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-0920

70230-1195

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-1080

70230-1199

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 1080 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-1200

70230-1202

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 1200 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0440

70230-1222

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 440 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0600

70230-1226

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 600 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0720

70230-1229

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 720 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0760

70230-1230

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 760 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0840

70230-1232

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 840 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0920

70230-1234

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-1040

70230-1237

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1040 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-1200

70230-1241

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1200 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-1400

70230-1246

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1400 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-1520

70230-1249

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1520 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800-CBLRX-10 M

40451-0100

MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 10 M

MS4800-CBLRX-15 M

40451-0150

MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 15 M

MS4800-CBLRX-30 M

40451-0300

MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 30 M

MS4800-CBLTX-10 M

40452-0100

MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 10 M

MS4800-CBLTX-15 M

40452-0150

MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 15 M

MS4800-CBLTX-30 M

40452-0300

MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 30 M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

P-4

RM-1	Resource Module

RM1

Resource Module —
Converts Solid-State Outputs to
Force-Guided Relay Outputs
•	 Converts the solid-state safety outputs of
one STI safety device to electromechanical force-guided safety relay outputs
•	 Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600
and OS32C

R

C

US

C

•	 55 mm DIN enclosure with removable
terminal blocks
•	 CE approved

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

RM-1

43763-0010

RM-1, 24 VDC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT

RM-2, RM-2AC & RM-2AC-IP	
Resource Module

Resource Module —
Converts Solid-State Outputs to
Force-Guided Relay Outputs
•	 Converts the solid-state safety and auxiliary outputs of one STI safety device to
electromechanical force-guided safety
relay outputs
•	 Available for DC or AC input power
•	 Provides connection points for all safety
device functions including MPCE monitoring and 24 VDC power
•	 Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600
and OS32C
•	 Enclosures —
RM-2: 100 mm DIN, IP20
RM-2AC: 150 mm DIN, IP20
RM-2AC-IP: metal chassis, IP65

R

C

US

C

US

File No. LR90200-34

•	 CE approved
•	 Removable terminal blocks

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

RM-2

43776-0010

RM-2, 24 VDC, DIN-rail mount

RM-2AC

40344-0010

RM-2AC, 100-240 VAC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT

RM-2AC-IP

40525-0010

RM-2AC-IP, 100-240 VAC, METAL CHASSIS

P-5

US

File No. LR90200-34

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

RM2

RM-3	 Resource Module

RM3

Resource Module — Mute Module

•	Type 4 safety product, when used in
combination with a Type 4 safety light curtain
•	 Provides muting controls for up to two
light curtains
•	 Diagnostic display
•	 Solid-state safety outputs
•	 100 mm DIN box enclosure
•	 Removable terminal blocks
•	 DeviceNet option
•	 Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600
and OS32C

Input Signals

•	 Input Power +24 VDC
•	 Two independent channels, each channel
is comprised of one light curtain and up to
four mute sensors
•	Start
•	 EDM (MPCE monitoring)
•	 Mute enable

P
R

C

US

C

US

Indicators

•	 Diagnostic display
•	 Machine Run
•	 Machine Stop
•	Interlock
•	 OSSD input active (light curtains)
•	 Sensor input active (sensors)
•	 Mute Enable active

Output Signals
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

Two independent PNP safety outputs
NPN & PNP auxiliary outputs
Mute lamp drivers (2)
Mute auxiliary (NPN)
Mute armed (NPN)

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

RM-3

43983-0010

RM-3, MUTE MODULE, 24 VDC,
DIN-RAIL MOUNT

RM-X Resource Module

RMX

Resource Module —
Converts Solid-State Outputs to
Force-Guided Relay Outputs
•	 Converts the solid-state safety outputs of
one STI safety device to electromechanical
force-guided safety relay outputs
•	 Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 and
OS32C
•	 CE approved
•	 22.5 mm DIN enclosure

C

US

File No. LR90200-34

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

RM-X

40152-0010

RM-X, RELAY EXPANSION MODULE

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

P-6

PA4600	 Perimeter Access Guarding Device

PA4600

Perimeter Access Guarding Device
•	 1 to 6 beams available
•	 Operating range of 70 m
•	 Compact size — 46 x 55 mm (1.81 x 2.17 in.)
•	 Simple “two-box” design — no separate
control box required
•	 Individual Beam Indicators

R

C

US

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

PA46-1-000-Q2-NO1-PN

70170-1045

PA4600 SYSTEM, 1 BEAM, M-12 QD, NO1, PNP

PA46-2-600-Q2-NO1-PN

70170-1042

PA4600 SYSTEM, 2 BEAMS, 600 MM SPACING, QD, NO1, PNP

PA46-3-400-Q2-NO1-PN

70170-1039

PA4600 SYSTEM, 3 BEAMS, 400 MM SPACING, QD, NO1, PNP

CBL-LCRX-10 M

40552-0100

PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 10 M

CBL-LCRX-15 M

40552-0150

PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 15 M

CBL-LCRX-30 M

40552-0300

PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 30 M

CBL-LCTX-10 M

40553-0100

PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 10 M

CBL-LCTX-15 M

40553-0150

PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 15 M

CBL-LCTX-30 M

40553-0300

PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 30 M

P-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

C

US

Safety Mats, Edges & Bumpers
Contents
Safety Mats
UMQ

Quick-disconnect Universal
Safety Mat

Q-1

MC

Safety Mat Controllers

Q-2

Safety Edges & Bumpers
SGE &
SCS

Safety Edges

Q-3

SCSF

Safety Bumpers

Q-3

SCC

Safety Edge Controllers

Q-4

Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.

Q-i

Q

Safety Mats, Edges & Bumpers

Q-ii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

UMQ Series	Safety Mats & Area Guarding

UMQ

Quick-Disconnect
Universal Safety Mat System
Heavy-Duty Four-Wire Presence Sensing
Mats with Removable Cable, Category 3
Controllers and Perimeter Trim

System

Patented Connector

When UMQ series mats are combined with
an MC3, MC4 or MC6 controller (with complete diagnostics), the result is a system that
meets the standard EN 1760-1:1998 and is
entitled to display the CE mark. See below
for an overview of the various components.

C

US

Q

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Other custom sizes and configurations available.
Please use the SpeedSPEC code above for ordering information.
Model

Part Number

Description

UMQ-1260-A

70220-1002

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 12 x 60 IN

UMQ-1872-A

70220-1010

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 18 x 72 IN

UMQ-2412-A

70220-1011

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 12 IN

UMQ-2418-A

70220-1012

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 18 IN

UMQ-2424-A

70220-1013

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 24 IN

UMQ-2460-A

70220-1015

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 60 IN

UMQ-2472-A

70220-1017

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 72 IN

UMQ-3030-A

70220-1021

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 30 x 30 IN

UMQ-3060-A

70220-1023

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 30 x 60 IN

UMQ-3072-A

70220-1025

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 30 x 72 IN

UMQ-3612-A

70220-1026

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 12 IN

UMQ-3624-A

70220-1028

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 24 IN

UMQ-3636-A

70220-1030

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 36 IN

UMQ-3654-A

70220-1031

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 54 IN

UMQ-3660-A

70220-1032

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 60 IN

UMQ-3672-A

70220-1034

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 72 IN

UMQ-4224-A

70220-1037

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 42 x 24 IN

UMQ-4236-A

70220-1039

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 42 x 36 IN

UMQ-4254-A

70220-1041

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 42 x 54 IN

UMQ-4260-A

70220-1042

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 42 x 60 IN

UMQ-4824-A

70220-1047

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 24 IN

UMQ-4836-A

70220-1049

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 36 IN

UMQ-4848-A

70220-1051

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 48 IN

UMQ-4866-A

70220-1054

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 66 IN

UMQ-4872-A

70220-1055

UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 72 IN

UMQ5 CABLE

19251-0050

5 M QUICK-DISCONNECT CABLE

UMQ10 CABLE

19251-0100

10 M QUICK-DISCONNECT CABLE

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

Q-1

MC Controllers	

MC3

Safety Mats & Area Guarding
MC3, MC4 and MC6 Series
Safety Mat Controllers
The MC Series safety mat controllers are
used in conjunction with a four-wire, normally open, safety mat where perimeter
guarding is required. These control reliable
controllers send a stop signal to the guarded
machine when an object of sufficient weight
is detected on the active mat area.
The MC Series controllers, when combined
with a four-wire UM or UMQ series mat,
provide access guarding and improved
productivity. The work area is fully visible
and accessible.

C

US

The controller meets the requirement of EN
1760-1:1998, EN 13849-1, ANSI/RIA 15.061999 (R2009), ANSI B11.19-2010, OSHA
1910-217C. CSA and UL508.

•	 Remote access to reset functions

MC6

Options

•	 Universal power input

•	 Lid-mounted reset key switch

•	 Up to 6 mat zone inputs

•	 Quick disconnect for incoming power and
relay outputs

•	 Six mat zone status indicator LEDs
•	 Select from Automatic Start, Start/Restart
Interlock or Start Interlock operating
modes

•	 2-digit numeric display for fault
diagnostics
•	 Surface mount, lockable metal enclosure

•	 Quick disconnects up to 6 mat zone
inputs
•	 Solid-state safety output module
•	 Safety relay output module

•	 MPCE monitoring

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

MC3

43767-0010

MC3 MAT CONTROLLER

MC4-0004

43815-0004

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 24 VDC, 4 CONNECTORS

MC4-0010

43815-0010

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 0 CONNECTORS

MC4-0011

43815-0011

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 1 CONNECTOR

MC4-0012

43815-0012

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 2 CONNECTORS

MC4-0013

43815-0013

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 3 CONNECTORS

MC4-0014

43815-0014

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 4 CONNECTORS

MC6AC-0016

43938-0016

MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, AC 6 CONNECTORS

MC6DC-0012

43939-0012

MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, DC, 2 CONNECTORS

MC6DC-0016

43939-0016

MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, DC, 6 CONNECTORS

Q-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

SGE & SCS Series	

Safety Edges

EDGES

Safety Edges
(SGE & SCS Series Profiles)
•	 Profile materials NBR (SCS series only), EPDM
or TPE
•	 Available in six sizes for SGE Series and two
sizes for SCS Series

Applicable Controllers
•	 SCC-1224 Single-Channel Controller
•	 SCC-1224ND Single-Channel Controller

Q

•	 SCC-2124 Dual-Channel Controller
•	 SCC-2224 Dual-Channel Controller

Ordering Information
All edges are custom. Please use the
SpeedSPEC code above for ordering
information.

SCSF	

Safety Bumpers

BUMPERS

Safety Bumpers
•	 Foam rubber covered in polyurethane,
mounted on an aluminum base
•	 Available in lengths up to 3000 mm;
Standard sizes:
53 mm x 100 mm
100 mm x 200 mm
150 mm x 300 mm
200 mm x 400 mm

Ordering Information
All bumpers are custom. Please use the
SpeedSPEC code above for ordering
information.

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

Q-3

SCC	 Safety Edge Controllers

SCC

Single and Dual-Channel
Safety Edge Controllers

for use with All Safety Edges and Safety
Bumpers

•	 Power requirements
–	 120 VAC or 24 VDC is acceptable for the
SCC-1224 single channel units
–	 24 VDC is acceptable for SCC-2124/2224
dual channel units
•	Inputs
–	 Single channel units accept a single twowire edge or bumper system
–	 Dual channel units accept 1 or 2 two-wire
edge or bumper systems
•	Outputs
–	 Single channel units have two safety
outputs and one auxiliary output
for signaling
–	 Dual channel units have either 1 or 2
safety outputs, and either 1 or 2 auxiliary
outputs with DIP switch selection for
input channel relationship
•	 External Device Monitoring –EDM is
provided on all units with aN/C loop
between Z1 and Z2

•	 Monitored Reset Modes
–	 Monitored manual reset mode that
requires closure of the reset circuit
followed by opening of the circuit is
available on all units
–	 Automatic reset mode that occurs upon
closure of the reset circuit is available on
all units
•	 Delayed Auxiliary Output – Delayed
opening of the auxiliary output for reversal
of a door or gate may be selected on all
units except SCC1224ND

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SCC-1224

43872-0020

SCS EDGE CONTROLLER, AUX CONTACT MOMENTARILY CLOSES WHEN ACTIVATED

SCC-1224ND

43872-0021

SCS EDGE CONTROLLER, AUX CONTACT REMAINS CLOSED WHEN ACTIVATED

Q-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

Safety Switches
Contents

Tongue Interlock Switches

Guardlocking Interlock Switches
D4JL

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch

R-1

D4NL

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch

R-2

D4SL-N

Super Small Class 6-Contact
Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch

R-3

TL4019

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch

R-4

TL4024

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch

R-5

Hinge Pin Interlock Switches
D4NH

Safety-door Hinge Switch

R-6

D4GS-N

Slim Safety Door Switches with
IP67 Rating

R-16

D4NS

Safety-Door Switch

R-17

T2008

Small Tongue-Operated Safety
Interlock Switch

R-18

T4012

Universal Tongue-Operated
Safety Interlock Switch

R-19

T4016

Heavy-Duty Metal-Body Safety
Interlock Switch

R-20

T5007

Compact Universal TongueOperated Safety Interlock
Switch

R-21

T5009 &
T5009-6

Universal Tongue-Operated
Safety Interlock Switch

R-22

Non-Contact Interlock Switches
CM

Most Diverse and Flexible
Line of Coded Magnetic
Safety Interlock Switches and
Controllers

R-7

D40Z/
Compact Non-contact Door
D40A/
Switch/Flexible Safety Unit
G9SX-NS

R-8

MA

Magnetically Actuated Safety
Interlock Switches

R-9

MA-S

Stainless Steel Magnetically
Actuated Safety Interlock
Switches and Actuators

R-10

MFS

Stainless Steel Magnetically
Actuated Safety Interlock
Switches and Actuators

R-11

R

Two-Hand Control
TS

TouchStart™ Capacitive Palm
Button

R-23

Enabling Switch Device
A4EG

Enabling Grip Switch with
Distinct Feel for Three Easily
Discernible Positions

R-24

Safety Selector Switch
A22TK

Safety Key Selector Switch

R-25

Safety Limit Interlock Switches
D4B-9N

Safety Limit Switch

R-12

D4F

Small Safety Limit Switch

R-13

D4N

Safety Limit Switch

R-14

D4N-9R

Pull-reset Safety Limit Switch

R-15

Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.

R-i

D4JL	Safety Interlock Switches

D4JL

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch
•	 Holding force of 3,000 N
•	 Two safety circuits and two monitor
contacts provide an array of monitoring
patterns.
•	 Standard gold-clad contacts enable use
with ordinary loads and microloads.
•	 Models with trapped keys prevent workers from being locked in hazardous work
areas.
•	 Models with rear release buttons allow
people to unlock the Switch and escape if
they are locked into hazardous areas.
•	 IP67 degree of protection

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D4JL-2NFA-C5

11022-0004

D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, GREEN, MECHANICAL LOCK,
2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO

D4JL-2NFA-D5

11022-0036

D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, ORANGE, MECHANICAL LOCK,
2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO

D4JL-2NFA-C6

11022-0068

D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY+REAR RELEASE, GREEN, MECHANICAL
LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO

D4JL-K1

11022-0001

D4JL OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNT

D4JL-K2

11022-0002

D4JL OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNT

D4JL-K3

11022-0254

D4JL OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNT (HORIZONTAL)

D4JL-SK40

11022-0194

D4JL mounting slide key

R-1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

D4NL Safety Interlock Switches

D4NL

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch
•	 Best-selling guard lock safety-door switch
available in several compact, multi-contact models
•	 Selectable Operation Key insertion direction and adjustable mounting ensure
installation flexibility
•	 Built-in switches with multiple-contact
construction are available
•	 Key holding force of 1,300 N minimum

S

•	 Can be used for either standard loads or
microloads
•	 Lineup includes models with a conduit
size of M20
•	 IP67 degree of protection
•	 Variety of metallic heads available

R

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D4NL-4EFA-B-NPT

11025-0174

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, PLASTIC, MECHANICAL LOCK, NPT

D4NL-4EFG-B-NPT

11025-0176

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, PLASTIC, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK,
NPT

D4NL-4FFA-B-NPT

11025-0178

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+2NC, PLASTIC, MECHANICAL LOCK, NPT

D4NL-4FFG-B-NPT

11025-0180

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+2NC, PLASTIC, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK, NPT

D4NL-4EDA-B4-NPT

11025-0189

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK,
SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT

D4NL-4GDA-B4-NPT

11025-0190

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, SPECIAL
RELEASE KEY, NPT

D4NL-4EDG-B4-NPT

11025-0191

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, METAL, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK,
SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT

D4NL-4GDG-B4-NPT

11025-0192

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK,
SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT

D4NL-4GDA-B4S-NPT

11025-0336

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, SPECIAL
RELEASE KEY, FRONT KEY, NPT

D4DS-K1

11018-0011

D4NL, D4NS operation key, horizontal mounting

D4DS-K2

11018-0012

D4NL, D4NS operation key, vertical mounting

D4DS-K3

11018-0013

D4NL, D4NS operation key, adjustable mounting (horizontal)

D4DS-K5

11018-1005

D4NL, D4NS operation key, adjustable mounting (horizontal/vertical)

D4NL-RK

11025-9001

D4NL SPECIAL RELEASE KEY

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R-2

D4SL-N	Safety Interlock Switches

D4SLN

Super Small Class 6-Contact
Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch
•	 Wiring time is reduced with two types
of wiring methods capable of one-touch
attachment and removal
•	 A wide variety of built-in switches can be
used for various devices.
(4-, 5-, and 6-contact models are
available)
•	 Key holding force of 1,300 N
•	 It is possible to change the key insertion
point without detaching the head
•	 Drive solenoids directly from the controller
•	 Lockout slide key prevents workers from
becoming trapped inside the
hazardous area.

Slide Key

Terminal
Block Connector
Type
Type

•	 The vertical door switch can be easily
mounted on 40 x 40 mm aluminum frames.
•	 Plastic material makes the key suitable for
lightweight doors.

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model
D4SL-N3HFG-DN

Part Number
11079-2158

D4SL-N2NFG-D4N

11079-2200

D4SL-N3NFA-D

11079-2225

D4SL-N3NFA-DN

11079-2226

D4SL-N3NFA-D4

11079-2227

D4SL-N3NFG-D

11079-2229

D4SL-N3NFG-DN

11079-2230

D4SL-N3NFG-D4

11079-2231

D4SL-N3QFA-D

11079-2241

D4SL-NK1
D4SL-NK2
D4SL-NK3
D4SL-NK1S
D4SL-NK1G
D4SL-NK2G
D4SL-NSK10-LK
D4SL-CN3
D4SL-CN5

11079-3001
11079-3002
11079-3003
11079-3004
11079-3005
11079-3006
11079-4001
11079-0106
11079-0107

R-3

Description
D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 3NC+2NC, M20 conduit with M20-to-NPT
adapter, plastic head
D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, G 1/2 conduit, plastic
head
D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid release, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with
M20-to-NPT adapter, plastic head
D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid release, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with
M20-to-NPT adapter, plastic head
D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid release, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with
M20-to-NPT adapter, plastic head
D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20to-NPT adapter, plastic head
D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20to-NPT adapter, plastic head
D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20to-NPT adapter, plastic head
D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid release, 3NC+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20to-NPT adapter, plastic head
D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, horizontal
D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, vertical
D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, adjustable (horizontal)
D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, horizontal mounting (Short)
D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, horizontal (rubber bushing)
D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, vertical (rubber bushing)
D4SL-N SLIDE KEY
D4SL CONNECTOR CABLE, 3 M
D4SL CONNECTOR CABLE, 5 M

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

TL4019 Safety Interlock Switches

TL4019

Safety Interlock Switch with Guard
Door Locking
•	 High locking force of 1,200 N (270 lb.)
locks guard door shut until machine is
safe to enter
•	 IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the
TL4019 to withstand water washdown
•	 Door and lock monitoring—the TL4019
has a total of 4 contacts: 2N/C safety +
1 contact for door position monitoring +
1 contact for lock monitoring

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model
TL4019-10241TM
TL4019-20241TM
TL4019-30241TM
TL4019-30242TM
TL4019-10241F1M
TL4019-30242F1M
TL4019-40241TM
TL4019-40242TM
TL4019-40241SM
TL4019-50241SM
TL4019-40241F1M
TL4019-40242F1M
TL4019-10241
TL4019-20241
TL4019-30241
TL4019-31101
TL4019-30242
TL4019-30243
TL4019-40241
TL4019-41101
TL4019-40242
TL4019-40243
TL4019-50241
TL4019-30241RR
SA34-T
SA34-TOT
SA34-5
SA34-F2
SA34-F2OT
SA34-F1
SA34-F1OT
SA34-TRB
SA34-TRBOT
SA34-SRB
SM34-LED61
SM34-KLR02
SBLK34-R50
SBRH-R60

Part Number
44534-0010
44534-0030
44534-0050
44534-0070
44534-0310
44534-0370
44534-0410
44534-0430
44534-0510
44534-0570
44534-1710
44534-1730
44534-2010
44534-2030
44534-2050
44534-2060
44534-2070
44534-2090
44534-2110
44534-2120
44534-2130
44534-2150
44534-2170
44534-3050
44534-0700
44534-0701
44534-0710
44534-0720
44534-0721
44534-0730
44534-0731
44534-0740
44534-0741
44534-0750
44534-0761
44534-0802
44534-8050
44534-8060

R

C

US

Conforms to EN1088, EN60947-5-1,
EN292, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved

Description
TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (flex1 actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (flex1 actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (90-degree actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (90-degree actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 1N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (flex1 actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 (flex1 actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 1N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only)
TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20
TL4019 Replacement Flat Actuator
TL4019 Replacement Flat Actuator OT
TL4019 Replacement 90-Degree Actuator
TL4019 Replacement Flex 2 Actuator
TL4019 Replacement Flex 2 Actuator OT
TL4019 Replacement Flex 1 Actuator
TL4019 Replacement Flex 1 Actuator OT
TL4019 Replacement Flat Actuator RB
TL4019 Replacement Flat Actuator OTRB
TL4019 Replacement 90-Degree Actuator RB
TL4019 LED lid kit
TL4019 Key Lock Release (2 keys included)
TL4019 Slide bolt interior lever kit (use with rear release slide bolts only)
TL4019 Rear release T-handle

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R-4

R

TL4024	 Safety Interlock Switches

TL4024

Safety Interlock Switch
with Guard Door Locking
•	 High locking force of 1,500 N (337 lb.)
locks guard door shut until machine is
safe to enter
•	 IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure withstands water
washdown
•	 Door and lock monitoring—the TL4024
has a total of 4 contacts: 2N/C safety +
1 contact for door position monitoring +
1 contact for lock monitoring
•	 Unlocking is possible with a back load on
the door to satisfy the demands of high
cycle time applications

R

C

US

Conforms to EN1088, EN60947-5-1,
EN292, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved

•	 Narrow profile enables mounting to 2
in. square tubing or in applications with
space restrictions
•	 Rotatable head—the rotatable head provides 8 actuator entry positions to satisfy
most installation requirements

•	 Optional slide bolt with integral door
handle aids installation on sliding and
swinging guard doors

•	 Optional key release—this option on
power-to-unlock models allows manual
unlocking of the guard door

•	 Two LED (red/green) status indicators on
the lid may be wired to suit the application

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

TL4024-10242TM

44535-0010

TL4024 base model, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+ 1N/O+1N/C, flat actuator

TL4024-10242SM

44535-0110

TL4024 base model, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+ 1N/O+1N/C, 90-degree actuator

TL4024-10242

44535-2010

TL4024 base model, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3 x .05 IN. NPT conduit

TL4024-10243

44535-2030

TL4024 base model, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3 x .05 IN. NPT conduit

SA35-F1

44535-0750

TL4024 Replacement Flex 1 Actuator

R-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

D4NH	 Safety Interlock Switches

D4NH

Safety-door Hinge Switch
•	 Compact, plastic-body safety-door hinge
switch designed for saving space in
machines
•	 Lineup includes three contact models
with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in
addition to the previous contact forms
1NC/1NO, and 2NC. Models with MBB
contacts are also available
•	 M12-connector models are available, saving on labor and simplifying replacement
•	 Standardized gold-clad contacts provide
high contact reliability. Can be used with
both standard loads and microloads.
S

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D4NH-4CAS-NPT

11024-0105

d4nh BASE MODEL, SHAFT ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC/1NO

D4NH-4CBC-NPT

11024-0107

d4nh BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC/1NO

D4NH-4BBC-NPT

11024-0108

d4nh BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC

D4NH-4ABC-NPT

11024-0109

d4nh BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 1NC/1NO

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R

R-6

CM Series	 Safety Interlock Switches

CM

Most Diverse and Flexible Line of
Coded Magnetic Safety Interlock
Switches and Controllers
•	 Combine door switch monitoring and
E-stop monitoring by using the CM-S41
controller
•	 Monitor is single switch to CAT4 with the
CM-S30 controller
•	 Monitor multiple switches to CAT3 using
CM-S4 or CM-S30 controllers
•	 Monitoring multiple switches on individual
channels can be achieved by using the
CM-S21 or CM-S41 controllers. Easily
expand your system by using the CM-SE
expansion module.
•	 All CM switches are rated IP67

R

C

US

Conforms to EN292, EN60204-1,
EN954-1, EN1088, EN60947-5-3,
EN947-5-3, EN50081, EN50082,
EN61000-6-2, ISO 13849-1
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

•	 Stainless steel switches are available for
harsh environments

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

CM-S4

44536-0040

CM-S4 BASE MODEL, CONTROL (24 VAC/DC) 1N/O+1N/O Aux.

CM-S1PC3

44536-0100

CM-S1 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 1N/O+1N/C, 3 m cable

CM-S1PC5

44536-0105

CM-S1 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 1N/O+1N/C, 5 m cable

CM-S21-24

44536-0120

CM-S21 BASE MODEL, CONTROL (24 VAC/DC) 2N/O+1N/C Aux.

CM-S2PC3

44536-0200

CM-S2 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 1N/O+1N/C, 3 m cable

CM-S221PC5

44536-0221

CM-S221PC5 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2NO+1NC, 5 m cable

CM-S521PC5

44536-0521

CM-S521 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 2N/C+1N/O, 5 m cable

CM-S621PC5

44536-0621

CM-S5621 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 2N/C+1N/O, 5 m cable

CM-S621PC10

44536-1621

CM-S621 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 2N/C+1N/O, 10 m cable

CM-S31SC3

44536-3100

CM-S31 BASE MODEL, SWITCH+Act, 3 M Cable

CM-S31SC5

44536-3105

CM-S31 BASE MODEL, SWITCH+Act, 5 M Cable

R-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

D40Z/D40A/G9SX-NS	

D40

Safety Interlock Switches
Compact Non-contact Door
Switch/ Flexible Safety Unit
•	 Up to 30 units can be connected to
a single G9SX (15 units with G9SP)
Controller

•	 Troubleshooting is made easy with the
switch’s two-color diagnostic LED display
patterns
•	 Photocoupler monitor output allows
connection to a general-purpose PLC
(NPN type)

D40Z
•	 Supports ISO 13849-1 (Safety Category 4/PLe)
•	 Non-magnetic actuator will not attract
metal fillings

D40Z
D40A

D40A
•	 Magnetic actuator

R

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D40A-1C5

11008-6002

D40A BASE MODEL, switch AND actuator, 5 M cable

D40Z-1C2

11081-0001

D40Z BASE MODEL, Switch and Actuator, 2 M cable

D40Z-1C5

11081-0002

D40Z BASE MODEL, Switch and Actuator, 5 M cable

D40Z-1C-A

11081-0003

D40Z BASE MODEL, Actuator onlY

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R-8

MA Series	 Safety Interlock Switches

MA

Magnetically Actuated
Safety Interlock Switches
•	 Large selection—choose from a large
selection of contact configurations housed
in plastic to satisfy most application
requirements
•	 NEMA 6 enclosure enables the MA Series
switches to satisfy most application
requirements (MA 3, 4, 5 are NEMA 4)
R

•	 Misalignment tolerant—the non-contact
actuation of the switches makes them
very tolerant to misalignment of up to 10
mm (0.39 in.)
•	 Variety of terminations—select various
cable lengths or terminal strip termination
for easy installation. Cable connector on
selected models

C

US

Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed

•	 Long life—the MA Series is designed for a
minimum of one million actuations

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model
MA-1APC4
MA-1APC8
MA-10APC2
MA-10APC4
MA-15DP21C3
MA-15DP21C5
MA-15DP21CC

Part Number
44507-0020
44507-0180
44507-0110
44507-0330
44507-1540
44507-1541
44507-1549

MA16DP11C3
MA16DP11C6
MA16DP10C3
MA16DP10C6
MA16DP21C3
MA-16AP11C6
MA-16AP11C3
MA-16AP10C3
MA-16AP10C6
MA-2DPC15
MA-2DPCC

44507-1620
44507-1621
44507-1610
44507-1611
44507-1640
44507-1661
44507-1660
44507-1650
44507-1651
44507-0370
44507-0650

MA-2APC4
MA-20DPCC

44507-0040
44507-0630

MA-21DPCC
MA-34DS11C3
MA-35DS21C3
MA-35DS21C5
MA-35DS21CC
MA-36DS11C3
MA-36AS10C3
MA-4APTC
SA07-MA00
SA07-MA10
SA07-MA16

44507-0670
44507-3420
44507-3540
44507-3541
44507-3549
44507-3620
44507-3650
44507-0060
44507-0700
44507-0710
44507-0716

R-9

Description
MA-1 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 4 M Cable Switch+Actuator
MA-1 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 8M Cable Switch+Actuator
MA-10 BASE MODEL (110 VAC only), 1N/C, 2 M Cable, Switch+Actuator
MA-10 BASE MODEL (110 VAC only), 1N/C, 4 M Cable, Switch+Actuator
MA-15 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C+1N/O 3 M Cable, Switch+Act’r (300 mA max.)
MA-15 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C+1N/O 5 M Cable, Switch+Act’r (300 mA max.)
MA-15 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C+1N/O Connector, male M12, Sw+Act’r (300
mA max.)
MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C, 1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C, 1N/O, 6 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C, 6 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C, 1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 1N/O 6 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 6 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-2 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C+1N/O, 15 M Cable, Switch+Actuator
MA-2 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C+1N/O, Connector 4-pin micro DC,
Switch+Actuator
MA-2 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C+1N/O, 4 M Cable, Switch+Actuator
MA-20 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C, Connector 4-pin micro DC M12,
Switch+Actuator
MA-21 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C+1N/O, Connector, Switch+Actuator
MA-34 base model, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch+Actuator
MA-35 base model, 2N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch+Actuator (300 mA max.)
MA-35 base model, 2N/C+1N/O, 5 M Cable, Switch+Actuator (300 mA max.)
MA-35 base model, 2N/C+1N/O, M12 Male Connector, Switch+Actuator (300 mA max.)
MA-36 base model, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-36 base model, 1N/C, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator
MA-4 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C+1N/O, Terminal Connection, Switch+Actuator
MA 1-5, 20 & 21 Replacement Actuator Red ABS Plastic
MA 6, 9 & 10 Replacement Actuator Red ABS Plastic
MA-10-16 Replacement Actuator Red ABS Plastic

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

MA-S Series	 Safety Interlock Switches

MAS

Stainless Steel Magnetically
Actuated Safety Interlock
Switches and Actuators
•	 Stainless steel cases—both switch and
actuator are housed in stainless steel for
applications that require the use of this
robust and corrosion resistant material
•	 Large selection—choose from a variety of
contact configurations housed in stainless steel to satisfy the most demanding
applications
•	 NEMA 6 enclosure enables the MA-S
Series switches to satisfy most application
requirements
•	 Misalignment tolerant—the non-contact
actuation of the MA-S Series switches
makes them very tolerant to misalignment
of up to 10 mm (0.39 in.)

R

C

US

Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed

R

•	 High temperature—the MA-S switches
and cables are designed to operate in
temperatures up to 125°C (257°F)
•	 Long life—the MA-S Series safety interlock switches are designed for a minimum
of one million actuations

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

MA-S21DSC3

44507-0450

MA-S21 base model, 2N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch+Actuator

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R-10

MFS	 Safety Interlock Switches

MFS

Magnetic Ferroresonant Standalone Safety Interlock Switch
•	 Tamper resistant—the combination of
magnetic and ferroresonant signals
required to close the safety contacts
makes the MFS very tamper resistant
•	 Standalone—use for lower risk applications as a stand-alone safety switch
allowing direct switching of relays and
contactors up to 2 A at 230 VAC
•	 MFS-11 provides a visible LED which
illuminates green when the actuator is in
range and contacts are closed
•	 MFS-12 provides a dual color LED
indicator. LED illuminates green when
the actuator is in range and the contacts are closed. LED illuminates Red
when the actuator is out of range and
contacts are open.
•	 Compact size—mounts easily on 1-in.
square tubing

R

C

US

Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60204-1, EN954-1, EN9475-3, EN60947-5-1, EN50081,
EN50082, EN61000-6-2
UL and C-UL listed

•	 Use with safety monitoring relays in
applications requiring a higher level of
safety reliability
•	 NEMA 4 enclosure enables water washdown cleaning

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

MFS-11P11C3

44508-1120

MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable

MFS-11P11C6

44508-1121

MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 1N/C+1N/O, 6 M Cable

MFS-11P11CC5

44508-1128

MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 1N/C+1N/O, M12 Male Connector + 5 M
Cable

MFS-11P20C10

44508-1132

MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 2N/C, 10 M Cable

MFS-12P21C6

44508-1133

MFS base model,-12 Switch & Actuator, 2N/C+1N/O, 6 M cable

MFS-12P21CC5

44508-1134

MFS-12 base model, Switch & Actuator, 2N/C+1N/O, M12 Male Connector +
5 M cable

MFS-11P20CC

44508-1139

MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 2N/C, M12 Male Connector

R-11

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

D4B-9N	

Safety Interlock Switches

D4BN

Safety Limit Switch
•	 Snap-action contact with certified direct
opening operation
•	 Direct opening mechanism (NC contacts
only) added to enable opening contacts
when faults occur, such as fused contacts
•	 Safety of lever settings ensured using a
mechanism that engages a gear between
the operating position indicator plate and
the lever
•	 Equipped with a mechanism that indicates
the applicable operating zone, as well as
push-button switching to control left and
right motion

S

•	 Head seal structure strengthened to
improve seal properties (TÜV: IEC IP67,
UL: NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, and 13)
•	 Wide standard operating temperature
range: –40 to 80°C

R

•	 Models with gold-plated contacts to enable handling microloads
•	 Certified standards: UL, CSA, EN (TÜV),
and CCC

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D4B-4111N-NPT

11012-0020

D4B-N base model, Roller lever, NPT,1NC/1NO

D4B-4113N-NPT

11012-4029

D4BN-N base model, 1NC/1NO, snap action, NPT

D4B-4115N-NPT

11012-0024

d4b-n base model, roller lever, stainless steel, NPT, 1NC/1NO

D4B-4116N-NPT

11012-0025

d4b-n base model, adjustable roller lever, NPT, 1NC/1NO

D4B-4117N-NPT

11012-4028

d4b-n base model, adjustable rod lever, NPT, 1NC/1NO

D4B-4170N-NPT

11012-0026

d4b-n base model, top plunger, NPT, 1NC/1NO

D4B-4171N-NPT

11012-0022

d4b-n base model, top roller plunger, M20+NPT, 1NC/1NO, snap action

D4B-4A13N-NPT

11012-4027

d4b-n base model, NPT, 2NC

D4B-4A71N-NPT

11012-0023

d4b-n base model, top roller plunger, NPT, 2NC

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R-12

D4F	Safety Interlock Switches

D4F

Small Safety Limit Switch
•	 Smallest class of safety limit switches
•	 Extra small limit switch with a direct opening
mechanism (four-contact model)
•	 High-sensitivity safety limit switch
•	 Four contacts in either 2NC + 2NO or 4NC
versions
•	 Degree of protection: IP67 (EN60947-5-1)
•	 Certified standards: UL, EN (TÜV), and CC

S

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D4F-302-1R

11019-0007

d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller plunger, 1 m cable, horizontal

D4F-102-3R

11019-0021

d4f base model, 1NC+1NO, roller plunger, 3 m cable, horizontal

D4F-202-3R

11019-0022

d4f base model, 2NC, roller plunger, 3 m cable, horizontal

D4F-302-3R

11019-0023

d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller plunger, 3 m cable, horizontal

D4F-120-3D

11019-0025

d4f base model, 1NC+1NO, roller lever, 3 m cable, vertical

D4F-302-3D

11019-0031

d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller plunger, 3 m cable, vertical

D4F-120-5R

11019-0033

d4f base model, 1NC+1NO, roller lever, 5 m cable, horizontal

D4F-320-5R

11019-0035

d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller lever, 5 m cable, horizontal

D4F-220-5D

11019-0042

d4f base model, 2NC, roller lever, 5 m cable, vertical

D4F-320-5D

11019-0043

d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller lever, 5 m cable, vertical

D4F-420-5D

11019-0044

d4f base model, 4NC, roller lever, 5 m cable, vertical

D4F-302-5D

11019-0047

d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller plunger, 5 m cable, vertical

R-13

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

D4N	

Safety Interlock Switches

D4N

Safety Limit Switch
•	 Upgraded safety limit switches based on
the popular D4D, providing a full lineup
conforming to international standards
•	 Lineup includes three contact models
with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in
addition to the previous contact forms
1NC/1NO, and 2NC. Models with MBB
contacts are also available
•	 M12-connector models are available, saving on labor and simplifying replacement
•	 Standardized gold-clad contacts provide
high contact reliability. Can be used with
both standard loads and microloads

S

•	 Conforms to EN115, EN81-1, and EN81-2
(slow-action models only)
•	 Lineup includes both slow-action and
snap-action models with Zb contacts

R

•	 Certified standards: UL, EN (TÜV),
and CCC

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D4N-4120-NPT

11023-0707

d4n base model,1NC/1NO, roller lever, snap act, M20+NPT

D4N-412G-NPT

11023-0702

d4n base model,1NC/1NO, adj roller lever, snap act, M20+NPT

D4N-4132-NPT

11023-0705

D4N base model, 1NC/1NO, roller plunger, M20+NPT

D4N-4162-NPT

11023-0704

d4n base model,1NC/1NO, one way roller horizontal, snap act, M20+NPT

D4N-4172-NPT

11023-0703

d4n base model,1NC/1NO, one way roller vertical, snap act, M20+NPT

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R-14

D4N-9R	 Safety Interlock Switches

D4NR

Pull-reset Safety Limit Switch
•	 A series of pull-reset models now
available
•	 Lineup includes three contact models
with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in
addition to the previous contact forms
1NC/1NO and 2NC
•	 M12-connector models are available, saving on labor and simplifying replacement
•	 Standardized gold-clad contacts provide
high contact reliability. Can be used with
both standard loads and microloads
•	 Conforms to EN115, EN81-1 and EN81-2
•	 Certified standards: UL, EN (TÜV), and
CCC

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D4N-4A32R-NPT

11023-0694

d4n-r base model, 1NC+1NO, slow act, top roller plunger, M20+NPT

D4N-4A2GR-NPT

11023-0697

d4n-r base model, 1NC+1NO, slow act, adj roller lever, M20+NPT

D4N-4A20R-NPT

11023-0698

d4n-r base model, 1NC+1NO, slow act, roller lever, M20+NPT

D4N-4B2GR-NPT

11023-0699

d4n-r base model, 2NC, slow act, adj roller lever, M20+NPT

R-15

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

S

D4GS-N	Safety Interlock Switches

D4GSN

Slim Safety Door Switches
with IP67 Rating
•	 Slim design with a width of only 17 mm
(three-contact models)
•	 Reversible design allowing either front or
rear mounting
•	 Built-in Switches with two- or three-terminal contact construction are available
•	 Operation Key with rubber mounting hole
to absorb vibration and shock
•	 IP67 degree of protection

S

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D4GS-N1R-5

11021-0023

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, horizontal, 5 m cable

D4GS-N2R

11021-0025

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, horizontal, 1 m cable

D4GS-N2T

11021-0026

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, vertical, 1 m cable

D4GS-N2R-5

11021-0031

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, horizontal, 5 m cable

D4GS-N3R-3

11021-0035

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, horizontal, 3 m cable

D4GS-N3R-5

11021-0037

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, horizontal, 5 m cable

D4GS-N4R

11021-0039

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 3NC, horizontal, 1 m cable

D4GS-NK1

11021-0045

D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING

D4GS-NK2

11021-0046

D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNTING

D4GS-NK4

11021-0047

D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (VERTICAL)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R

R-16

D4NS	

Safety Interlock Switches

D4NS

Safety-Door Switch
•	 Multi-contact, labor-saving, environmentfriendly, next-generation safety-door
switch
•	 Lineup includes three contact models with
2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms and
MBB models in addition to the previous
contact forms 1NC/1NO, and 2NC
•	 M12-connector models are available, saving on labor and simplifying replacement.
•	 Standardized gold-clad contacts provide
high contact reliability. Applicable to both
standard loads and microloads.
•	 Variety of metallic heads available

S

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

D4NS-4CF-NPT

11027-0098

D4NS BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, M20+NPT

D4NS-4DF-NPT

11027-0099

D4NS BASE MODEL, 3NC, M20+NPT

D4NS-4BF-NPT

11027-0101

D4NS BASE MODEL, 2NC, M20+NPT

D4NS-4AF-NPT

11027-0104

D4NS BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, M20+NPT

D4DS-K1

11018-0011

D4NS, D4NL operation key, horizontal mounting

D4DS-K2

11018-0012

D4NS, D4NL operation key, vertical mounting

D4DS-K3

11018-0013

D4NS, D4NL operation key, adjustable mounting (horizontal)

D4DS-K5

11018-1005

D4NS, D4NL operation key, adjustable mounting (horizontal/vertical)

R-17

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

T2008	 Safety Interlock Switches

T2008

Small Tongue-Operated Safety
Interlock Switch
•	 Small size—these switches are ideal for
guarding applications with space restrictions. Fits on 1 inch square tubing.
•	 NEMA 6 (IP67) enclosure enables these
switches to withstand water washdown
cleaning
•	 Rotatable head gives eight possible
actuator entry points for versatile installation. A blanking plug is supplied for the
unused entry.
•	 Long life—these switches, with their stainless steel actuators, are designed for a
minimum of one million actuations
•	 Available with two contact poles. Contact
configurations of 1 N/O and 1N/C or 2N/C
are available to meet requirements of dual
channel safety monitoring

R

C

US

Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed

R

•	 An optional stainless steel guide is available for demanding applications

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

T2008-11SM

44540-0010

T2008 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1 N/O, M16, 90 ACT’R + Adapter

T2008-02SM

44540-0020

T2008 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M16, 90 ACT’R + Adapter

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R-18

T4012	 Safety Interlock Switches

T4012

Universal Tongue-Operated Safety
Interlock Switch
•	 Strong and versatile—the compact size
of the strong, glass-filled thermoplastic
housing allows this switch to be used in
most applications
•	 NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches
to withstand water washdown cleaning
•	 Rotatable head gives eight possible
actuator entry points for versatile installation. A blanking plug is supplied for the
unused entry.
•	 Long life—these switches, with their stainless steel actuators, are designed for a
minimum of two million actuations
•	 Available in 2 or 4 contact pole versions.
The 4 contact pole version provides 2
poles for dual channel safety monitoring and 2 additional poles for status
monitoring.

R

C

•	 An optional stainless steel guide is available for demanding applications

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

T4012-011

44538-2010

T4012 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, M20

T4012-020

44538-2020

T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M20

T4012-020TM

44538-0120

T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M20/NPT Adapter

T4012-022

44538-2040

T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, M20

T4012-022TM

44538-0140

T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, M20/NPT Adapter

T4012-031

44538-2030

T4012 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1N/O, M20

T4012-031TM

44538-0130

T4012 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1 N/O, M20/NPT Adapter

SRH34-90

44534-0790

T4012 Replacement Head

SBRL34-P70

44534-8070

T4012 Plastic Slide Bolt for Right or Left Hand Door

SBR34-MR30

44534-8130

T4012 Bolt for right-hung door (yellow metal)

SBL34-MR40

44534-8140

T4012 Bolt for left-hung door (yellow metal)

R-19

US

Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG
approved

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

T4016	 Safety Interlock Switches

T4016

Heavy-Duty Metal-Body Safety
Interlock Switch
•	 Rugged enclosure—the all metal housing
and stainless steel actuator of the T4016
makes it suitable for harsh environments
•	 NEMA 6/IP67 enclosure enables these
switches to withstand water washdown
cleaning.
•	 Rotatable head gives eight possible
actuator entry points for versatile installation. A blanking plug is supplied for the
unused entry.
•	 Long life—these switches, with their stainless steel actuators, are designed for a
minimum of two million actuations

R

C

US

•	 A variety of 4 contact pole versions
provides 2 poles for dual channel safety
monitoring and 2 additional poles for
status monitoring

R

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

T4016-031SM

44539-0010

T4016 BASE MODEL,3NC+1NO, 90 Actuator, 3 X 0.5 inch NPT Conduit Openings

T4016-031TM

44539-0110

T4016 BASE MODEL,3NC+1NO, Flat Actuator, 3 X 0.5 inch NPT Conduit Openings

T4016-031F1M

44539-0210

T4016 BASE MODEL, 3NC+1NO, Flex 1 Actuator, 3 X 0.5 inch NPT Conduit
Openings

T4016-031

44539-2010

T4016 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1N/O, 3 X 0.5 inch NPT Conduit Openings

SAG-SS80

44534-0780

T4016 Stainless Steel Alignment Guide

SA35-TRB

44535-0700

T4016 Replacement Flat Actuator RB

SA35-SRB

44535-0710

T4016 Replacement 90-Degree Actuator RB

SBR-M00

44535-8000

T4016 Bracket with Handle for Right-Hung dooR (Yellow)

SBL-M00

44535-8010

T4016 Bracket with Handle for Left-Hung door (Yellow)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R-20

T5007 Safety Interlock Switches

T5007

Compact Universal TongueOperated Safety Interlock Switch
•	 Strong and versatile—the compact size of
the strong, glass-filled polyester housing
can be used in many applications
•	 NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches
to withstand water washdown cleaning
•	 Rotatable head gives four possible actuator entry points for versatile installation.
A blanking plug is supplied for the unused
entry
R

C

•	 Small swing radius allows use on doors
with a swing radius as small as 64 mm (2.5
in.) when using the optional flexible
1 actuator with alignment guide
•	 Vibration resistant—optional catch and
retainer keeps vibrating guard doors shut,
preventing unwanted opening of guard
doors on vibrating machines

US

Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed

•	 Optional connector makes installation
quick and easy
•	 An optional stainless steel head is
available

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

T5007-02F1M

44526-0120

T5007 BASE MODEL, Flex 1, 2N/C, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter

T5007-02FF1SCC

44526-1122

T5007 BASE MODEL, Flex 1, 2N/C, STAINLESS STEEL head, Front Entry,
Connector

T5007-02SCC

44526-0022

T5007 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, Connector

T5007-02SM

44526-0020

T5007 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter

T5007-11F1M

44526-0110

T5007 BASE MODEL, Flex 1, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter

T5007-11FF1SM

44526-1110

T5007 BASE MODEL, Flex 1, 1N/C+1N/O, STAINLESS STEEL head, Front Entry, 3 x
M20 with NPT adapter

T5007-11FSSM

44526-1010

T5007 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, STAINLESS STEEL head, Front Entry, 3 x M20
with NPT adapter

T5007-11SM

44526-0010

T5007 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter

SA01-F2

44501-0780

T5007, T5009 Replacement Flexible 2 Actuator with Guide

SA19-F1

44519-0710

T5007, TL8012, TL5012, T5009, T4011 Replacement Flexible Actuator with Guide

SA26-S

44526-0700

T5007 Spare Standard Actuator for T5007

SLD26-01

44526-0801

T5007, T4011, T5009, TL8012-S Switch Locking Device

R-21

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

T5009 & T5009-6	 Safety Interlock Switches

T5009

Universal Tongue-Operated
Safety Interlock Switch
•	 Strong and versatile—the compact size
of the strong, glass-filled polyester housing and metal reinforced cam allows
this popular switch to be used in most
applications
•	 NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches
to withstand water washdown cleaning
•	 Rotatable head gives four possible actuator
entry points for versatile installation.
A blanking plug is supplied for the unused
entry
•	 Small swing radius allows use on doors
with a swing radius as small as 2.5 in.
when using the optional flexible actuators
•	 Hi-Hold models reduce nuisance rips and
allow the switch to also serve as the gate
catch without the need to mount any
additional hardware
•	 4 contact poles provide 2 poles for dual
channel safety monitoring and 2 additional
poles for status monitoring

HI-HOLD
MODELS
AVAILABLE
R

C

US

Conforms to EN1088, EN292,
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed

R

•	 Optional connector makes installation
easy
•	 Optional stainless steel head is available

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

T5009-021F1M

44501-0120

T5009 BASE MODEL, FLX1 2N/C+1NO BBM, 3 x M20/NPT

T5009-021SM

44501-0110

T5009 BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO BBM, STD ACTUATOR, 3 x M20/NPT

T5009-6040N

44501-1045

T5009-6 BASE MODEL, 4NC BBM, 3 X 1/2 NPT

SM01-MCK40

44501-0740

T5009 Catch Kit

SA01-S

44501-0750

T5009 Replacement Standard Actuator

SA01-STD

44501-0755

T5009 STANDARD SPARE ACTUATOR, plastic headed switches

SA01-FLX1

44501-0760

T5009 FLEX 1 SPARE ACTUATOR, plastic or STAINLESS STEEL headed switches

SA01-FLX2

44501-0765

T5009 FLEX 2 SPARE ACTUATOR, plastic or STAINLESS STEEL headed switches

SA01-F2

44501-0780

T5009, T5007 Replacement Flexible 2 Actuator with Guide

SA19-F1

44519-0710

T5009, TL8012, TL5012, T5007, T4011 Replacement Flexible Actuator with
Guide

SLD26-01

44526-0801

T5009, T4011, T5007, TL8012-S Switch Locking Device

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R-22

TouchStart™	 Two-Hand Control

Touchstart

Capacitive Palm Button
•	 No physical pressure required to actuate
switch—reduces the likelihood of wrist
injury caused by repetitive motion
•	 Excellent sensitivity—sensor is designed
to operate even if operator is wearing
gloves
•	 RFI Immunity—special circuitry inhibits
output in the presence of RFI that would
otherwise cause false triggering of output
•	 AC version is UL Recognized—meets the
applicable requirements in the proposed
first edition of UL 491
•	 Saves time and money

R

C

•	 Easy mounting in a single hole
•	 Wiring is simplified because terminals are
clearly identified and easily accessible
•	 No special power supplies are required
because switch is available in either 120
VAC or 24 VDC versions

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

TS-10

44527-0010

TouchStart BASE MODEL, 120 VAC, Rev. 2

R-23

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

US

A4EG	

Enabling Switch Device

A4EG

Enabling Grip Switch with
Distinct Feel for Three Easily
Discernible Positions
•	 The difficult task of configuring safety
circuits is now easily achieved by
combining the A4EG with the G9SX-GS
•	 In addition to the standard models, the
lineup also includes models with an
emergency stop switch and models with a
momentary operation switch
•	 An optional Holding Key (sold separately)
provides a versatile method for selecting
modes
•	 Equipped with conduit connector

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

A4EG-C000041

11073-0001

A4EG BASE MODEL, switch only, 2NC safety, 1 Aux

A4EG-BM2B041

11073-0003

A4EG BASE MODEL, switch only, 2NC safety, 2NO function

A4EG-OP2

11073-0005

A4EG mounting bracket

A4EG-OP3

11073-0006

A4EG holding key

SC09-9M310

44509-0310

A4EG cable, 10-pin Mini Male, 9 Ms

SC09-9M320

44509-0320

A4EG cable, 8-pin Mini Male, 9 Ms

SC09-9M330

44509-0330

A4EG cable, 4-pin Mini Male, 10 Ms

SC12-M16CG80

44512-0080

M16 Cord Grip (4-5 mm ID)

SC12-M20CG90

44512-0090

M20 Cord Grip (4-5 mm ID)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

R

R-24

A22TK	 Safety Key Selector Switch

A22TK

Safety Key Selector Switch
•	 Key-type selector switch with direct opening mechanism
•	 Selector Switch for secure equipment
activation during maintenance
•	 30 types of exclusive keys make it more
difficult to disable
•	 The trapped key of the D4JL Guard Lock
Safety-door Switch has the same shape as
the locking key of the D4SL-SK10-LK Slide
Key Unit. Units can be combined to improve safety. (Specify the same key type.)
•	 Common to the switch part of Emergency
Stop Switch A22E. (Non-lighted model
only)

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

A22TK-2LL-02-K01

11004-8009

A22TK BASE MODEL, 2N/C, left key release, leftN/C closed, key included

A22TK-2LR-12-K01

11004-8022

A22TK BASE MODEL, 1N/O+2N/C, left key release, rightN/C closed, key
included

A22TK-2RL-02-K01

11004-8033

A22TK BASE MODEL, 2N/C, right key release, leftN/C closed, key included

A22TK-2RL-12-K01

11004-8034

A22TK BASE MODEL, 1N/O+2N/C, right key release, leftN/C closed, key
included

A22Z-3466-1

11003-0053

A22E LEGEND PLATE, 60-DIA.

A22Z-B101Y

11003-0061

A22E CONTROL BOX

A22Z-EG1

11004-0001

A22E E-SHOP SHROUD FOR EMERGENCY OFF “EMO”, YELLOW

R-25

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

Safety Monitoring &
Force-Guided Relays
Contents
Safety Monitoring Relays
Fixed Terminals
G9SA

Safety Relay Unit

S-1

SR101A

Single-Channel Relay

S-1

SR103AM

Dual-Channel Relay

S-2

SR104P

Two-Hand Control Relay

S-2

SR106ED

Safety Expansion Unit

S-2

SR107, 108 &
109AD

Dual-Channel Relay

S-3

SR125SMS45

Stop Motion Sensing Unit

S-4

SR131A

Dual-Channel Relay

S-5

Safety Monitoring Relays
Removable Terminals
SR203 M &
203AM

Dual-Channel Relay

S-5

SR208 &
209AD

Dual-Channel Relay

S-6

Force-Guided Relays
G7SA

G7S-9-E

Compact Slim Relays
Conforming to EN
Standards

S-7

Lineup Now Includes 10 A
Models

S-7

S

Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.

S-i

G9SA Safety Monitoring Relays

G9SA

Safety Relay Unit
•	 Four kinds of 45-mm wide units are available:
A 3-pole model, a 5-pole model, and models with 3 poles and 2 OFF-delay poles, as
well as a two-hand controller.
Also available are 17.5 mm wide expansion units with 3 poles and 3 OFF-delay
poles.
•	 Simple expansion connection

•	 Conforms to EN standards (BG approval)

•	 OFF-delay models have 15-step OFFdelay settings

•	 Both DIN track mounting and screw
mounting are possible

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

G9SA-301 AC/DC24

11054-6001

G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 45 Mm, E-stop control

G9SA-301 AC100-240

11054-6012

G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 45 Mm, E-stop control

G9SA-321-T075 AC/DC24

11054-6003

G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO immediate, 2NO delayed, 7.5 sec.

G9SA-501 AC/DC24

11054-6002

G9SA BASE MODEL, 5NO+1NC, 45 Mm, E-stop control

G9SA-EX301

11054-6007

G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, exp module, 45 Mm, no delay

SR101A	 Safety Monitoring Relays

SR101A

Single-Channel Monitoring Relay
•	 Power requirements—the SR101A will
accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC
•	 Inputs—a singleN/C input channel, not
monitored, is provided
•	 Outputs—the SR101A has two N/O outputs to route power to the coils of power
contactors
•	 External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between S11 and
S21 on the SR101A

R

C

•	 Reset mode—an automatic reset mode is
provided with the SR101A

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SR101A01

44510-1011

SR101 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 1 input, 2 outputs

S-1

US

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed
TÜV Rheinland approved

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

SR103AM Safety Monitoring Relays

SR103AM

Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay
•	 Power requirements—the SR103AM will
accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC
•	 Inputs—the SR103AM will accept single or
dualN/C inputs or dual inputs from a light
curtain
•	 Outputs—the SR103AM has 3 N/O outputs to route power to the coils of power
contactors, plus 1N/C auxiliary output for
signaling purposes
•	 External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between S11/S12
and S21 on the SR103AM
•	 Monitored manual or automatic/
manual reset modes are available on the
SR103AM.

R

C

US

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed
TÜV Rheinland approved

•	Monitored manual reset requires closure
of the reset circuit followed by opening of
the circuit. Reset occurs when circuit is
opened. Auto reset requires only closure
of the reset circuit as reset occurs when
circuit is closed

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SR103AM01

44510-1031

SR103 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 3 outputs, 1N/C aux.

SR103AM02

44510-1032

SR103 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 inputs, 3 outputs, 1N/C aux.

SR104P	 Safety Monitoring Relays

SR104P

S
Two-Hand Control Monitoring
Relay
•	 Power requirements—the SR104P will
accept 24 VAC/DC and 115 VAC
•	 Inputs—controls and monitors two-hand
control switches to ensure that both
switches are operated within 0.5 seconds
of each other
•	 Outputs—the SR104P has 2 N/O outputs
to route power to the coils of power
contactors
•	 External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between X1 and
X2 on the SR104P

R

C

US

Conforms to EN574 Cat. IIIC,
EN60204-1, EN954-1, VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SR104P01

44510-1041

SR104 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 hand control unit, 2 outputs

SR104P02

44510-1042

SR104 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 hand control unit, 2 outputs

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

S-2

SR106ED	 Safety Monitoring Relays

SR106ED

Safety Expansion Unit
•	 Power requirements—the SR106ED will
accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC
•	 Outputs—the SR106ED has 3 N/O delayed
outputs to route power to the coils of
power contactors (delay selectable from 1
to 30 sec.)
•	 Auxiliary Output—the SR106ED has 1N/C
auxiliary for monitoring by the safety
monitoring relay
•	PLC Compatible—The N/O off delayed
output makes it possible to use the
SR106ED on machines with

R

C

US

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed
TÜV Rheinland approved

programmable logic controllers that
require some time to execute an orderly
shutdown

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SR106ED01

44510-1061

SR106 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 1 input, 3 off delayed outputs, 1 aux.

SR107, 108 & 109AD	

SR107AD

Safety Monitoring Relays

Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay
•	 Power requirements—the SR107AD,
SR108AD and SR109AD will accept 24
VAC/DC
•	 Inputs—the SR107AD, SR108AD and
SR109AD will accept single or dualN/C
inputs or dual PNP solid-state inputs from
a light curtain
•	 Outputs—the SR107AD, SR108AD and
SR109AD have a total of 4 N/O outputs
with 3, 2 or 1 of the outputs with a time
delay of 1-30 sec.
•	 External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between S12
and S21 on the SR107AD, SR108AD and
SR109AD
•	 Reset mode—a monitored manual start
or an auto/manual start may be configured with the SR107AD, SR108AD and
SR109AD. Monitored manual reset requires closure of the reset circuit followed

R

C

by opening of the circuit. Reset occurs
when circuit is opened. Auto reset requires
only closure of the reset circuit as reset
occurs when circuit is closed.
•	 PLC Compatible—The N/O off delayed
outputs make it possible to use the
SR107AD, SR108AD and SR109AD on
machines with Programmable Logic Controllers that require some time to execute
an orderly shutdown

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SR108AD01

44510-1081

SR108 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 2 outputs, 2 delayed outputs

S-3

US

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
EN292, VDE 0113-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

SR125SMS45	 Safety Monitoring Relays

SR125SMS

Stop Motion Sensing Unit
•	 Power requirements—the SR125SMS45 will
accept 24 VDC or 110 VAC
•	 Motion detection input—the SR125SMS45
detects the stop condition of all types of AC
or DC motors by sensing the motor’s back
EMF across terminals Z1, Z2 and Z3

Conforms to EN60204-1,
EN292, and EN692
UL listed, CSA and BG
approved

•	 Drive compatible—the SR125SMS45 will
function with electronic motor control
devices such as variable speed controllers,
DC injection brakes, etc.
•	 Selectable speed limit—the SR125SMS45
has 1 N/O and 1N/C outputs that are
switched when motor speed reaches the
adjustable preset limit (0.01 to 0.10 V) for
the particular output
•	 Auxiliary output—the SR125SMS45 has 2
solid state auxiliary signaling outputs

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SR125SMS4501

44510-1271

SR125 BASE MODEL, 24 VDC, Back EMF Sensing, 1NO+1NC, 2 solid state

S

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

S-4

SR131A	 Safety Monitoring Relays

SR131A

Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay
•	 Power requirements—the SR131A will
accept 24 VDC
•	 Inputs—The SR131A is designed to monitor two magnetically encoded non-contact
switches with 1N/C and 1 N/O contacts

R

C

US

C

US

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1,
EN292, and EN1088
UL and C-UL listed, CSA and BG
approved

•	 Outputs—the SR131A has 2 N/O outputs
to route power to the coils of external device power contactors plus 2N/C auxiliary
solid state outputs for signaling purposes
•	 External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between Y1 and
Y2 on the SR131A

•	 Selectable reset modes—automatic/manual reset mode is available on the SR131A

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SR131A00

44510-1310

SR131 BASE MODEL, 24 VDC, 2 inputs (two), 2 outputs, 2 solid state aux.

SR203 M & 203AM	
Relays

Safety Monitoring

SR203

Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay
•	 Power requirements—the SR203 M/A will
accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC
•	 Inputs—the SR203 M/A will accept single
or dualN/C inputs or dual PNP inputs from
a light curtain

R

C

•	 Outputs—the SR203 M/A has 3 N/O outputs to route power to the coils of power
contactors, plus 1N/C auxiliary output for
signaling purposes
•	 External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between S12 and
S34 on the SR203 M/A

•	 Monitored manual or automatic/manual
reset modes are available on the SR203
M/A
•	 The SR203 M/A have removable terminal
blocks

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SR203A01

44510-2031

SR203 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 3 outputs, 1N/C aux.

S-5

US

Conforms to EN60204-1,
EN954-1, ISOTR 12100
UL and C-UL listed

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

SR208 & 209AD	 Safety Monitoring Relays

SR208AD

Dual-Channel
Safety Monitoring Relay
•	 Power requirements—the
SR208AD/209AD will accept 24 VAC/DC or
115 VAC
•	 Inputs—the SR208AD/209AD will accept
single or dual N/C inputs or dual PNP
inputs from a light curtain
•	 Outputs—the SR208AD has 2 N/O immediate outputs plus 3 N/O delayed outputs.
The SR209AD has 2 N/O immediate
outputs plus 2 N/O and 1N/C delayed outputs to route power to the coils of power
contactors (selectable from 0.5 to 10 sec.)
•	 External Device Monitoring (EDM) is
provided with aN/C loop between Y1 and
Y2 on the SR208AD/209AD
•	 Reset mode—monitored manual or automatic/manual reset modes are available
on the SR208/209AD

R

C

US

•	 PLC Compatible—The N/O off delayed
outputs make it possible to use the
SR208AD/209AD on machines with Programmable Logic Controllers that require
some time to execute an orderly shutdown. TheN/C on delayed output of the
SR209AD may be used to apply power for
unlocking a solenoid locking switch
•	 The SR208AD/209AD have removable
terminal blocks

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

SR208AD01

44510-2081

SR208 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 2 outputs, 3 delayed outputs

SR209AD01

44510-2091

SR209 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 2 outputs, delayed outputs
2N/O+1N/C

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

S

S-6

G7SA	

Force-Guided Relays

G7SA

Compact, Slim Relays Conforming
to EN Standards
•	 Relays with forcibly guided contacts
(EN50205 Class A, certified by VDE)
•	 Supports the CE marking of machinery
(Machinery Directive)
•	 Helps avoid hazardous machine status
when used as part of an interlocking circuit
C

•	 Four-pole and six-pole relays are available
•	 The relay’s terminal arrangement simplifies
PWB pattern design

•	 Reinforced insulation between inputs and
outputs. Reinforced insulation between
some poles of different polarity

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model
G7SA-2A2B DC24
G7SA-3A1B DC24
G7SA-3A3B DC24
G7SA-4A2B DC24
G7SA-5A1B DC24
P7SA-10F
P7SA-10F-ND DC24
P7SA-10P
P7SA-14F
P7SA-14F-ND DC24
P7SA-14P

Part Number
11051-0002
11051-0001
11051-0005
11051-0004
11051-0003
11059-0012
11059-0010
11059-0008
11059-0009
11059-0011
11059-0007

Description
G7SA BASE MODEL, 2NO+2NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay
G7SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay
G7SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+3NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay
G7SA BASE MODEL, 4NO+2NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay
G7SA BASE MODEL, 5NO+1NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay
G7SA 4 pole socket, track mounting, no LED
G7SA 4 pole socket, track mounting, LED
G7SA 4 pole socket, back mounting, no LED
G7SA 6 pole socket, track mounting, no LED
G7SA 6 pole socket, track mounting, LED
G7SA 6 pole socket, back mounting, no LED

G7S-9-E	Force-Guided Relays
Lineup Now Includes 10-A Models
•	 Relays with forcibly guided contacts
(EN50205 Class A, certified by VDE)
•	 Supports the CE marking of machinery
(Machinery Directive)
•	 Helps avoid hazardous machine status
when used as part of an interlocking circuit
•	 Track-mounting and back-mounting
sockets are available

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model
G7S-3A3B-E DC24
G7S-4A2B-E DC24
P7S-14F-END DC24

S-7

Part Number
11052-0001
11052-0002
11060-0001

Description
G7S-E BASE UNIT, 6 POLES, 3PST-NO, 3PST-NC
G7S-E BASE UNIT, 6 POLES, 4PST-NO, DPST-NC
G7S-E, TRACK-MOUNT SOCKET, 24 VDC

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

G7SE

US

Emergency Stop Devices
Contents
E-Stops
A165E

16 mm Diameter Emergency
Stop Switch

T-1

A22E

22 or 25 mm Diameter
Emergency Stop Switch

T-2

ER1022/
ER1032

Rope Pull Emergency Stop
Switches

T-3

ER5018

Compact Rope Pull
Emergency Stop Switch

T-4

ER6022

Rope Pull Emergency Stop
Switch

T-5

ER6022-SS

Stainless Steel Rope Pull
Emergency Stop Switch

T-6

Rope Pulls

T

Rapid Delivery Products
are normally in stock and
available for quick shipment.

T-i

Emergency Stop Devices

T-ii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

A165E	 Emergency Stop Devices

A165E

Emergency Stop Switch
(16 mm diameter)
•	 Separate construction with one of the
smallest class of depths in the world
•	 Direct opening mechanism to open
contacts in emergencies, such as when
they are welded
•	 Conforms to EN418
•	 Includes a safety lock to prevent misuse
•	 Features separate construction that allows
the switch to be separated for easier
wiring and one-piece-like construction
that allows easier handling
•	 Models available with 3 contacts built into
a single block (A165E-U)

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number Description

A165E-S-01

11002-7007

A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., SPST-NC

A165E-S-02

11002-7008

A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., DPST-NC

A165E-S-03U

11002-7012

A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., TPST-NC

T

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

T-1

A22E	 Emergency Stop Devices

A22E

Emergency Stop Switch
(22 mm or 25 mm diameter)
•	 Install in 22-dia. or 25-dia. panel cutout
•	 Direct opening mechanism to open the
circuit when the contact welds
•	 Safety lock mechanism prevents operating
errors
•	 Easy mounting and removal of Switch
Blocks using a lever
•	 Mount three Switch Units in series to
improve wiring efficiency (with non-lighted
Switch Units, three Units can be mounted
for multiple contacts)
•	 Finger protection mechanism on Switch
Unit provided as a standard feature
•	 Install using either round, or forked crimp
terminals

•	 Non-lighted versions are IP65 (oil
resistant). Lighted versions are IP65
•	 A lock plate is provided as a standard
feature to ensure that the control box and
switch are not easily separated

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

A22E-L-02

11004-7013

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC, 60 dia.

A22EL-M-24A-02

11004-7010

A22E BASE MODEL, lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC, 24V, no reduction, 40
dia.

A22E-M

11004-2002

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 40 dia.

A22E-M-01

11004-7001

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 1NC, 40 dia.

A22E-M-02

11004-7002

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC, 40 dia.

A22E-M-11

11004-7004

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 1NC+1NO, 40 dia.

A22E-M-12

11004-7051

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC+1NO, 40 dia.

A22E-MP-02

11004-7034

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-pull, 2NC, 40 dia.

A22E-MP-11

11004-7036

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-pull, 1NC+1NO, 40 dia.

A22E-S-01

11004-7024

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 1NC, 30 dia.

A22E-S-02

11004-7025

A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC, 30 dia.

T-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

ER1022/ER1032	 Rope Pull Emergency Stop Devices
Common Features
•	 IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the switch
to withstand water washdown cleaning
•	 Integral E-stop—the E-stop button provides
emergency stopping capability at the
extreme end of the installation and is field
serviceable
•	 Tension indicator makes system setup and
rope tension maintenance easy
•	 4N/C safety contacts and 2 N/O auxiliary
contacts satisfy the most demanding
applications

•	 Vibration tolerant—the snap-acting switch
contacts protect against nuisance tripping
due to vibration
•	 Indicator beacon—the indicator beacon,
available in 24 VDC or 120 VAC, can be wired
to flash red to indicate a tripped switch or glow
a constant green to indicate a properly reset
switch
•	 Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor making
the switches suitable for outdoor applications

ER1022

ER1032

Rope spans up to 125 m (410 ft.)

Rope spans up to 200 m (656 ft.)

R

C

R

US

C

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

ER1022

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information

US

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

ER1032

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information

Model

Part Number

Description

Model

Part Number

Description

ER1022-042
MELL

44506-6410

ER1022 BASE MODEL,
4N/C+2N/O, M20, E
stop, LED 24 VDC, L

ER1032-042 MEL

44506-7410

ER1022-042
MELR

44506-6510

ER1022 BASE MODEL,
4N/C+2N/O, M20, E
stop, LED 24 VDC, R

ER1032 BASE
MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O,
M20, E stop, LED 24
VDC, D

ER1032-042NEL

44506-7420

ER1022-042NELL

44506-6420

ER1032 BASE
MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O,
1/2 in. NPT, E stop,
LED 24 VDC, D

ER1032-042NELAC

44506-7421

ER1032 BASE
MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O,
1/2 in. NPT, E stop,
LED 120 VAC, D

ER1022-042NELR

44506-6520

ER1022 BASE MODEL,
4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in.
NPT, E stop, LED 24
VDC, L
ER1022 BASE MODEL,
4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in.
NPT, E stop, LED 24
VDC, R

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

T-3

T

ER5018	 Emergency Stop Devices

ER5018

Compact Rope Pull Emergency
Stop Switch
•	 Compact size allows this switch to be
used on smaller machines with a mounting width of 40 mm (1.57 in.) and covering
rope spans up to 40 m (131 ft.)
•	 Tension indicator makes system setup and
rope tension maintenance easy
•	 Contact arrangements of 2N/C + 1 N/O or
3N/C
•	 IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the
ER5018 switch to withstand water washdown cleaning

R

C

•	 Heavy-duty housing—the die-cast housing and stainless steel eye nut makes the
ER5018 suitable for demanding industrial
applications
•	 Integral E-Stop—the optional E­‑stop provides emergency stopping at the extreme
end of the installation
•	 Reset button—the blue reset button must
be pushed in order to return to “machine
run” condition following switch actuation
by a pulled or slacked rope
•	 Vibration tolerant—the snap-acting switch
contacts protect against nuisance tripping
due to vibration
•	 Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor
making the switches suitable for outdoor
applications

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number

Description

ER5018-021M

44506-4010

ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20

ER5018-021N

44506-4020

ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT

ER5018-021NE

44506-4120

ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E Stop

T-4

US

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

ER6022	 Emergency Stop Devices

ER6022

Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch
•	 Rope spans up to 80 m (262 ft.) means
fewer number of switches required per
application
•	 Tension indicator makes system setup and
rope tension maintenance easy
•	 Contact arrangements of 2N/C + 1 N/O,
3N/C + 1 N/O or 2N/C + 2 N/O
•	 IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the
ER6022 switch to withstand water washdown cleaning
•	 Reset button—the blue reset button must
be pushed in order to return to “machine
run” condition following switch actuation
by a pulled or slacked rope

R

C

US

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

•	 Indicator beacon—the optional dual indicator beacon, available in 24 VDC or 120
VAC, can be wired to flash red to indicate
a tripped switch or glow a constant green
to indicate a properly reset switch
•	 E-stop button—the ER6022 has two
mounting positions where the optional
E-stop button may be installed; the E-stop
button may be added or replaced in the
field
•	 Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor
making the switches suitable for outdoor
applications

Rapid Delivery Ordering Information
Model

Part Number Description

ER6022-021M

44506-5010

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20

ER6022-021ME

44506-5210

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20, E Stop

ER6022-021MEL

44506-5410

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20, E Stop, LED

ER6022-021NE

44506-5220

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E Stop

ER6022-021NEL

44506-5420

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E Stop, LED

ER6022-021NELAC

44506-5423

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E Stop, 120 VAC LED

ER6022-022 MLSS

44506-5910

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO,3 x M20, LED

ER6022-022N

44506-5080

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT

ER6022-022NE

44506-5280

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E-stop

ER6022-022NEL

44506-5480

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E-stop, LED

ER6022-022NELSS

44506-5960

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO,3 x 1/2 in. NPT, E-stop, LED

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

T

T-5

ER6022-SS	

Emergency Stop Devices

ER6022SS

Stainless Steel Rope Pull
Emergency Stop Switch
•	 Rope spans up to 100 m (328 ft.) means
fewer number of switches required per
application
•	 Tension indicator maintains the proper
rope tension
•	 Contact arrangements of 3N/C + 1 N/O or
2N/C + 2 N/O
•	 IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure withstands water
washdown cleaning
•	 316 stainless steel cast housing and stainless steel hardware
•	 Reset button—the blue reset button must
be pushed in order to return to “machine
run” condition following switch actuation
by a pulled or slacked rope

R

C

•	 Vibration tolerant—the snap-acting switch
contacts protect against nuisance tripping
due to vibration
•	 Indicator beacon—the dual indicator
beacon is optional on the ER6022-SS; the
indicator beacon can be wired to flash
red to indicate a tripped switch or glow a
constant green to indicate a properly reset
switch
•	 Optional E-stop button—may be added or
replaced in the field
•	 Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor
making the switches suitable for outdoor
applications
•	 Extreme Cold Version—for applications
down to -40°C

T-6

US

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com

Model Number Index
Family	

Section-Page

Family	

Section-Page

Family	

Section-Page

Family	

Section-Page

A Series.............................. F-9

E2E Miniature................... C-11

E3G................................... A-13

E5C2...................................I-16

A3U.....................................O-4

E2E2 DC 2-Wire................. C-7

E3G-M.............................. A-15

E5CB....................................I-1

A4EG................................ R-24

E2E2 DC 3-Wire................. C-8

E3JK................................. A-14

E5CC....................................I-2

A16/A165...........................O-5

E2E2 AC 2-Wire............... C-10

E3JM................................ A-15

E5CC-T.................................I-7

A22E.................................... T-2

E2EC................................ C-12

E3K................................... A-17

E5CC-U................................I-6

A22R/A22RL......................O-2

E2EH................................ C-21

E3NC................................ A-18

E5CN-H..............................I-11

A22RK................................O-3

E2EM.................................. C-5

E3NX-FA........................... B-13

E5CN-HT............................I-12

A22RS/A22RW...................O-3

E2EQ................................ C-23

E3S-A............................... A-17

E5CSV................................I-15

A22TK............................... R-25

E2E-U............................... C-22

E3S-C............................... A-22

E5DC....................................I-5

A165E.................................. T-1

E2EV................................. C-26

E3S-CL............................. A-13

E5EC....................................I-3

A165K.................................O-7

E2EY................................. C-27

E3T................................... A-16

E5EC-T.................................I-8

A165S/W............................O-6

E2EZ................................. C-27

E3X................................... B-19

E5GN..................................I-10

CM...................................... R-7

E2F................................... C-18

E3X-DAC-S...................... B-18

E5ZN..................................I-19

D4A-N................................. F-2

E2FM................................ C-19

E3X-DAH-S...................... B-18

E6A2-C............................... H-4

D4B-9N........................... R-12

E2FQ................................ C-24

E3X-DA-S......................... B-15

E6B2-C............................... H-5

D4C.................................... F-3

E2K-C............................... C-16

E3X-DA-SE-S................... B-16

E6C3-A............................... H-1

D4CC.................................. F-3

E2K-F............................... C-17

E3X-HD............................ B-12

E6C3-C............................... H-6

D4E-N................................. F-4

E2K-L............................... C-17

E3X-MDA......................... B-17

E6CP-A.............................. H-2

D4F................................... R-13

E2KQ-X............................ C-24

E3X-NA............................. B-14

E6D-C................................. H-7

D4GS-N............................ R-16

E2K-X............................... C-15

E3X-NA-F......................... B-17

E6F-A................................. H-3

D4JL................................... R-1

E2Q5................................. C-14

E3X-SD............................. B-14

E6F-C................................. H-7

D4MC................................. F-4

E2S................................... C-14

E3Z..................................... A-3

E39-L................................ A-24

D4N.................................. R-14

E32 Standard Cylindrical... B-1

E3Z-B................................. A-9

E39-R............................... A-24

D4N-9R........................... R-15

E32 Square Shape............. B-2

E3Z-G................................. A-9

E39-VA............................... D-7

D4NH.................................. R-6

E32 Miniature..................... B-3

E3Z-K............................... A-12

EE-SA701/EE-SA801....... E-16

D4NL.................................. R-2

E32 Longer Distance......... B-4

E3Z-L................................ A-10

EE-SPW311/SPW411...... E-12

D4NS................................ R-17

E32 Built-in Lens............... B-5

E3Z-L9.............................. A-4

EE-SPW321/SPW421...... E-13

D4SL-N............................... R-3

E32 Robot Application...... B-5

E3Z-LS............................. A-11

EE-SPX301/401................. E-7

D5B.................................... F-6

E32 Chemical Resistant.... B-6

E3ZM.................................. A-5

EE-SPX303N/403N............ E-9

D40Z/D40A/G9SX-NS....... R-8

E32 Heat Resistant............ B-7

E3ZM-B.............................. A-8

EE-SPX613....................... E-14

DZ Series......................... F-11

E32 Vacuum Resistant...... B-8

E3ZM-C.............................. A-6

EE-SPX749/SPX849........ E-6

E2A..................................... C-4

E32 Precision Detection.... B-9

E3ZM-V.............................. A-7

EE-SPX-W2A..................... E-8

E2A3................................... C-6

E32 Area Monitoring........ B-10

E5AC....................................I-4

EE-SPY301/302/401/402... E-7

E2B..................................... C-3

E32 Special Application... B-11

E5AC-T.................................I-9

EE-SPY319/SPY419...... E-10

E2C-EDA.......................... C-25

E3C-LDA.......................... A-19

E5AN-H/E5EN-H................I-13

EE-SPY801/SPY802........ E-17

E2CY................................ C-26

E3FA/E3RA........................ A-1

E5AN-HT/E5EN-HT............I-14

EE-SPZ-A......................... E-15

E2E Standard..................... C-1

E3FB/E3RB........................ A-2

E5AR/E5ER........................I-18

EE-SX979.......................... E-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-1

Model Number Index
Family	

Section-Page

Family	

Section-Page

Family	

Section-Page

Family	

Section-Page

EE-SX479/EE-SX679....... E-3

H3JA................................... K-4

MY...................................... N-3

UMQ...................................Q-1

EE-SX779/EE-SX879....... E-2

H3YN.................................. K-4

PA4600............................... P-7

VB....................................... F-6

EE-SX959.......................... E-1

H5CX-N.............................. K-1

RM-1.................................. P-5

WL/WL-N........................... F-1

EE-SY671/EE-SY672....... E-11

H5F..................................... K-8

RM-2.................................. P-5

X Series............................ F-10

EJ1.....................................I-20

H5L..................................... K-8

RM-2AC & RM-2AC-IP...... P-5

XS2F-M12.......................... D-1

ER1022/ER1032.................. T-3

H5S..................................... K-7

RM-3.................................. P-6

XS3F-M8............................ D-4

ER5018................................ T-4

H7BX................................ K-11

RM-X.................................. P-6

XS5F................................... D-3

ER6022................................ T-5

H7CN................................ K-11

S8JX-G................................J-5

XW3D................................. D-7

ER6022-SS.......................... T-6

H7CX-N.............................. K-9

S8JX-P................................J-6

Y96E-M12.......................... D-6

F3EM2.............................. A-21

H7EC/H7ET/H7ER........... K-10

S8VK-G...............................J-1

Z Series.............................. F-8

F3ET2............................... A-20

H7GP................................ K-12

S8VK-R................................J-2

ZAP....................................O-9

F3SJ-A............................... P-3

H7HP................................ K-13

S8VK-T................................J-7

ZE/ZV/ZV2.......................... F-7

F3SJ-B............................... P-2

K3GN...................................L-3

S8VM...................................J-4

ZG2...................................G-10

F3SJ-E............................... P-1

K3HB-C/-P/-R.....................L-2

S8VS....................................J-3

ZS-HL.................................G-5

F3UV................................. A-23

K3HB-X/-H/-V/-S................L-1

SCC....................................Q-4

ZS-L...................................G-4

G2R9-S............................. N-2

K3MA-J/-L/-F......................L-3

SCSF..................................Q-3

ZW......................................G-8

G2RV.................................. N-1

K7L-AT50.......................... M-8

SGE & SCS.........................Q-3

ZX1.....................................G-1

G3MC............................... N-19

K8AK-AS........................... M-2

SHL..................................... F-5

ZX2.....................................G-2

G3NA................................ N-12

K8AK-AW.......................... M-3

SR101A.............................. S-1

ZX-E...................................G-6

G3NE................................ N-11

K8AK-LS........................... M-7

SR103AM........................... S-2

ZX-GT.................................G-9

G3PA................................ N-14

K8AK-PA/PM/PW............. M-4

SR104P.............................. S-2

ZX-L-N...............................G-3

G3PE................................ N-15

K8AK-PH/K8DS-PH.......... M-5

SR106ED............................ S-3

ZX-T...................................G-7

G3PF................................ N-16

K8AK-TH..................... I-17M-6

SR107, 108 & 109AD......... S-3

G3PH................................ N-13

K8AK-VS/K8AK-VW.......... M-1

SR125SMS45..................... S-4

G3R-I/O............................ N-18

LY........................................ N-4

SR131A.............................. S-5

G3RV................................ N-17

M2BJ..................................O-9

SR203M & 203AM.............. S-5

G3TB................................ N-20

M16/M165..........................O-8

SR208 & 209AD................. S-6

G7J..................................... N-8

M22R..................................O-1

T2008............................... R-18

G7S-9-E............................ S-7

MA...................................... R-9

T4012............................... R-19

G7SA.................................. S-7

MA-S................................ R-10

T4016............................... R-20

G7Z..................................... N-9

MC......................................Q-2

T5007............................... R-21

G9SA.................................. S-1

MFS.................................. R-11

T5009 & T5009-6.............. R-22

G9SX-NS............................ R-8

MGN................................. N-10

TL4019............................... R-4

H3CA.................................. K-2

MJN.................................... N-6

TL4024............................... R-5

H3CR.................................. K-3

MKS.................................... N-5

TL-W................................. C-13

H3DK.................................. K-5

MKS-X................................ N-7

TouchStart........................ R-23

H3DS.................................. K-6

MS4800.............................. P-4

TZ Series.......................... F-11

U-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA Ratings
NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) ratings ensure protection against the
following environmental conditions.
Environmental
Conditions

Type of Enclosure
1

2

3

3R

3S

4

4X

5

6

6P

11

12

12K

13

Accidental contact
with the enclosed
equipment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Falling dirt

X

X

--

--

--

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Falling liquids, light
splashing

--

X

--

--

--

X

X

--

X

X

X

X

X

X

Dust, lint, fibers
and flyings (noncombustible, nonignitable)

--

--

--

--

--

X

X

X

X

X

--

X

X

X

Windblown dust

--

--

X

--

X

X

X

--

X

X

--

--

--

--

Hosedown and
splashing water

--

--

--

--

--

X

X

--

X

X

--

--

--

--

Oil and coolant
seepage

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

X

X

Oil or coolant
spraying and
splashing

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

Corrosive agents

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

--

--

X

X

--

--

--

Occasional
temporary
submersion

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

X

--

--

--

--

Occasional
prolonged
submersion

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

--

--

--

--

IP Ratings
The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) defines degrees of protection provided by
electrical enclosures with respect to personnel, equipment within the enclosure and ingress of
water. The degree of protection is expressed by the letters “IP” followed by two numerals (Example:
IP67). See the table below for an explanation of the numerals.
The following information is drawn from publication IEC 60529 of 2004 and 529 of 1989.
By contrast to NEMA, “IP” ratings do not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or
conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin. Also, different parts of a piece of
equipment can have different degrees of protection and still comply with the standards. An example
would be the opening in the base of an enclosure.
1st characteristic numeral

2nd characteristic numeral

Protection against contact and penetration of solid bodies.

Protection against the penetration of liquids.

0

Not protected

0

Not protected

1

Protection against solid objects greater than 50 mm

1

Protection against dripping water

2

Protection against solid objects greater than 12 mm

2

Protection against dripping water when tilted up to 15°

3

Protection against solid objects greater than 2.5 mm

3

Protection against spraying water

4

Protection against solid objects greater than 1 mm

4

Protection against splashing water

5

Dust protected

5

Protection against water jets

6

Dust tight

6

Protection against heavy seas

--

7

Protection against the effects of immersion

--

8

Protection against submersion

--

9K

Protection against steam jet cleaning

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-3

Social Responsibility
Working for the Benefit of Society
Our approach to product development and business is guided by core values based on serving the
needs of society. This is reflected in the Omron corporate motto...

“At work for a better life, a better world for all.”
Conceived by Omron’s founder Kazuma Tateisi, these words reflect his pioneering idea that a company
should fulfill its responsibility to society rather than solely focusing on productivity, efficiency, sales and
profits. Our unending commitment to identifying social needs is embedded in Omron’s corporate DNA,
along with a challenge-oriented spirit capable of responding to those needs.
The Omron Foundation in the Americas funds charitable donations for disaster relief and recovery
efforts, and matches individual employee donations to social support, education, and cultural
enrichment organizations. Each year on May 10, Omron employees around the world actively participate
in charitable activities to honor the core values established by the company’s founder. Throughout the
year, Omron offers team and individual opportunities at partner charitable organizations to underscore
the need for social responsibility as a corporate priority.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Providing environmentally safe products to the world.
Omron’s social responsibility also takes the form of decisions and actions that help preserve and
restore the environment. Far in advance of directives banning the use of harmful chemicals in
making electronics (RoHS), Omron adopted an ECO policy that works to eliminate these and other
pollutants. The policy also mandates significant reductions in power consumption to conserve
energy and natural resources for future generations.



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Author                          : Omron
Create Date                     : 2014:02:22 09:15:31-06:00
Keywords                        : Industrial Components Solution Selection Guide, IC SSG, Sensing, Control Components, Switching Components, Safety
Modify Date                     : 2014:03:04 16:47:05-06:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Metadata Date                   : 2014:03:04 16:47:05-06:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Macintosh)
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Omron Industrial Components Solution Selection Guide 2014-2015
Description                     : Omron Industrial Components Solution Selection Guide 2014-2015
Creator                         : Omron
Subject                         : Industrial Components Solution Selection Guide, IC SSG, Sensing, Control Components, Switching Components, Safety
Document ID                     : uuid:b126a977-d689-514c-aa95-80a3254ce0d6
Instance ID                     : uuid:64c97123-78ab-1542-b7a8-4f8eb534387e
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 10.0.1
Page Count                      : 372

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools